Author Archives: David Snowball

About David Snowball

David Snowball, PhD (Massachusetts). Cofounder, lead writer. David is a Professor of Communication Studies at Augustana College, Rock Island, Illinois, a nationally-recognized college of the liberal arts and sciences, founded in 1860. For a quarter century, David competed in academic debate and coached college debate teams to over 1500 individual victories and 50 tournament championships. When he retired from that research-intensive endeavor, his interest turned to researching fund investing and fund communication strategies. He served as the closing moderator of Brill’s Mutual Funds Interactive (a Forbes “Best of the Web” site), was the Senior Fund Analyst at FundAlarm and author of over 120 fund profiles. David lives in Davenport, Iowa, and spends an amazing amount of time ferrying his son, Will, to baseball tryouts, baseball lessons, baseball practices, baseball games … and social gatherings with young ladies who seem unnervingly interested in him.

November 1, 2013

By David Snowball

Dear friends,

Occasionally Facebook produces finds that I’m at a loss to explain.  Ecce:

hedge-fund-myth

(Thanks to Nina K., a really first-rate writer and first-rate property/insurance lawyer in the Bay State for sharing Mr. Takei’s post with us. Now if I could just get her to restrain the impulse to blurt out, incredulous, “you really find this stuff interesting?”)

Let’s see.  Should I be more curious about the fact that Mr. Takei (iconically Ensign Sulu on Star Trek) manages just a basso profundo “oh myyy” on his post or the fact that he was recently lounging in a waiting room at the University of Iowa Hospitals, a bit west of here?  Perhaps it would be better to let his friends weigh in?

comments

Chip’s vote was to simply swipe her favorite image from the thread, one labeled “a real hedge fund.”

hedge-fund

Which is to say, a market that tacks on 29% in a year makes it easy to think of investing as fun and funny again. 

Now if only that popular sentiment could be reconciled with the fact that a bunch of very disciplined, very successful managers are quietly selling down their stocks and building their cash reserves again.

tv-quizHere’s today’s “know your Morningstar!” quiz.  

Here are the total return charts for two short-term bond funds.  One is the sole Morningstar Gold Medalist in the group, representing “one of the industry’s best managers, and one of the category’s best funds.”  The other is a lowly one-star fund unworthy of Morningstar’s notice 

golden-child

 

Question: do you …know your Morningstar!?  Which is the golden child?  Is it blue or orange?

Would it help to know that one of these funds is managed by a multi-trillion dollar titan and the other by a small, distinctive boutique?  Or that one of the funds invests quite conventionally and fits neatly into a style-box while the other is one-of-a-kind?

If you know your Morningstar, you’ll know that “small, distinctive and hard to pigeonhole” is pretty much the kiss of death.  The orange (or gold) line represents PIMCO Low Duration, “D” shares (PLDDX).  It’s a $24 billion “juggernaut” (Morningstar’s term) that’s earned four stars and a Gold designation.  It tends to be in the top quarter of the short-term bond group, though not at its top, and is a bit riskier than average.

The blue line represents RiverPark Short Term High Yield (RPHYX), an absolutely first-rate cash management fund about which we’ve written a lot. And which Morningstar just designated as a one-star fund. Why so?  Because Morningstar classifies it as a “high yield bond” fund and benchmarks it against an investment class that has outperformed the stock market over the past 15 years but with the highest volatility in the fixed-income universe. To be clear: there is essentially no overlap between RiverPark’s portfolio and the average high-yield bond funds and they have entirely different strategies, objectives and risk profiles. Which is to say, Morningstar has managed a classic “walnuts to lug nuts” comparison.

Here’s the defense Morningstar might reasonably make: “we had to put it somewhere.  It says ‘high yield.’  We put it there.”

Here’s our response: “that’s a sad and self-damning answer.  Yes, you had to put it somewhere.  But having put it in a place that you know is wildly inappropriate, you also need to accept the responsibility – to your readers, to RiverPark’s investors and to yourselves – to address your decision.  You’ve got the world’s biggest and best supported corps of analysts in the world. Use them! Don’t ignore the funds that do well outside of the comfortable framework of style boxes, categories and corporate investing! If the algorithms produce palpably misleading ratings, speak up.”

But, of course, they didn’t.

The problem is straightforward: Morningstar’s ratings are most reliable when you least need them. For funds with conventional, straightforward, style-pure disciplines – index funds and closet index funds – the star ratings probably produce a fair snapshot across the funds. But really, how hard is it – even absent Morningstar’s imprimatur – to find the most solid offering among a gaggle of long-only, domestic large cap, growth-at-a-reasonable price funds? You’ll get 90% of the way there with three numbers: five year returns, five year volatility and expense ratio. Look for ones where the first is higher and the second two are lower.

When funds try not to follow the herd, when the manager appears to have a brain and to be using it to pursue different possibilities, is when the ratings system is most prone to misleading readers. That’s when you need to hear an expert’s analysis. 

So why, then, deploy your analysts to write endless prose about domestic large cap funds? Because that’s where the money is.

Morningstar ETF Invest: Rather less useful content than I’d imagined

Morningstar hosted their ETF-focused conference in Chicago at the beginning of October.  The folks report that the gathering has tripled in size over the last couple years, turned away potential registrants and will soon need to move to a new space.  After three days there, though, I came away with few strong reactions.  I was struck by the decision of one keynote speaker to refer to active fixed-income managers as “the enemy” (no, dude, check the mirror) and the apparent anxiety around Fidelity’s decision to enter the ETF market (“Fidelity is coming.  We know they’re coming.  It’s only a matter of time,” warned one).

My greatest bewilderment was at the industry’s apparent insistence on damaging themselves as quickly and thoroughly as possible.  ETFs really have, at most, three advantages: they’re cheap, transparent and liquid.  The vogue seems to be for frittering that away.  More and more advisors are being persuaded to purchase the services of managed portfolio advisors who, for a fee, promise to custom-package (and trade) dozens of ETFs.  I spoke with representatives of a couple index providers, including FTSE, who corroborated Morningstar’s assertion that there are likely two million separate security indexes in operation with more being created daily. And many of the exchange-traded products rely in derivatives to try to capture the movements of those 2,000,000.  On whole, it feels like a systematic attempt to capture the most troubling features of the mutual fund industry – all while preening about your Olympian superiority to the mutual fund industry.

Odd.

The most interesting presentation at the conference was made by Austan Goolsbee, a University of Chicago economist and former chief of the President’s Council of Economic Advisers, who addressed a luncheon crowd. It was a thoroughly unexpected performance: there’s a strong overtone of Jon Stewart from The Daily Show, an almost antic energy. The presentation was one-third Goolsbee family anecdotes (“when I’d complain about a problem, gramma would say ‘80% of us don’t care. . . and the other 20% are glad about it'”), one-third White House anecdotes and one-third economic arguments.

The short version:

  • The next 12-18 months will be tough because the old drivers of recovery aren’t available this time. Over the last century, house prices appreciated by 40 basis points annually for the first 90 years. From 2000-08, it appreciated 1350 bps annually. In the future, 40 bps is likely about right which means that a recovery in the housing industry won’t be lifting all boats any time soon.
  • We’ll know the economy is recovering when 25 year olds start moving out of their parents’ basements, renting little apartments, buying futons and cheap pots and pans. (Technically, an uptick in household formation. Since the beginning of the recession, the US population has grown by 10 million but the number of households has remained flat.) One optimistic measure that Goolsbee did not mention but which seems comparable: the number of Americans choosing to quit their jobs (presumably for something better) is rising.
  • The shutdown is probably a good thing, since it will derail efforts to create an unnecessary crisis around the debt ceiling.
  • In the longer term, the US will recover and grow at 3.5% annually, driven by a population that’s growing (we’ll likely peak around 400 million while Japan, Western Europe and Russia contract), the world’s most productive workforce and relatively light taxation. While Social Security faces challenges, they’re manageable. Given the slow rolling crisis in higher education and the near collapse of new business launches over the past decade, I’m actually somewhere between skeptical and queasy on this one.
  • The Chinese economic numbers can’t be trusted at all. The US reports quarterly economic data after a 30 day lag and frequently revises the numbers 30 days after that. China reports their quarterly numbers one day after the end of the quarter and has never revised any of the numbers. A better measure of Chinese activity is derivable from FedEx volume (it’s way down) since China is so export driven.

One highlight was his report of a headline from The Onion: “recession-plagued nation demands a new bubble to invest in … so we can get the economy going again. We need a concrete way to create illusory wealth in the near future.”

balconey

One of the great things about having Messrs Studzinski and Boccadoro contributing to the Observer is that they’re keen, experienced observers and very good writers.  The other great thing about it is that I no longer have to bear the label, “the cranky one.” In the following essay, Ed Studzinkski takes on one of the beloved touchstones of shareholder-friendly management: “skin in the game.”  Further down, Charles Boccadoro casts a skeptical eye, in a data-rich piece, on the likelihood that an investor’s going to avoid permanent loss of capital.

 

Skin in the Game, Part Two

The trouble with our times is that the future is not what it used to be.

Paul Valery

Nassim Nicholas Taleb, the author of The Black Swan as well as Antifragile: Things That Gain from Disorder, has recently been giving a series of interviews in which he argues that current investment industry compensation practices lead to subtle conflicts of interest, that end up inuring to the disadvantage of individual investors. Nowhere is this more apparent than when one looks at the mutual fund complexes that have become asset gatherers rather than investment managers.

By way of full disclosure I have to tell you that I am an admirer of Mr. Taleb’s. I was not always the most popular boy in the classroom as I was always worrying about the need to consider the potential for “Black Swan” or outlier events. Unfortunately all one has to have is one investment massacre like the 2008-2009 period. This gave investors a lost decade of investment returns and a potentially permanent loss of capital if they panicked and liquidated their investments. To have a more in-depth appreciation of the concept and its implications, I commend those of you with the time to a careful study of the data that the Mutual Fund Observer has compiled and begun releasing regularly. You should pay particular attention to a number called the “Maximum Drawdown.” There you will see that as a result of that dark period, looking back five years it is a rarity to find a domestic fund manager who did not lose 35-50% of his or her investors’ money. The same is to be said for global and international fund managers who likewise did not distinguish themselves, losing 50-65% of investors’ capital, assuming the investors panicked and liquidated their investments, and many did.

A number of investment managers that I know are not fans of Mr. Taleb’s work, primarily because he has a habit of bringing attention to inconvenient truths. In Fooled by Randomness, he made the case that given the large number of people who had come into the investment management business in recent years, there were a number who had to have generated good records randomly. They were what he calls “spurious winners.” I would argue that the maximum drawdown numbers referred to above confirm that thesis.

How then to avoid the spurious winner? Taleb argues that the hedge fund industry serves as a model, by truly having managers with “skin in the game.” In his experience a hedge fund manager typically has twenty to fifty times the exposure of his next biggest client. That of necessity makes them both more careful and as well as aware of the consequences if they have underinvested in the necessary talent to remain competitive. Taleb quite definitively states, “You don’t get that with fund managers.”

I suspect the counterargument I am going to hear is that fund managers are now required to disclose, by means of reporting within various ranges, the amount of money they have invested in the fund they are managing. Just go to the Statement of Additional Information, which is usually found on a fund website. And if the SAI shows that the manager has more than $1 million invested in his or her fund, then that is supposed to be a good sign concerning alignment of interests. Like the old Hertz commercial, the real rather than apparent answer is “not exactly.”

The gold standard in this regard has been set by Longleaf Partners with their funds. Their employees are required to limit their publicly offered equity investments to funds advised by Southeastern Asset Management, Longleaf’s advisor, unless granted a compliance exception. Their trustees also must obtain permission before making a publicly offered equity investment. That is rather unique in the fund industry, since what you usually see in the marketing brochures or periodic fund reports is something like “the employees and families of blah-blah have more than $X million invested in our funds.” If you are lucky this may work out to be one percent of assets under management in the firm, hardly hedge-fund like metrics. At the same time, you often find trustees of the fund with de minimis investments.

The comparison becomes worse when you look at a fund with $9 billion in assets and the “normal” one percent investment management fee, which generates $90 million in revenue. The fund manager may tell you that his largest equity investment is in the fund and is more than $1 million. But if his annual compensation runs somewhere between $1million and $10 million, and this is Taleb’s strongest point, the fund manager does not have a true disincentive for losing money. The situation becomes even more blurred where compliance policy allows investment in ETF’s or open-ended mutual funds, which in today’s world will often allow a fund manager to construct his own personal market neutral or hedged portfolio, to offset his investment in the fund he is managing.

Is there a solution? Yes, a fairly easy one – adopt as an industry standard through government regulation the requirement that all employees in the investment firm are required to limit their publicly offered equity investments to the funds in the complex. To give credit where credit is due, just as we have a Volcker rule, we can call it the “Southeastern Asset Management” rule. If that should prove too restrictive, I would suggest as an alternative that the SEC add another band of investment ranges above the current $1 million limit, at perhaps $5 million. That at least would give a truer picture for the investor, especially given the money flows now gushing into a number of firms, which often make a $1 million investment not material to the fund manager. Such disclosure will do a better job of attuning investment professionals to what should be their real concern – managing risk with a view towards the potential downside, rather than ignoring risk with other people’s money.

Postscript:

What does it say when such well known value managers as Tweedy, Browne and First Pacific Advisors are letting cash positions rise in their portfolios as they sell and don’t replace securities that have reached their target valuations? Probably the same thing as when one of the people I consider to be one of the outstanding money managers of our time, Seth Klarman at Baupost Partners, announces that he will be returning some capital to his partnership investors at year end. Stay tuned.

So, if it’s “the best,” why can’t people just agree on what it is?

Last month David pointed out how little overlap he found between three popular mutual fund lists: Kiplinger 25, Money 70, and Morningstar’s Fantastic 51. David mused: “You’d think that if all of these publications shared the same sensible goal – good risk-adjusted returns and shareholder-friendly practices – they’d also be stumbling across the same funds. You’d be wrong.”

He found only one fund, Dodge & Cox International Fund DODFX, on all three lists. Just one! Although just one is a statistically better outcome than randomly picking three such lists from the 6600 or so mutual funds and 1000 ETFs, it does seem surprisingly small. 

Opening up the field a little, by replacing the Fantastic 51 with a list of 232 funds formed from Morningstar’s current “Gold-Rated Funds” and “Favorite ETFs,” the overlap does not improve much. Just two funds appear in all three publications: DODFX and Habor Bond Institutional HABDX. Just two!

While perhaps not directly comparable, the table below provides a quick summary of the criteria used by each publication. Money 70 criteria actually include Morningstar’s so-called stewardship grade, which must be one of the least maintained measures. For example, Morningstar awarded Bruce Berkowitz Fund Manager of the Decade, but it never published a stewardship grade for Fairholme.

comparison

Overall, however, the criteria seem quite similar, or as David described “good risk-adjusted returns and shareholder-friendly practices.”  Add in experienced managers for good measure and one would expect the lists to overlap pretty well. But again, they don’t.

How do the “forward-looking” recommendations in each of these lists fare against Morningstar’s purely quantitative “backward-looking” performance rating system? Not as well as you might think. There are just seven 5-star funds on Money’s list, or 1-in-10. Kiplinger does the best with six, from a percentage perspective, or almost 1-in-4. (They must have peeked.) Morningstar’s own list includes 44 5-star funds, or about 1-in-5. So, as well intentioned and “forward looking” as these analysts certainly try to be, only a small minority of their “best funds” have delivered top-tier returns.

On the other hand, they each do better than picking funds arbitrarily, if not unwittingly, since Morningstar assigns 5 stars to only about 1-in-17 funds. Neither of the two over-lapping funds that appear on all three lists, DODFX and HABDX, have 5 stars. But both have a commendable 4 stars, and certainly, that’s good enough.

Lowering expectations a bit, how many funds appear on at least two of these lists? The answer: 38, excluding the two trifectas. Vanguard dominates with 14. T. Rowe Price and American Funds each have 4. Fidelity has just one. Most have 4 stars, a few have 3, like SLASX, probably the scariest.

But there is no Artisan. There is no Tweedy. There is no Matthews. There is no TCW or Doubleline. There are no PIMCO bond funds. (Can you believe?) There is no Yacktman. Or Arke. Or Sequoia. There are no funds less than five years old. In short, there’s a lot missing.

There are, however, nine 5-star funds among the 38, or just about 1-in-4. That’s not bad. Interestingly, not one is a fixed income fund, which is probably a sign of the times. Here’s how they stack-up in MFO’s own “backward looking” ratings system, updated through September:

3q

Four are moderate allocation funds: FPACX, PRWCX, VWELX, and TRRBX. Three are Vanguard funds: VWELX, VDIGX, and VASVX. One FMI fund FMIHX and one Oakmark fund OAKIX. Hard to argue with any of these funds, especially the three Great Owls: PRWCX, VWELX, and OAKIX.

These lists of “best funds” are probably not a bad place to start, especially for those new to mutual funds. They tend to expose investors to many perfectly acceptable, if more mainstream, funds with desirable characteristics: lower fees, experienced teams, defensible, if not superior, past performance.

They probably do not stress downside potential enough, so any selection needs to also take risk tolerance and investment time-frame into account. And, incredulously, Morningstar continues to give Gold ratings to loaded funds, about 1-in-7 actually.

The lists produce surprisingly little overlap, perhaps simply because there are a lot of funds available that satisfy the broad screening criteria. But within the little bit of overlap, one can find some very satisfying funds.

Money 70 and Kiplinger 25 are free and online. Morningstar’s rated funds are available for a premium subscription. (Cheapest path may be to subscribe for just one month each year at $22 while performing an annual portfolio review.)

As for a list of smaller, less well known mutual funds with great managers and intriguing strategies? Well, of course, that’s the niche MFO aspires to cover.

23Oct2013/Charles

The Great Owl search engine has arrived

Great Owls are the designation that my colleague Charles Boccadoro gives to those funds which are first in the top 20% of their peer group for every trailing period of three years or more. Because we know that “risk” is often more durable and a better predictor of investor actions than “return” is, we’ve compiled a wide variety of risk measures for each of the Great Owl funds.

Up until now, we’ve been limited to publishing the Great Owls as a .pdf while working on a search engine for them. We’re pleased to announce the launch of the Great Owl Search, 1.0. We expect in the months ahead to widen the engine’s function and to better integrate it into the site. We hope you like it.

For JJ and other fans of FundAlarm’s Three-Alarm and Most Alarming fund lists, we’re working to create a predefined search that will allow you to quickly and reliable identify the most gruesome investments in the fund world. More soon!

Who do you trust for fund information?

The short answer is: not fund companies.  On October 22, the WSJ’s Karen Damato hosted an online poll entitled Poll: The Best Source of Mutual-Fund Information? 

poll

Representing, as I do, Column Three, I should be cheered.  Teaching, as I do, Journalism 215: News Literacy, I felt compelled to admit that the results were somewhere between empty (the margin of error is 10.89, so it’s “somewhere between 16% and 38% think it’s the fund company’s website and marketing materials”) and discouraging (the country’s leading financial newspaper managed to engage the interest of precisely 81 of its readers on this question).

Nina Eisenman, President of Eisenman Associates which oversees strategic communications for corporations, and sometime contributor to the Observer

Asking which of the 3 choices individual investors find “most useful” generates data that creates an impression that they don’t use the other two at all when, in fact, they may use all 3 to varying degrees. It’s also a broad question. Are investors responding based on what’s most useful to them in conducting their initial research or due diligence? For example, I may read about a fund in the Mutual Fund Observer (“other website”) and decide to check it out but I would (hopefully) look at the fund’s website, read the manager’s letters and the fund prospectus before I actually put money in.

When I surveyed financial advisors and RIAs on the same topic, but gave them an option to rate the importance of various sources of information they use, the vast majority used mutual funds’ own websites to some extent as part of their due diligence research. [especially for] fund-specific information (including the fund prospectus which is generally available on the website) that can help investors make educated investment decisions.

Both Nina’s own research and the results of a comparable Advisor Perspectives poll can be found at FundSites, her portal for addressing the challenges and practices of small- to medium sizes fund company websites.

The difference between “departures” and “succession planning”

Three firms this month announced the decisions of superb managers to move on. Happily for their investors, the departures are long-dated and seem to be surrounded by a careful succession planning process.

Mitch Milias will be retiring at the end of 2013

Primecap Management was founded by three American Funds veterans. That generation is passing. Howard Schow has passed away at age 84 in April 2012. Vanguard observer Dan Weiner wrote at the time that “To say that he was one of the best, and least-known investors would be a vast understatement.”  The second of the triumvirate, Mitch Milias, retires in two months at 71.  That leaves Theo Kolokotrones who, at 68, is likely in the latter half of his investing career.  Milias has served as comanager of four Gold-rated funds: Vanguard Primecap  (VPMCX) Vanguard Primecap Core (VPCCX), Primecap Odyssey Growth (POGRX), and  Primecap Odyssey Stock (POSKX).

Neil Woodford will depart Invesco in April, 2014

British fund manager Neil Woodford is leaving after 25 years of managing Invesco Perpetual High Income Fund and the Invesco Perpetual Income Fund. Mr. Woodford apparently is the best known manager in England and described as a “hero” in the media for his resolute style.  He’s decided to set up his own English fund company.  In making the move he reports:

My decision to leave is a personal one based on my views about where I see long-term opportunities in the fund management industry.  My intention is to establish a new fund management business serving institutional and retail clients as soon as possible after 29th April 2014.

His investors seem somehow less sanguine: they pulled over £1 billion in the two weeks after his announcement.  Invesco’s British president describes that reaction as “calm.”

Given Mr. Woodford’s reputation and the global nature of the securities market, I would surely flag 1 May 2014 as a day to peer across the Atlantic to see what “long-term opportunities” he’s pursuing.

Scott Satterwhite will be retiring at the end of September, 2016

Scott Satterwhite joined Artisan from Wachovia Securities in 1997 and was the sole manager of Artisan Small Cap Value (ARTVX) from its launch. ARTVX is also the longest-tenured fund in my non-retirement portfolio; I moved my Artisan Small Cap (ARTSX) investment into Satterwhite’s fund almost as soon as it launched and I’ve never had reason to question that decision.  Mr. Satterwhite then extended his discipline into Artisan Mid Cap Value (ARTQX) and the large cap Artisan Value (ARTLX).  All are, as is typical of Artisan, superb.

Artisan has a really strong internal culture and focus on creating coherent, self-sustaining investment teams.  Three years after launch, Satterwhite’s long-time analyst Jim Kieffer became a co-manager.  George Sertl was added six years after that and Dan Kane six years later.  Mr. Kane is now described as “the informal lead manager” with Satterwhite on ARTVX.  This is probably one of the two most significant manager changes in Artisan’s history (the retirement of its founder was the other) but the firm seems exceptionally well-positioned both to attract additional talent and to manage the required three year transition.

Observer Fund Profiles:

Each month the Observer provides in-depth profiles of between two and four funds.  Our “Most Intriguing New Funds” are funds launched within the past couple years that most frequently feature experienced managers leading innovative newer funds.  “Stars in the Shadows” are older funds that have attracted far less attention than they deserve. 

T. Rowe Price Global Allocation (RPGAX): T. Rowe is getting bold, cautiously.  Their newest and most innovative fund offers a changing mix of global assets, including structural exposure to a single hedge fund, is also broadly diversified, low-cost and run by the team responsible for their Spectrum and Personal Strategy Funds.  So far, so good!

Oops! The fund profile is slightly delayed. Please check back tomorrow.

Elevator Talk: Jeffrey K. Ringdahl of American Beacon Flexible Bond (AFXAX)

elevator buttonsSince the number of funds we can cover in-depth is smaller than the number of funds worthy of in-depth coverage, we’ve decided to offer one or two managers each month the opportunity to make a 200 word pitch to you. That’s about the number of words a slightly-manic elevator companion could share in a minute and a half. In each case, I’ve promised to offer a quick capsule of the fund and a link back to the fund’s site. Other than that, they’ve got 200 words and precisely as much of your time and attention as you’re willing to share. These aren’t endorsements; they’re opportunities to learn more.

Ringdahl-colorIn a fundamentally hostile environment, investors need to have a flexible approach to income investing. Some funds express that flexibility by investing in emerging market bonds, financial derivatives such as options, or illiquid securities (think: “lease payments from the apartment complex we just bought”).

American Beacon’s decision was to target “positive total return regardless of market conditions” in their version.  Beacon, like Harbor, positions itself as “a manager of managers” and assembles teams of institutional sub-advisors to manage the actual portfolio.  In this case, they’ve paired Brandywine Global, GAM and PIMCO and have given the managers extraordinarily leeway in pursuing the fund’s objective.  One measure of that flexibility is the fund’s duration, a measure of interest rate sensitivity.  They project a duration of anything from negative five years (effectively shorting the market) to plus eight years (generally the preferred spot for long-term owners of bond funds).  Since inception the fund has noticeably outrun its “nontraditional bond” peers with reasonable volatility.

Jeff Ringdahl is American Beacon’s Chief Operating Officer and one of the primary architects of the Flexible Bond Strategy. He’s worked with a bunch of “A” tier management firms including Touchstone Investments, Fidelity and State Street Global Advisors.   Here are his 245 words (I know, he overshot) on why you should consider a flexible bond strategy:

In building an alternative to a traditional bond fund, our goal was to stay true to what we consider the three tenets of traditional bond investing: current income, principal preservation and equity diversification.  However, we also sought to protect against unstable interest rates and credit spreads.

The word “unconstrained” is often used to describe similar strategies, but we believe “flexible” is a better descriptor for our approach. Many investors associate the word “unconstrained” with higher risk.  We implemented important risk constraints which help to create a lower risk profile. Our multi-manager structure is a key distinguishing characteristic because of its built-in risk management. Unconstrained or flexible bond funds feature a great degree of investment flexibility. While investment managers may deliver compelling risk-adjusted performance by using this enhanced flexibility, there may be an increased possibility of underperformance because there are fewer risk controls imposed by many of our peer funds. In our opinion, if you would ever want to diversify your managers you would do so where the manager had the greatest latitude. We think that this product style is uniquely designed for multi-manager diversification.

Flexible bond investing allows asset managers the ability to invest long and short across the global bond and currency markets to capitalize on opportunities in the broad areas of credit, currencies and yield curve strategies. We think focusing on the three Cs: Credit, Currency and Curve gives us an advantage in seeking to deliver positive returns over a complete market cycle.

The fund has five share classes. The minimum initial investment for the no-load Investor class is $2,500.   Expenses are 1.27% on about $300 million in assets.

The fund’s website is functional but spare.  You get the essential information, but there’s no particular wealth of insight or commentary on this strategy (and there is one odd picture of a bunch of sailboats barely able to get out of one another’s way).

Our earlier Elevator Talks were:

  1. February 2013: Tom Kerr, Rocky Peak Small Cap Value (RPCSX), whose manager has a 14 year track record in small cap investing and a passion for discovering “value” in the intersection of many measures: discounted cash flows, LBO models, M&A valuations and traditional relative valuation metrics.
  2. March 2013: Dale Harvey, Poplar Forest Partners (PFPFX and IPFPX), a concentrated, contrarian value stock fund that offers “a once-in-a-generation opportunity to invest with a successful American Funds manager who went out on his own.”
  3. April 2013: Bayard Closser, Vertical Capital Income Fund (VCAPX), “a closed-end interval fund, VCAPX invests in whole mortgage loans and first deeds of trust. We purchase the loans from lenders at a deep discount and service them ourselves.”
  4. May 2013: Jim Hillary, LS Opportunity Fund (LSOFX), a co-founder of Marsico Capital Management whose worry that “the quality of research on Wall Street continues to decline and investors are becoming increasingly concerned about short-term performance” led to his faith in “in-depth research and long-term orientation in our high conviction ideas.”
  5. July 2013: Casey Frazier, Versus Capital Multi-Manager Real Estate Income Fund (VCMRX), a second closed-end interval fund whose portfolio “includes real estate private equity and debt, public equity and debt, and broad exposure across asset types and geographies. We target a mix of 70% private real estate with 30% public real estate to enhance liquidity, and our objective is to produce total returns in the 7 – 9% range net of fees.”
  6. August 2013: Brian Frank, Frank Value Fund (FRNKX), a truly all-cap value fund with a simple, successful discipline: if one part of the market is overpriced, shop elsewhere.
  7. August 2013: Ian Mortimer and Matthew Page of Guinness Atkinson Inflation Managed Dividend (GAINX), a global equity fund that pursues firms with “sustainable and potentially rising dividends,” which also translates to firms with robust business models and consistently high return on capital.
  8. September 2013: Steven Vannelli of GaveKal Knowledge Leaders (GAVAX), which looks to invest in “the best among global companies that are tapping a deep reservoir of intangible capital to generate earnings growth,” where “R&D, design, brand and channel” are markers of robust intangible capital. From launch through the end of June, 2013, the fund modestly outperformed the MSCI World Index and did so with two-thirds less volatility
  9. October 2013: Bashar Qasem of Wise Capital (WISEX), which provides investors with an opportunity for global diversification in a fund category (short term bonds) mostly distinguished by bland uniformity.

Conference Call Highlights: Zac Wydra of Beck, Mack & Oliver Partners

We looked for a picture of Zac Wydra on the web but found Wydra the Otter instead. We decided that Zac is cute but Wydra is cuter, so…  If we can find a t-shirt with Wydra’s picture on it, we might send it along to Zac with our best wishes.

We looked for a picture of Zac Wydra on the web but found Wydra the Otter instead. We decided that Zac is cute but Wydra is cuter, so… If we can find a t-shirt with Wydra’s picture on it, we might send it along to Zac with our best wishes.

In mid-October we spoke for about an hour with Zac Wydra of Beck, Mack & Oliver Partners Fund (BMPEX). There were about 30 other participants on the call. I’ve elsewhere analogized Beck, Mack to Dodge & Cox: an old money, white shoe firm whose core business is helping the rich stay rich. In general, you need a $3 million minimum investment to engage with them. Partners was created in 1991 as a limited partnership to accommodate the grandkids or staff of their clients, folks who might only have a few hundred thousand to commit. (Insert about here: “Snowball gulps”) The “limited” in limited partnership signals a maximum number of investors, 100. The partnership filled up and prospered. When the managing partner retired, Zac made a pitch to convert the partnership to a ’40 fund and make it more widely available. He argued that he thought there was a wider audience for a disciplined, concentrated fund.

He was made the fund’s inaugural manager. He’s 41 and anticipates running BMPEX for about the next quarter century, at which point he’ll be required – as all partners are – to move into retirement and undertake a phased five year divestment of his economic stake in the firm. His then-former ownership stake will be available to help attract and retain the best cadre of younger professionals that they can find. Between now and retirement he will (1) not run any other pooled investment vehicle, (2) not allow BMPEX to get noticeably bigger than $1.5 billion – he’ll return capital to investors first – and (3) will, over a period of years, train and oversee a potential successor.

In the interim, the discipline is simple:

  1. never hold more than 30 securities – he can hold bonds but hasn’t found any that offer a better risk/return profile than the stocks he’s found.
  2. only invest in firms with great management teams, a criterion that’s met when the team demonstrates superior capital allocation decisions over a period of years
  3. invest only in firms whose cash flows are consistent and predictable. Some fine firms come with high variable flows and some are in industries whose drivers are particularly hard to decipher; he avoids those altogether.
  4. only buy when stocks sell at a sufficient discount to fair value that you’ve got a margin of safety, a patience that was illustrated by his decision to watch Bed, Bath & Beyond for over two and a half years before a short-term stumble triggered a panicky price drop and he could move in. In general, he is targeting stocks which have the prospect of gaining at least 50% over the next three years and which will not lose value over that time.
  5. ignore the question of whether it’s a “high turnover” or “low turnover” strategy. His argument is that the market determines the turnover rate. If his holdings become overpriced, he’ll sell them quickly. If the market collapses, he’ll look for stocks with even better risk/return profiles than those currently in the portfolio. In general, it would be common for him to turn over three to five names in the portfolio each year, though occasionally that’s just recycling: he’ll sell a good firm whose stock becomes overvalued then buy it back again once it becomes undervalued.

Two listener questions, in particular, stood out:

Kevin asked what Zac’s “edge” was. A focus on cash, rather than earnings, seemed to be the core of it. Businesses exist to generate cash, not earnings, and so BM&O’s valuations were driven by discounted cash flow models. Those models were meaningful only if it were possible to calculate the durability of cash flows over 5 years. In industries where cash flows have volatile, it’s hard to assign a meaningful multiple and so he avoids them.

Seth asked what mistakes have you made and what did you learn from them? Zac hearkened back to the days when the fund was still a private partnership. They’d invested in AIG which subsequently turned into a bloody mess. Ummm, “not an enjoyable experience” was his phrase. He learned from that that “independent” was not always the same as “contrary.” AIG was selling at what appeared to be a lunatic discount, so BM&O bought in a contrarian move. Out of the resulting debacle, Zac learned a bit more respect for the market’s occasionally unexplainable pricings of an asset. At base, if the market says a stock is worth twenty cents a share, you’d better than remarkably strong evidence in order to act on an internal valuation of twenty dollars a share.

Bottom Line: On whole, it strikes me as a remarkable strategy: simple, high return, low excitement, repeatable, sustained for near a quarter century and sustainable for another.

For folks interested but unable to join us, here’s the complete audio of the hour-long conversation.

The BMPEX Conference Call

As with all of these funds, we’ve created a new featured funds page for Beck, Mack & Oliver Partners Fund, pulling together all of the best resources we have for the fund, including a brand new audio profile in .mp3 format.

When you click on the link, the file will load in your browser and will begin playing after it’s partially loaded. If the file downloads, instead, you may have to double-click to play it.

As promised, my colleague Charles Boccadoro weighs in on your almost-magical ability to turn a temporary loss of principal into a …

Permanent Loss of Capital

The father of value investing, Benjamin Graham, employed the concept of “Margin of Safety” to minimize risk of permanent loss. His great student, Warren Buffett, puts it like this: “Rule No. 1: never lose money; rule No. 2: don’t forget rule No. 1.”

Zachary Wydra, portfolio manager of the 5-star Beck Mack & Oliver Partners (BMPEX) fund, actually cited Mr. Buffett’s quote during the recent MFO conference call.

But a look at Berkshire Hathaway, one of the great stocks of all time, shows it dropped 46% between December 2007 and February of 2009. And, further back, it dropped about the same between June 1998 and February 2002. So, is Mr. Buffett not following his own rule? Similarly, a look at BMPEX shows an even steeper decline in 2009 at -54%, slightly worse than the SP500.

The distinction, of course, is that drawdown does not necessarily mean loss, unless one sells at what is only a temporary loss in valuation – as opposed to an unrecoverable loss, like experienced by Enron shareholders. Since its 2009 drawdown, BMPEX is in fact up an enviable 161%, beating the SP500 by 9%.

Robert Arnott, founder of Research Associates, summarizes as follows: “Temporary losses of value are frequent; at times they can become so frightening that they become permanent—for those that sell.” Distinguishing between temporary drawdown and permanent loss of capital (aka “the ultimate risk”) is singularly the most important, if unnerving, aspect of successful value investing.

Mr. Wydra explains his strategy is to target stocks that have an upside potential over the next three years of at least 50% and will not lose value over that time. Translation: “loss,” as far as BMPEX is concerned, equates to no drawdown over a three year period. A very practical goal indeed, since any longer period would likely not be tolerated by risk averse investors.

And yet, it is very, very hard to do, perhaps even impossible for any fund that is primarily long equities.

Here is downside SP500 total return performance looking back about 52 years:

sp5003yr

It says that 3-year returns fall below zero over nearly 30% of the time and the SP500 shows a loss of 20% or more in 15% of 3-year returns. If we compare returns against consumer price index (CPI), the result is even worse. But for simplicity (and Pete’s) sake, we will not. Fact is, over this time frame, one would need to have invested in the SP500 for nearly 12 years continuously to guarantee a positive return. 12 years!

How many equity or asset allocation funds have not experienced a drawdown over any three year period? Very few. In the last 20 years, only four, or about 1-in-1000. Gabelli ABC (GABCX) and Merger (MERFX), both in the market neutral category and both focused on merger arbitrage strategies. Along with Permanent Portfolio (PRPFX) and Midas Perpetual Portfolio (MPREX), both in the conservative allocation category and both with large a percentage of their portfolios in gold. None of these four beat the SP500. (Although three beat bonds and GABCX did so with especially low volatility.)

nodrawdown
So, while delivering equity-like returns without incurring a “loss” over a three year period may simply prove too high a goal to come true, it is what we wish was true.

29Oct2013/Charles

Conference Call Upcoming: John Park and Greg Jackson, Oakseed Opportunity, November 18, 7:00 – 8:00 Eastern

oakseedOn November 18, Observer readers will have the opportunity to hear from, and speak to John Park and Greg Jackson, co-managers of Oakseed Opportunity Fund (SEEDX and SEDEX). John managed Columbia Acorn Select for five and a half years and, at his 2004 departure, Morningstar announced “we are troubled by his departure: Park had run this fund since its inception and was a big driver behind its great long-term record. He was also the firm’s primary health-care analyst.” Greg co-managed Oakmark Global (OAKGX) for over four years and his departure in 2003 prompted an Eeyore-ish, “It’s never good news when a talented manager leaves.”

The guys moved to Blum Capital, a venture capital firm.  They did well, made money but had less fun than they’d like so they decided to return to managing a distinctly low-profile mutual fund.

Oakseed is designed to be an opportunistic equity fund.  Its managers are expected to be able to look broadly and go boldly, wherever the greatest opportunities present themselves.  It’s limited by neither geography, market cap nor stylebox.   John Park laid out its mission succinctly: “we pursue the maximum returns in the safest way possible.”

I asked John where he thought they’d focus their opening comments.  Here’s his reply:

We would like to talk about the structure of our firm and how it relates to the fund at the outset of the call.  I think people should know we’re not the usual fund management company most people think of when investing in a fund. We discussed this in our first letter to shareholders, but I think it’s worthwhile for our prospective and current investors to know that Oakseed is the only client we have, primarily because we want complete alignment with our clients from not only a mutual investment perspective (“skin in the game”), but also that all of our time is spent on this one entity. In addition, being founders of our firm and this fund, with no intentions of ever starting and managing a new fund, there is much less risk to our investors that one or both of us would ever leave. I think having that assurance is important.

Our conference call will be Monday, November 18, from 7:00 – 8:00 Eastern.  It’s free.  It’s a phone call.

How can you join in?

register

If you’d like to join in, just click on register and you’ll be taken to the Chorus Call site.  In exchange for your name and email, you’ll receive a toll-free number, a PIN and instructions on joining the call.  If you register, I’ll send you a reminder email on the morning of the call.

Remember: registering for one call does not automatically register you for another.  You need to click each separately.  Likewise, registering for the conference call mailing list doesn’t register you for a call; it just lets you know when an opportunity comes up. 

WOULD AN ADDITIONAL HEADS UP HELP?

Nearly two hundred readers have signed up for a conference call mailing list.  About a week ahead of each call, I write to everyone on the list to remind them of what might make the call special and how to register.  If you’d like to be added to the conference call list, just drop me a line.

Conference Call Queue: David Sherman, RiverPark Strategic Income, December 9, 7:00 – 8:00 Eastern

On Monday, December 9, from 7:00 – 8:00 Eastern, you’ll have a chance to meet David Sherman, manager of RiverPark Short Term High Yield (RPHYX) and the newly-launched RiverPark Strategic Income Fund (RSIVX). David positions RSIVX as the next step out on the risk-return ladder from RPHYX: capable of doubling its sibling’s returns with entirely manageable risk.  If you’d like to get ahead of the curve, you can register for the call with David though I will highlight his call in next month’s issue.

Launch Alert: DoubleLine Shiller Enhanced CAPE

On October 29, DoubleLine Shiller Enhanced CAPE (DSEEX and DSENX) launched. The fund will use derivatives to try to outperform the Shiller Barclays CAPE US Sector Total Return Index.  CAPE is an acronym for “cyclically-adjusted price/earnings.”  The measure was propounded by Nobel Prize winning economist Robert Shiller as a way of taking some of the hocus-pocus out of the calculation of price/earnings ratios.  At base, it divides today’s stock price by the average, inflation-adjusted earnings from the past decade.  Shiller argues that current earnings are often deceptive since profit margins tend over time to regress to the mean and many firms earnings run on three to five year cycles.  As a result, the market might look dirt cheap (high profit margins plus high cyclical earnings = low conventional P/E) when it’s actually poised for a fall.  Looking at prices relative to longer-term earnings gives you a better chance of getting sucked into a value trap.

The fund will be managed by The Gundlach and Jeffrey Sherman. Messrs Gundlach and Sherman also work together on the distinctly disappointing Multi-Asset Growth fund (DMLAX), so the combination of these guys and an interesting idea doesn’t translate immediately into a desirable product.  The fact that it, like many PIMCO funds, is complicated and derivatives-driven counsels for due caution in one’s due diligence. The “N” share class has a $2000 minimum initial investment and 0.91% expense ratio.  The institutional shares are about one-third cheaper.

Those interested in a nice introduction to the CAPE research might look at Samuel Lee’s 2012 CAPE Crusader essay at Morningstar. There’s a fact sheet and a little other information on the fund’s homepage.

Funds in Registration (The New Year’s Edition)

New mutual funds must be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission before they can be offered for sale to the public. The SEC has a 75-day window during which to call for revisions of a prospectus; fund companies sometimes use that same time to tweak a fund’s fee structure or operating details. Any fund that wanted to launch before the end of the year needed to be in registration by mid- to late October.

And there were a lot of funds targeting a year-end launch. Every day David Welsch, firefighter/EMT/fund researcher, scours new SEC filings to see what opportunities might be about to present themselves.  This month he tracked down 24 no-load retail funds in registration, which represents our core interest.  But if you expand that to include ETFs, institutional funds, reorganized funds and load-bearing funds, you find nearly 120 new vehicles scheduled for Christmas delivery.

Close readers might find the answers to four funds in reg quiz questions:

  1. Which manager of a newly-registered fund had the schmanciest high society wedding this year?
  2. Which fund in registration gave Snowball, by far, the biggest headache as he tried to translate their prose to English?
  3. Which hedge fund manager decided that the perfect time to launch a mutual fund was after getting bludgeoned on returns for two consecutive years?
  4. Which managers seem most attuned to young investors, skippering craft that might be described as Clifford the Big Red Mutual Fund and the Spongebob Fund?

Manager Changes

On a related note, we also tracked down 51 fund manager changes.

Updates

One of the characteristics of good managers is their ability to think clearly and one of the best clues to the existence of clear thinking is clear writing. Here’s a decent rule: if they can’t write a grocery list without babbling, you should avoid them. Contrarily, clear, graceful writing often reflects clear thinking.

Many managers update their commentaries and fund materials quarterly and we want to guide you to the most recent discussions and data possible for the funds we’ve written about. The indefatigable Mr. Welsch has checked (and updated) every link and linked document for every fund we’ve profiled in 2013 and for most of 2012. Here’s David’s summary table, which will allow you to click through to a variety of updated documents.

Advisory Research Strategic Income

Q3 Report

Manager Commentary

Fact Sheet

Artisan Global Equity Fund

Q3 Report

Artisan Global Value Fund

Q3 Report

Beck, Mack & Oliver Partners Fund

Fact Sheet

Bretton Fund

Q3 Report

Fund Fact Page

Bridgeway Managed Volatility

Q3 Report

Fact Sheet

FPA International Value

Q3 Report and Commentary

Fact Sheet

FPA Paramount

Q3 Report and Commentary

Fact Sheet

Frank Value

Fact Sheet

Q3 Report and Commentary

FundX Upgrader Fund

Fact Sheet

Grandeur Peak Global Opportunities

Q3 Report

Commentary

Grandeur Peak Global Reach

Q3 Report

Commentary

LS Opportunity Fund

Q3 Report

Matthews Asia Strategic Income

Commentary

Q3 Report

Oakseed Opportunity Fund

Fact Sheet

Oberweis International Opportunities

Q3 Report

 

Payden Global Low Duration Fund

Q3 Report

Commentary

PIMCO Short Asset Investment Fund “D” shares

Q3 Report

RiverPark/Gargoyle Hedge Value

Q3 Report

Scout Low Duration Bond Fund

Q3 Report

Commentary

Sextant Global High Income

Q3 Report

Smead Value Fund

Q3 Report

Fact Sheet

The Cook and Bynum Fund

Fact Sheet

Tributary Balanced

Q3 Report

Fact Sheet

Whitebox Long Short Equity Investor Class

Fact Sheet

Briefly Noted 

A big ol’ “uhhh” to Advisory Research Emerging Markets All Cap Value Fund (the “Fund”) which has changed both manager (“Effective immediately, Brien M. O’Brien is no longer a portfolio manager of the Fund”) and name (it will be Advisory Research Emerging Markets Opportunities Fund), both before the fund even launched.  A few days after that announcement, AR also decided that Matthew Dougherty would be removed as a manager of the still-unlaunched fund.  On the bright side, it didn’t close to new investors before launch, so that’s good.  Launch date is November 1, 2013.

In a singularly dark day, Mr. O’Brien was also removed as manager of Advisory Research Small Micro Cap Value Fund, which has also not launched and has changed its name: Advisory Research Small Company Opportunities Fund.

centaurA Centaur arises!  The Tilson funds used to be a two-fund family: the one that Mr. Tilson ran and the one that was really good. After years of returns that never quite matched the hype, Mr. Tilson liquidated his Tilson Focus (TILFX) fund in June 2013.  That left behind the Tilson-less Tilson Dividend Fund (TILDX) which we described as “an awfully compelling little fund.”

Effective November 1, Tilson Dividend became Centaur Total Return Fund (TILDX), named after its long-time sub-adviser, Centaur Capital Partners.  Rick Schumacher, the operations guy at the Centaur funds, elaborates:

Since Tilson is no longer involved in the mutual fund whatsoever, and since the Dividend Fund has historically generated as much (if not more) income from covered call premiums rather than pure dividends, we felt that it was a good time to rebrand the fund.  So, effective today, our fund is now named the Centaur Total Return Fund.  We have kept the ticker (TILDX), as nothing’s really changed as far as the investment objective or strategy of the fund, and besides, we like our track record.  But, we’re very excited about our new Centaur Mutual Funds brand, as it will provide us with potential opportunities to launch other strategies under this platform in the future.

They’ve just launched a clean and appropriate dignified website that both represents the new fund and archives the analytic materials relevant to its old designation.  The fund sits at $65 million in assets with cash occupying about a quarter of its portfolio.  All cap, four stars, low risk. It’s worth considering, which we’ll do again in our December issue.

Laudus Growth Investors U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund is having almost as much fun.  On September 24, its Board booted UBS Global Asset Management as the managers of the fund in favor of BlackRock.  They then changed the name (to Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund) and, generously, slashed the fund’s expense ratio by an entire basis point from 0.78% to 0.77%.

But no joy in Mudville: the shareholder meeting being held to vote on the merger of  Lord Abbett Classic Stock Fund (LRLCX) into Lord Abbett Calibrated Dividend Growth Fund (LAMAX) has been adjourned until November 7, 2013 for lack of a quorum.

Scout Funds are sporting a redesigned website. Despite the fact that our profiles of Scout Unconstrained Bond and Scout Low Duration don’t qualify as “news” for the purposes of their media list (sniffles), I agree with reader Dennis Green’s celebration of the fact the new site is “thoughtful, with a classy layout, and—are you sitting down?— their data are no longer stale and are readily accessible!”  Thanks to Dennis for the heads-up.

Snowball’s portfolio: in September, I noted that two funds were on the watchlist for my own, non-retirement portfolio.  They were Aston River Road Long Short (ARLSX) and RiverPark Strategic Income (RSIVX). I’ve now opened a small exploratory position in Aston (I pay much more attention to a fund when I have actual money at risk) as I continue to explore the possibility of transferring my Northern Global Tactical Asset Allocation (BBALX) investment there.  The Strategic Income position is small but permanent and linked to a monthly automatic investment plan.

For those interested, John Waggoner of USA Today talked with me for a long while about the industry and interesting new funds.  Part of that conversation contributed to his October 17 article, “New Funds Worth Mentioning.”

SMALL WINS FOR INVESTORS

Eaton Vance Asian Small Companies Fund (EVASX) will eliminate its danged annoying “B” share class on November 4, 2013. It’s still trying to catch up from having lost 70% in the 2007-09 meltdown. 

Green Owl Intrinsic Value Fund (GOWLX) substantially reduced its expense cap from 1.40% to 1.10%. It’s been a very solid little large cap fund since its launch in early 2012.

Invesco Balanced-Risk Commodity Strategy Fund (BRCAX) will reopen to new investors on November 8, 2013. The fund has three quarters of a billion in assets despite trailing its peers and losing money in two of its first three years of existence.

As of December, Vanguard Dividend Appreciation Index (VDAIX) will have new Admiral shares with a 0.10% expense ratio and a $10,000 minimum investment. That’s a welcome savings on a fund currently charging 0.20% for the Investor share class.

At eight funds, Vanguard will rename Signal shares as Admiral shares and will lower the minimum investment to $10,000 from $100,000.

Zeo Strategic Income Fund (ZEOIX) dropped its “institutional” minimum to $5,000.  I will say this for Zeo: it’s very steady.

CLOSINGS (and related inconveniences)

The Brown Capital Management Small Company Fund (BCSIX) closed to new investors on October 18, 2013.

Buffalo Emerging Opportunities Fund (BUFOX) formally announced its intention to close to new investors when the fund’s assets under management reach $475 million. At last check, they’re at $420 million.  Five star fund with consistently top 1% returns.  If you’re curious, check quick!

GW&K Small Cap Equity Fund (GWETX) is slated to close to new investors on November 1, 2013.

Matthews Pacific Tiger Fund (MAPTX) closed to new investors on October 25, 2013.

Oakmark International (OAKIX) closed to most new investors as of the close of business on October 4, 2013

Templeton Foreign Smaller Companies (FINEX) will close to new investors on December 10th.  I have no idea of why: it’s a small fund with an undistinguished but not awful record. Liquidation seems unlikely but I can’t imagine that much hot money has been burning a hole in the managers’ pockets.

Touchstone Merger Arbitrage Fund (TMGAX), already mostly closed, will limit access a bit more on November 11, 2013.  That means closing the fund to new financial advisors.

OLD WINE, NEW BOTTLES

Advisory Research Emerging Markets All Cap Value Fund has renamed itself, before launch, as Advisory Research Emerging Markets Opportunities Fund.

Aegis Value Fund (AVALX) has been reorganized as … Aegis Value Fund (AVALX), except with a sales load (see story above).

DundeeWealth US, LP (the “Adviser”) has also changed its name to “Scotia Institutional Investments US, LP” effective November 1, 2013.

The Hatteras suite of alternative strategy funds (Hatteras Alpha Hedged Strategies, Hedged Strategies Fund, Long/Short Debt Fund, Long/Short Equity Fund and Managed Futures Strategies Fund) have been sold to RCS Capital Corporation and Scotland Acquisition, LLC.  We know this because the SEC filing avers the “Purchaser will purchase from the Sellers and the Sellers will sell to the Purchaser, substantially all the assets related to the business and operations of the Sellers and … the “Hatteras Funds Group.” Morningstar has a “negative” analyst rating on the group but I cannot find a discussion of that judgment.

Ladenburg Thalmann Alternative Strategies Fund (LTAFX) have been boldly renamed (wait for it) Alternative Strategies Fund.  It appears to be another in the expanding array of “interval” funds, whose shares are illiquid and partially redeemable just once a quarter. Its performance since October 2010 launch has been substantially better than its open-ended peers.

Effective October 7, 2013, the WisdomTree Global ex-US Growth Fund (DNL) became WisdomTree Global ex-US Dividend Growth Fund.

U.S. Global Investors MegaTrends Fund (MEGAX) will, on December 20, become Holmes Growth Fund

OFF TO THE DUSTBIN OF HISTORY

shadowOn-going thanks to The Shadow for help in tracking the consequences of “the perennial gale of creative destruction” blowing through the industry.  Shadow, a member of the Observer’s discussion community, has an uncanny talent for identifying and posting fund liquidations (and occasionally) launches to our discussion board about, oh, 30 seconds after the SEC first learns of the change.  Rather more than three dozen of the changes noted here and elsewhere in Briefly Noted were flagged by The Shadow.  While my daily reading of SEC 497 filings identified most of the them, his work really does contribute a lot. 

And so, thanks, big guy!

On October 16, 2013, the Board of Trustees of the Trust approved a Plan of Liquidation, which authorizes the termination, liquidation and dissolution of the 361 Absolute Alpha Fund. In order to effect such liquidation, the Fund is closed to all new investment. Shareholders may redeem their shares until the date of liquidation. The Fund will be liquidated on or about October 30, 2013.

City National Rochdale Diversified Equity Fund (the “Diversified Fund”) has merged into City National Rochdale U.S. Core Equity Fund while City National Rochdale Full Maturity Fixed Income Fund was absorbed by City National Rochdale Intermediate Fixed Income Fund

Great-West Ariel Small Cap Value Fund (MXSCX) will merge into Great-West Ariel Mid Cap Value Fund (MXMCX) around Christmas, 2013.  That’s probably a win for shareholders, since SCV has been mired in the muck while MCV has posted top 1% returns over the past five years.

As we suspected, Fidelity Europe Capital Appreciation Fund (FECAX) is merging into Fidelity Europe Fund (FIEUX). FECAX was supposed to be the aggressive growth version of FIEUX but the funds have operated as virtually clones for the past five years.  And neither has particularly justified its existence: average risk, average return, high r-squared despite the advantages of low expenses and a large analyst pool.

The Board of the Hansberger funds seems concerned that you don’t quite understand the implications of having a fund liquidated.  And so, in the announcement of the October 18 liquidation of Hansberger International Fund they helpfully explain: “The Fund no longer exists, and as a result, shares of the Fund are no longer available for purchase.”

Highland Alpha Trend Strategies Fund (HATAX), formerly Pyxis Alpha Trend Strategies Fund, will close on November 20, 2013.  With assets not much greater than my retirement account (and performance vastly below it), I’m not sure that even the manager will notice the disappearance.

Huntington Income Equity (HUINX) will merge into Huntington Dividend Capture Fund (HDCAX) at the end of the first week of December.  It’s never a good sign when the winning fund – the more attractive of the two – trails 80% of its peers.

The JPMorgan Global Opportunities Fund was liquidated and dissolved on or about October 25, 2013. Given that they’re speaking in the past tense, don’t you think that they’d know whether it was “on” or “about”?

Update on the JPMorgan Value Opportunities Fund: an attempt to merge the fund out of existence in September failed because the Board couldn’t get enough shareholders to vote one way or the other.  On October 10, though, they reached a critical mass and folded the fund into JPMorgan Large Cap Value Fund (OLVAX) on October 18th.

zombiesSo long to LONGX! Longview Tactical Allocation Fund (LONGX) has closed and will liquidate on November 15, 2013.  700% turnover which might well have led to a joke about their ability to take the long view except for the fact that they’ve joined the zombie legion of walking dead funds.

In a determinedly “WTF?” move, the Mitchell Capital’s Board of Trustees has determined to liquidate the Mitchell Capital All-Cap Growth Fund (MCAEX) “due to the adviser’s business decision that it no longer is economically viable to continue managing the Fund because of the Fund’s small size, the increasing costs associated with managing the Fund, and the difficulty encountered in distributing the Fund’s shares.”  Huh?  “No longer economically viable”?  They only launched this sucker on March 1, 2013.  Seven months, guys?  You hung on seven months and that’s it?  What sort of analytic abilities are on display here, do you suppose?

On October 15, Nomura Partners Funds closed all of its remaining five mutual funds to purchases and exchanges.  They are The Japan Fund (NPJAX), Nomura Partners High Yield (NPHAX), Nomura Partners Asia Pacific Ex Japan (NPAAX), Nomura Partners Global Equity Income (NPWAX), and Nomura Partners Global Emerging Markets (NPEAX).  Here’s a sentence you should take seriously: “The Board will consider the best interests of the investors in each of the Funds and may decide to liquidate, merge, assign the advisory contract or to take another course of action for one or more of the Funds.”  The NPJAX board has acted boldly in the past.  In 2002, it fired the fund’s long-standing adviser, Scudder,Stevens, and turned the fund over to Fidelity to manage.  Then, in 2008, they moved it again from Fidelity to Nomura.  No telling what they might do next.

The firm also announced that it, like DundeeWealth, is planning to get out of the US retail fund business.

The liquidations of Nuveen Tradewinds Global Resources Fund and Nuveen Tradewinds Small-Cap Opportunities Fund are complete.  It’s an ill wind that blows …

Oppenheimer SteelPath MLP and Infrastructure Debt Fund went the way of the wild goose on October 4.

Transamerica is bumping off two sub-advised funds in mid-December: Transamerica International Bond (TABAX), subadvised by J.P. Morgan, and Transamerica International Value Opportunities Fund, subadvised by Thornburg but only available to other Transamerica fund managers.

UBS Global Frontier Fund became UBS Asset Growth Fund (BGFAX) on October 28.  Uhhh … doesn’t “Asset Growth” strike you as pretty much “Asset Gathering”?  Under the assumption that “incredibly complicated” is the magic strategy, the fund will adopt a managed volatility objective that tries to capture all of the upside of the MSCI World Free Index with a standard deviation of no more than 15.  On the portfolio’s horizon: indirect real estate securities, index funds, options and derivatives with leverage of up to 75%. They lose a couple managers and gain a couple in the process.

U.S. Global Investors Global Emerging Markets Fund closed on October 1 and liquidated on Halloween.  If you were an investor in the fund, I’m hopeful that you’d already noticed.  And considered Seafarer as an alternative.

Vanguard plans to merge two of its tax-managed funds into very similar index funds.  Vanguard Tax-Managed International (VTMNX) is merging into Vanguard Developed Markets Index (VDMIX) and Vanguard Tax-Managed Growth & Income (VTMIX) will merge into Vanguard 500 Index (VFINX). Since these were closet index funds to begin with – they have R-squared values of 98.5 and 100(!) – the merger mostly serves to raise the expenses borne by VTMNX investors from 10 basis points to 20 for the index fund.

Vanguard Growth Equity (VGEQX) is being absorbed by Vanguard US Growth (VWUSX). Baillie Gifford, managers of Growth Equity, will be added as another team for US Growth.

Vanguard Managed Payout Distribution Focus (VPDFX) and Vanguard Managed Payout Growth Focus (VPGFX) are slated to merge to create a new fund, Vanguard Managed Payout Fund. At that time, the payout in question will decrease to 4% from 5%.

WHV Emerging Markets Equity Fund (WHEAX) is suffering “final liquidation”  on or about December 20, 2013.  Okay returns, $5 million in assets.

In Closing . . .

As Chip reviewed how folks use our email notification (do they open it?  Do they click through to MFO?), she discovered 33 clicks from folks in Toyko (youkoso!), 21 in the U.K. (uhhh … pip pip?), 13 in the United Arab Emirates (keep cool, guys!) and 10 scattered about India (Namaste!).  Welcome to all.

Thanks to the kind folks who contributed to the Observer this month.  I never second guess folks’ decision to contribute, directly or through PayPal, but I am sometimes humbled by their generosity and years of support.  And so thanks, especially, to the Right Reverend Rick – a friend of many years – and to Andrew, Bradford, Matt, James (uhh… Jimmy?) and you all.  You make it all possible.

Thanks to all of the folks who bookmarked or clicked on our Amazon link.   Here’s the reminder of the easiest way to support the Observer: just use our Amazon link whenever you’d normally be doing your shopping, holiday or other, on Amazon anyway.  They contribute an amount equal to about 7% of the value of all stuff purchased through the link.  It costs you nothing (the cost is already built into their marketing budget) and is invisible.  If you’re interested in the details, feel free to look at the Amazon section under “Support.”  

Remember to join us, if you can, for our upcoming conversations with John, Greg and David.  Regardless, enjoy the quiet descent of fall and its seasonal reminder to slow down a bit and remember all the things you have to be grateful for rather than fretting about the ones you don’t have (and, really, likely don’t need and wouldn’t enjoy).

Cheers!

David

Beck, Mack & Oliver Partners Fund (BMPEX)

By David Snowball

The fund:

Beck, Mack & Oliver Partners Fund (BMPEX)

Manager:

Zachary Wydra, portfolio manager.

The call:

I spoke for about an hour on Wednesday, October 16, with Zac Wydra of BMPEX. There were about 30 other participants on the call. I’ve elsewhere analogized Beck, Mack to Dodge & Cox: an old money, white shoe firm whose core business is helping the rich stay rich. In general, you need a $3 million minimum investment to engage with them. Partners was created in 1991 as a limited partnership to accommodate the grandkids or staff of their clients, folks who might only have a few hundred thousand to commit. (Insert about here: “Snowball gulps”) The “limited” in limited partnership signals a maximum number of investors, 100. The partnership filled up and prospered. When the managing partner retired, Zac made a pitch to convert the partnership to a ’40 fund’ and make it more widely available. He argued that he thought there was a wider audience for a disciplined, concentrated fund.

He was made the fund’s inaugural manager. He’s 41 and anticipates running BMPEX for about the next quarter century, at which point he’ll be required – as all partners are – to move into retirement and undertake a phased five year divestment of his economic stake in the firm. His then-former ownership stake will be available to help attract and retain the best cadre of younger professionals that they can find. Between now and retirement he will (1) not run any other pooled investment vehicle, (2) not allow BMPEX to get noticeably bigger than $1.5 billion – he’ll return capital to investors first – and (3) will, over a period of years, train and oversee a potential successor.

In the interim, the discipline is simple:

  1. never hold more than 30 securities – he can hold bonds but hasn’t found any that offer a better risk/return profile than the stocks he’s found. 
  2. only invest in firms with great management teams, a criterion that’s met when the team demonstrates superior capital allocation decisions over a period of years
  3. invest only in firms whose cash flows are consistent and predictable. Some fine firms come with high variable flows and some are in industries whose drivers are particularly hard to decipher; he avoids those altogether. 
  4. only buy when stocks sell at a sufficient discount to fair value that you’ve got a margin of safety, a patience that was illustrated by his decision to watch Bed, Bath & Beyond for over two and a half years before a short-term stumble triggered a panicky price drop and he could move in. In general, he is targeting stocks which have the prospect of gaining at least 50% over the next three years and which will not lose value over that time. 
  5. ignore the question of whether it’s a “high turnover” or “low turnover” strategy. His argument is that the market determines the turnover rate. If his holdings become overpriced, he’ll sell them quickly. If the market collapses, he’ll look for stocks with even better risk/return profiles than those currently in the portfolio. In general, it would be common for him to turn over three to five names in the portfolio each year, though occasionally that’s just recycling: he’ll sell a good firm whose stock becomes overvalued then buy it back again once it becomes undervalued.

There were three questioners:

Kevin asked what Zac’s “edge” was. A focus on cash, rather than earnings, seemed to be the core of it. Businesses exist to generate cash, not earnings, and so BM&O’s valuations were driven by discounted cash flow models. Those models were meaningful only if it were possible to calculate the durability of cash flows over 5 years. In industries where cash flows have volatile, it’s hard to assign a meaningful multiple and so he avoids them.

In follow up: how do you set your discount rate. He uses a uniform 10% because that reflects consistent investor expectations.

Seth asked what mistakes have you made and what did you learn from them? Zac hearkened back to the days when the fund was still a private partnership. They’d invested in AIG which subsequently turned into a bloody mess. Ummm, “not an enjoyable experience” was his phrase. He learned from that that “independent” was not always the same as “contrary.” AIG was selling at what appeared to be a lunatic discount, so BM&O bought in a contrarian move. Out of the resulting debacle, Zac learned a bit more respect for the market’s occasionally unexplainable pricings of an asset. At base, if the market says a stock is worth twenty cents a share, you’d better than remarkably strong evidence in order to act on an internal valuation of twenty dollars a share.

Andy asked how Zac established valuations on firms with lots of physical resources. Very cautiously. Their cash flows tend to be unpredictable. That said, BMPEX was overweight energy service companies because things like deep water oil rig counts weren’t all that sensitive to fluctuations in the price of oil.

podcastThe conference call (When you click on the link, the file will load in your browser and will begin playing after it’s partially loaded.)

The profile:

Successful investing does not require either a magic wand or a magic formula. No fund or strategy will win in each year or every market. The best we can do is to get all of the little things right: don’t overpay for stocks and don’t over-diversify, limit the size of the fund and limit turnover, keep expenses low and keep the management team stable, avoid “hot” investments and avoid unforced errors, remember it isn’t a game and it isn’t a sprint. Beck, Mack & Oliver gets an exceptional number of the little things very right. It has served its shareholders very well and deserves close examination.

The Mutual Fund Observer profile of BMPEX, September 2013.

podcastThe BMPEX audio profile

Web:

BM&O Partners website

Fund Focus: Resources from other trusted sources

November 2013, Funds in Registration

By David Snowball

Baird Ultra Short Bond Fund

Baird Ultra Short Bond Fund will seek current income consistent with preservation of capital.  .  They intend to invest in US and international government and corporate bonds, asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities and money market instruments.  No more than 10% of the portfolio may be invested in high-yield debt.  They’re willing to make sector and interest rate bets but will keep the duration under one year. The fund will be managed by a team led by Mary Ellen Stanek, Baird’s CIO.  The investment minimum will be $2500 for Investor class classes, reduced to $1000 for IRAs, and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 0.40%.

Balter Long/Short Equity Fund

Balter Long/Short Equity Fund will seek long-term capital appreciation.  They intend to invest in all of the predictable long/short stuff.  The fund will be managed by Apis Capital Advisors and Midwoods Capital Management.  Apis uses a fundamental bottom-up, research-driven process with a small/midcap bias. Midwoods invests predominantly long and short in U.S. small-cap equities based on lots of on-site/in-the-field research.  Both are small advisors (under $100 million AUM) that have very successful nine-to-ten year old private partnerships based on these strategies. The investment minimum will be $5000 and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is a daunting 3.22%.  While I know that you’ve got to pay to attract talent, I’d still disparage the fund for its expenses except for the managers’ record and their smaller-cap focus which is rare and can be quite profitable.

Bradesco Latin American Equity Fund

Bradesco Latin American Equity Fund will seek long-term capital appreciation by investing in the stocks of firms located in, or doing a majority of their business in, Latin America. For their purposes, Belize, French Guyana, Guyana, and Suriname are not Latin. (Nuts.  Do you know how hard it is to get appropriate Belizian exposure?) They anticipate a 30-40 stock portfolio but might also buy or sell derivatives.  The fund will be managed by Herculano Anibal Alves, the Equities Chief Investment Officer  of BRAM Brazil, and his team.  The investment minimum is not yet set and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 2.0%.

Bradesco Brazilian Hard Currency Bond Fund

Bradesco Brazilian Hard Currency Bond Fund will seek to achieve total return through income and capital appreciation. They intend to invest in fixed-income and floating rate debt instruments of the Brazilian government, Brazilian governmental entities, agencies, and other issuers the obligations of which are guaranteed by Brazil and Brazilian companies, each of which are denominated in U.S. dollars and foreign hard currencies.  The fund will be managed by Reinaldo Le Grazie, is the Chief Investment Officer of Fixed Income and Multi Strategies of BRAM Brazil, and his team.  The investment minimum is not yet set and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 1.75%.

Brown Advisory Mortgage Securities Fund

Brown Advisory Mortgage Securities Fund will seek to maximize total return consistent with preservation of capital.  They intend to invest in mortgage-backed securities such as residential mortgage-backed, commercial mortgage-backed, and stripped mortgage-backed securities, as well as collateralized mortgage and inverse floating rate obligations.  The fund will be managed by Thomas D.D. Graff, manager of Brown Advisory Tactical Bond Fund.  The investment minimum will be $5000, reduced to $2000 for IRAs and AIPs, and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 0.54%.

Catalyst/Equity Compass Share Buyback Fund

Catalyst/Equity Compass Share Buyback Fund will seek long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in the stocks of companies in the Russell 3000 that have announced their intention to repurchase a portion of the company’s outstanding shares.   Michael Schoonover will be the portfolio manager and Timothy M. McCann will be the Portfolio Management Consultant.  Apparently the consultant will be the fund’s risk-management specialist. The investment minimum for the no-load institutional shares will be $2,500 for a regular account, $2,500 for an IRA or $100 for an account established with an automatic investment plan.  The initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 1.25%.

Champlain All Cap Fund

Champlain All Cap Fund will seek capital appreciation.  They intend to invest in US and foreign firms with strong long-term fundamentals, superior capital appreciation potential and attractive stock valuations.  The fund will be managed by Van Harissis  and Scott Brayman.  These are the same folks who run Champlain Small Cap and Champlain Mid Cap, both of which are Silver-rated by Morningstar.  The investment minimum will be $10,000, reduced to $3,000 for IRAs and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 1.15% .

Clifford Capital Partners Fund

Clifford Capital Partners Fund will seek capital appreciation by investing in 25-35 stocks whose price reflects “a margin of safety.” The portfolio will be divided into three sleeves: Core, high-quality, wide-moat companies (50-75% of the portfolio), Contrarian, lower quality but higher return firms (0-50%) and cash (0-25%). The fund will be managed by Ryan P. Batchelor.  Mr. Batchelor founded the advisor.  Before that he was a strategist at Wells Capital and a Morningstar equity analyst.  The investment minimum will be $2500 and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 1.10%.

Consilium Emerging Market Small Cap Fund

Consilium Emerging Market Small Cap Fund will seek long-term capital appreciation.  They intend to invest in common and preferred stocks of firms with market caps below $3 billion.  The fund will be managed by Jonathan Binder, Chief Investment Officer of Consilium Investment Management.  Consilium is actually a sub-adviser and it’s possible that the adviser will add other teams in the future. Mr. Binder is a former hedge fund guy but the prospectus does not mention anything about his past performance. The investment minimum will be $2500 and the initial expense ratio is 2.05%.

CVR Dynamic Allocation Fund

CVR Dynamic Allocation Fund will seek “to preserve and increase the purchasing power value of its shares over the long term.”  The investment strategies section of their prospectus is quite poorly written; it appears that they have some mix of direct equity exposure, tactical equity exposure through ETFs and a managed futures strategy.  I have no idea of how they’re allocating between the strategies. The fund will be managed by Peter Higgins and William Monaghan, both CAIAs.  What, you might ask, is that?  Chartered Alternative Investment Analyst, a designation which, according to the CAIA website, “gives you professional credibility, access, and connections.”  The investment minimum will be $2500 and the initial expense ratio is not yet set.

EuroPac International Dividend Income Fund

EuroPac International Dividend Income Fund, Institutional Shares, will seek income and maximize growth of income.  (Me, too.) They intend to invest in dividend-paying stocks of  equity securities of companies located in Europe and the Pacific Rim.  They’re looking for “sustainably high dividends that grow over time.”  The fund is based on a limited partnership, Spongebob Ventures II LLC (apparently Viacom doesn’t mind if hedge funds infringe on their trademarks), which commenced operations February 28, 2010.  From inception the partnership returned 11.3% annually while its benchmark index made 3.75%.  The fund will be managed by James Nelson and Patrick B. Rien, both of Euro Pacific Asset Management.  The investment minimum will be $15,000 and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 1.25%.

Fidelity Event Driven Opportunities Fund

Fidelity Event Driven Opportunities Fund will seek capital appreciation.  They intend to invest in the stocks of firms involved in a “special situation event,” which may include corporate reorganizations, changes in beneficial ownership, deletion from a market index, material changes in management structure or corporate strategy, or changes to capital structure. They might also buy bonds.  Being Fidelity, they don’t feel compelled to offer much more than a series of bullet-pointed options.  The fund will be managed by Arvind Navaratnam, a Fidelity analyst whose 2012 wedding was covered by ModernLuxury.com.  (sigh) The investment minimum will be $2500, reduced to $200 for IRAs.  Expenses not yet set.

Geneva Advisors Mid Cap Growth Fund

Geneva Advisors Mid Cap Growth Fund, “R” shares, will seek capital appreciation by investing in US midcap stocks.  They’re looking for “quality growth companies.”  The fund will be managed by Robert C. Bridges, John P. Huber and Daniel P. Delany.  These are all former William Blair managers whose private accounts have consistently, and in some cases substantially, trailed their benchmark over the past 1, 3 and 5 year periods, and since inception.The investment minimum will be $1000 and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 1.45%.

Geneva Advisors Small Cap Opportunities Fund

Geneva Advisors Small Cap Opportunities Fund, “R” shares, will seek capital appreciation by investing in the stock of “smaller, quality companies with above average growth or emerging growth opportunities.”  “Smaller” translates to “under $2.5 billion.”.  The fund will be managed by Robert C. Bridges and Daniel P. Delany.  The investment minimum will be $1000 and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 1.45%.

Grant Park Multi Alternative Strategies Fund

Grant Park Multi Alternative Strategies Fund, “N” shares, will seek positive absolute returns which sets them squarely at odds with all those funds seeking negative absolute returns. (Perhaps The Kelvin Fund, which seeks absolute zero?)  Their strategy, like many relationships, is complicated. They intend to invest in four different strategies to give themselves exposure to 40-60 markets (though they don’t quite define what qualifies as “a market”). The strategies are Long/Short Global Financial, Dynamic Commodities, Upside Capture (“a permanent allocation to a basket of investments across multiple asset classes”) and Unconstrained Interest Rate Strategy (long/short investments in short- to intermediate term fixed income securities).  The fund will be managed by John Krautsack of EMC Capital Advisors.  There’s an entry in the prospectus’s Table of Contents entitled “Prior Performance of Sub-Adviser” but there is no such section in the document.  The investment minimum will be $2500 and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 1.98%.

Hodges Small Intrinsic Value Fund

Hodges Small Intrinsic Value Fund (HDSVX) will seek long-term capital appreciation. They intend to invest at least 80% in small cap (under $3.2 billion) stocks which have “a high amount of intrinsic asset value, low price to book ratios, above average dividend yields, low PE multiples, or the potential for a turnaround in the underlying fundamentals.”  The other 20% might go to larger cap stocks, bonds, or ETFs.  Up to 25% of the portfolio might be invested overseas.  The fund will be managed by a team led by Eric J. Marshall, Hodge’s president.  Mr. Marshall is part of the team which runs the five-star Hodges Small Cap Fund. The investment minimum will be $1000 and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 1.29%.

Hodges Small-Mid Cap Fund

Hodges Small-Mid Cap Fund will seek long-term capital appreciation through investments in the common stock of small and mid cap companies. .  They intend to invest in stocks “likely to have above-average growth or holds unrecognized relative value that can result in the potential for above-average capital appreciation.” The market cap range is $1 – 8 billion, though they’re not required to sell stocks which appreciate belong that level.  They might invest up to 10% in microcaps or large caps.  The fund will be managed by Don Hodges, Craig Hodges, their CIO and CEO, Eric J. Marshall, their president, and Gary M. Bradshaw. These are all pretty experienced guys, with the elder Mr. Hodges claiming 53 years in the industry.  The investment minimum will be $1000 and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 1.40%.

Lazard Global Equity Select Portfolio

Lazard Global Equity Select Portfolio will seek long-term capital appreciation through an all-cap global portfolio, about which they disclose little. The fund will be managed by a team of folks led by Andrew Lacey.  All of the team members are identified as working “on various” Lazard teams.  (Well, huzzah.) The investment minimum will be $2500 and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 1.40%.

Otter Creek Long/Short Opportunity Fund

Otter Creek Long/Short Opportunity Fund will seek long-term capital appreciation with below-market volatility through a long/short portfolio.  They’ll be positioned somewhere between 35% net short and 80% net long.  They can also invest in high yield bonds or go to cash.  The fund will be managed by a team from Otter Creek Capital Management. The team also runs an offshore fund and a hedge fund.  The latter has been around since 1991 and uses the same discipline as the mutual fund will.  From inception to the end of 2012, the hedge fund returned 11.3% annually while the S&P500 returned 8.5%.  The bad news is that the fund was bludgeoned in 2012 (down 2% while the market was up 16%) and 2013 through August (up 4.5% versus 16.5% for the benchmark). The investment minimum will be $2500 and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 2.38%.

SilverPepper Merger Arbitrage Fund

SilverPepper Merger Arbitrage Fund will seek “to create returns that are largely uncorrelated with the returns of the general stock market. Regardless of whether the stock market is declining or rising, the Merger Arbitrage Fund also seeks capital appreciation.” They hope to make a series of small gains in relatively short time periods on the difference between a stock’s current price and the price offered by an acquiring firm.  In general those deals close within a few months and, in general, the arbitrage gain can be realized regardless of the market’s general direction.  The fund will be managed by Jeff O’Brien and  Daniel Lancz of Glenfinnen Capital, LLC, a merger arbitrage specialist. The investment minimum will be $5000 and the expense is not yet set.

SilverPepper Commodity Strategies Global Macro Fund

SilverPepper Commodity Strategies Global Macro Fund, Advisor Shares, will seek “to create returns that are largely uncorrelated with the returns of the general stock, bond, currency and commodities markets.  Regardless of whether these markets are rising or declining” it will also seek capital appreciation. .  They intend to invest in both long and short positions in an array of asset classes based primarily on its views of commodity prices.” The fund will be managed by Renee Haugerud, Chief Investment Officer, and Geoff Fila, both of Galtere Ltd.  Galtere is an advisor to institutional and high net worth investors and this is their flagship strategy.  The investment minimum will be $5000 and the expense is not yet set.

Sirios Focus Fund

Sirios Focus Fund, Retail Class, will seek long-term capital appreciation by investing in 25-50 mid- to large-cap stocks.  The portfolio will be global.  The fund will be managed by John F. Brennan, Jr.  Mr. Brennan used to be a portfolio manager for MFS.  His separate account composite was up 2.5% annually for the five years ending in December 2012, while the S&P 500 was up 1.7%. The investment minimum will be $10,000 and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 1.75% .

Vanguard Global Minimum Volatility Fund

Vanguard Global Minimum Volatility Fund will seek to provide long-term capital appreciation with low volatility relative to the global equity market. They intend to use a quantitative strategy to invest in a bunch of low-volatility stocks.  They’ll hedge their currency exposure.  The fund will be managed by James D. Troyer, James P. Stetler, and Michael R. Roach.  The investment minimum will be $3000 and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 0.30%.

Westcore Small-Cap Growth Fund

Westcore Small-Cap Growth Fund will seek to achieve long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in small-capitalization growth companies.  They intend to invest in stocks comparable in size to those in the Russell 2000 which have attractive growth prospects for earnings and/or cash flows. The fund will be managed by Mitch Begun and a team from Denver Investments.  The investment minimum will be $2500 and the initial expense ratio, after waivers, is 1.30%. 

October 1, 2013

By David Snowball

Welcome to October, the time of pumpkins.

augie footballOctober’s a month of surprises, from the first morning that you see frost on the grass to the appearance of ghosts and ghouls at month’s end.  It’s a month famous of market crashes – 1929, 1987, 2008 – and for being the least hospitable to stocks. And now it promises to be a month famous for government showdowns and shutdowns, when the sales of scary Halloween masks (Barackula, anyone?) take off.

It’s the month of golden leaves, apple cider, backyard fires and weekend football.  (Except possibly back home in Pittsburgh, where some suspect a zombie takeover of the beloved Steelers backfield.)  It’s the month that the danged lawnmower gets put away but the snowblower doesn’t need to be dragged out.

It’s the month where we discover the Octoberfest actually takes place in September, and we’ve missed it. 

In short, it’s a good month to be alive and to share with you.

Better make that “The Fantastic 48,” Russ

51funds

Russel Kinnel, Morningstar’s chief fund guy, sent out an email on September 16th, touting his “Fantastic 51,” described as “51 Funds You Should Know About.”  And if you’ll just pony up the $125 for a Fund Investor subscription, it’s yours!

 Uhhh … might have to pare that back to the Fantastic 48, Russ.  It turns out that a couple of the funds hyped in the email underwent critical changes between the time Mr. Kinnel published that article in May and the time Morningstar’s marketers began pushing it in September.

Let’s start by looking at Mr. K’s criteria, then talking about the flubbed funds and finish by figuring out what we might learn from the list as a whole.

Here are the criteria for being Fantastic this year:

Last year I shared the “Fantastic 46” with you. This year I raised the bar on my tests and still reached 51 funds. Here’s what I want:

  1. A fund with expenses in the cheapest quintile
  2. Returns that beat the benchmark over the course of the manager’s tenure (minimum five years)
  3. Manager investment of at least $500,000
  4. A Positive Parent rating
  5. A medalist Morningstar Analyst Rating

Sub-text: Fantastic funds are large or come from large fund complexes.  Of the 1150 medalist funds, only 53 have assets under $100 million.  Of those 53, only five or six are the products of independent or boutique firms.  The others are from Fido, MFS, PIMCO or another large firm.  Typically an entire target-date series gets medalized, including the Retirement 2075 fund with $500,003 in it.  By way of comparison, there are 2433 funds with under $100 million in assets.

And it’s certainly the case that the Fantastic 51 is The Corporate Collection: 10 American Funds, 10 Price and nine Vanguard.  Russel holds out the LKCM funds as examples of off-the-radar families, which would be more credible if LKCM Small Cap Equity (LKSCX) didn’t already have $1.1 billion in assets.

And what about the funds touted in the promotional email.  Two stand out: FPA Paramount and Janus Triton.

Morningstar’s take on FPA Paramount

fprax text

The Mutual Fund Observer’s reply:

Great recommendation, except that the managers you’re touting left the fund and its strategy has substantially changed.  Eric and Steve’s unnamed and unrecognized co-managers are now in charge of the fund and are working to transition it from a quality-growth to an absolute-value portfolio.  Both of those took place in August 2013. 

The MFO recommendation: if you like Eric and Steve’s work, invest in FPA Perennial (FPPFX) which is a fund they actually run, using the strategy that Mr. Kinnel celebrates.

Morningstar’s take on Janus Triton

jattx

The Observer’s reply:

Uhhh … a bigger worry here is that Chad and Brian left in early May, 2013. The new manager’s tenure is 14 weeks.  Morningstar’s analysts promptly downgraded the fund to “neutral.” And Greg Carlson fretted that the “manager change leaves Janus Triton with uncertain prospects” because Mr. Coleman has not done a consistently excellent job in his other charges. That would be four months before the distribution of this email promo.

The MFO recommendation: if you’re impressed by Chad and Brian’s work (an entirely reasonable conclusion) check Meridian Growth Legacy Fund (MERDX), or wait until November and invest in their new Meridian Small Cap Growth Fund.

The email did not highlight, but the Fantastic 51 does include, T. Rowe Price New America Growth (PRWAX), whose manager resigned in May 2013.   Presumably these funds ended up in the letter because, contrary to appearances, Mr. Kinnel neither wrote, read nor approved its content (his smiling face and first-personal singular style notwithstanding).  That work was likely all done by a marketer who wouldn’t know Triton from Trident.

The bigger picture should give you pause about the value of such lists.   Twenty-six percent of the funds that were “fantastic” last year are absent this year, including the entire contingent of Fidelity funds.  Thirty-three percent of the currently fantastic funds were not so distinguished twelve months ago.  If you systematically exclude large chunks of the fund universe from consideration (those not medalized) and have a list that’s both prosaic (“tape the names of all of the Price funds to the wall, throw a dart, find your fantasy fund!”) and unstable, you wonder how much insight you’re being offered.

Interested parties might choose to compare last year’s Fantastic 46 list with 2013’s new and improved Fantastic 51

About the lack of index funds in the Fantastic 51

Good index funds – ones with little tracking error – can’t beat their benchmarks over time because their return is the benchmark minus expenses.  A few bad index funds – ones with high tracking error, so they’re sometimes out of step with their benchmark – might beat it from time to time, and Gus Sauter was pretty sure that microscopic expenses and canny trade execution might allow him to eke out the occasional win.  But the current 51 has no passive funds.

The authors of S&P Indices Versus Active Funds (SPIVA®) Scorecard would argue that’s a foolish bias.  They track the percentage of funds in each equity category which manage to outperform their benchmark, controlling for survivorship bias.  The results aren’t pretty.  In 17 of 17 domestic equity categories they analyzed, active funds trailed passive.  Not just “most active funds.”  No, no.  The vast majority of active funds.  Over the past five years, 64.08% of large value funds trailed their benchmark and that’s the best performance by any of the 17 groups.  Overall, 72.01% trailed.  Your poorest odds came in the large cap growth, midcap growth and multicap growth categories, where 88% of funds lagged. 

In general, active funds lag passive ones by 150-200 basis points year.  That’s a problem, since that loss is greater than what the fund’s expense ratios could explain.  Put another way: even if actively managed funds had an expense ratio of zero, they’d still modestly trail their passive peers.

There is one and only one bright spot in the picture for active managers: international small cap funds, nearly 90% of which outperform a comparable index. Which international small caps qualify as Fantastic you might ask? That would be, none.

If you were looking for great prospects in the international small cap arena, the Observer recommends that you check Grandeur Peak Global Reach (GPROX) or wait for the launch of one of their next generation of purely international funds. Oberweis International Opportunities (OBIOX), profiled this month, would surely be on the list. Fans of thrill rides might consider Driehaus International Small Cap Growth (DRIOX). Those more interested in restrained, high-probability bets might look at the new Artisan Global Small Cap Fund (ARTWX), a profile of which is forthcoming.

How much can you actually gain by picking a good manager?

It’s hard to find a good manager. It takes time and effort and it would be nice to believe that you might receive a reward commensurate with all your hard work. That is, spending dozens of hours in research makes a lot more sense if a good pick actually has a noticeably pay-off. One way of measuring that pay-off is by looking at the performance difference between purely average managers and those who are well above average. 

The chart below, derived from data in the S&P 2013 SPIVA analysis shows how much additional reward a manager in the top 25% of funds provides compared to a purely average manager.

Category

Average five-year return

Excess return earned by a top quartile manager,

In basis points per year

Small-Cap Growth

8.16

231

Small-Cap Value

10.89

228

Small-Cap Core

8.23

210

Mid-Cap Value

7.89

198

Multi-Cap Core

5.22

185

Emerging Market Equity

(0.81)

173

Mid-Cap Growth

6.37

166

Multi-Cap Growth

5.37

153

Real Estate

5.74

151

Global Equity

3.57

151

Diversified International

(0.43)

135

Mid-Cap Core

7.01

129

International Small-Cap

3.10

129

Large-Cap Core

5.67

128

Large-Cap Growth Funds

5.66

125

Multi-Cap Value

6.23

120

Large-Cap Value

6.47

102

What might this suggest about where to put your energy?  First and foremost, a good emerging markets manager makes a real difference – the average manager lost money for you, the top tier of guys kept you in the black. Likewise with diversified international funds.  The poorest investment of your time might be in looking for a large cap and especially large cap value manager. Not only do they rarely beat an index fund when they do, the margin of victory is slim. 

The group where good active manager appears to have the biggest payoff – small caps across the board –  is muddied a bit by the fact that the average return was so high to begin with. The seemingly huge 231 bps advantage held by top managers represents just a 28% premium over the work of mediocre managers. In international small caps, the good-manager premium is far higher at 41%.  Likewise, top global managers returned about 42% more than average ones.

The bottom line: invest your intellectual resources where your likeliest to see the greatest reward.  In particular, managers who invest largely or exclusively overseas seem to have the prospect of making a substantial difference in your returns and probably warrant the most careful selection.  Managers in what’s traditionally the safest corner of the equity style box – large core, large  value, midcap value – don’t have a huge capacity to outperform either indexes or peers.  In those areas, cheap and simple might be your mantra.

The one consensus pick: Dodge & Cox International (DODFX)

There are three lists of “best funds” in wide circulation now: the Kiplinger 25, the Fantastic 51, and the Money 70.  You’d think that if all of these publications shared the same sensible goal – good risk-adjusted returns and shareholder-friendly practices – they’d also be stumbling across the same funds.

You’d be wrong. There’s actually just one fund that they all agree on: Dodge & Cox International (DODFX). The fund is managed by the same team that handles all of Dodge & Cox. It’s dragging around $45 billion in assets but, despite consistently elevated volatility, it’s done beautifully. It has trailed its peers only twice in the past decade, including 2008 when all of the D&C funds made a mistimed bet that the market couldn’t get much cheaper.  They were wrong, by about six months and 25% of their assets.

The fund has 94% of its assets in large cap stocks, but a surprisingly high exposure to the emerging markets – 17% to its peers 7%.

My colleague Charles is, even as you read this, analyzing the overlap – and lack of overlap – between such “best funds” lists.  He’ll share his findings with us in November.

Tealeaf Long/Short Deep Value Fund?

sybill

Really guys?

Really?

You’ve got a business model that’s predicated upon being ridiculed before you even launch?

The fate of the Palantir (“mystical far-seeing eye”) Fund (PALIX) didn’t raise a red flag?  Nor the Oracle Fund (ORGAX – the jokes there were too dangerous), or the Eye of Zohar Fund (okay, I made that one up)?  It’s hard to imagine investment advisors wanting to deal with their clients’ incredulity at being placed in a fund that sounds like a parody, and it’s harder to imagine that folks like Chuck Jaffe (and, well, me) won’t be waiting for you to do something ridiculous.

In any case, the fund’s in registration now and will eventually ask you for 2.62 – 3.62% of your money each year.

The art of reading tea leaves is referred to as tasseography.  Thought you’d like to know.

A new Fidelity fund is doing okay!

Yeah, I’m surprised to hear me saying that, too.  It’s a rarity.  Still FidelityTotal Emerging Markets (FTEMX) has made a really solid start.  FTEMX is one of the new generation of emerging markets balanced or hybrid funds.  It launched on November 1, 2011 and is managed by a seven-person team.  The team is led by John Carlson, who has been running Fidelity New Markets Income (FNMIX), an emerging markets bond fund, since 1995.  Mr. Carlson’s co-managers in general are young managers with only one other fund responsibility (for most, Fidelity Series Emerging Markets, a fund open only to other Fidelity funds).

The fund has allocated between 60-73% of its portfolio to equities and its equity allocation is currently at a historic high.

Since there’s no “emerging markets balanced” peer group or benchmark, the best we can do is compare it to the handful of other comparable funds we could find.  Below we report the fund’s expense ratios and the amount of money you’d have in September 2013 if you’d invested $10,000 in each on the day that FTEMX launched.

 

Growth of $10k

Expense ratio

Fidelity Total Emerging Markets

$11,067

1.38%

First Trust Aberdeen Emerging Opp (FEO)

11,163

1.70 adj.

Lazard E.M. Multi-Strategy (EMMOX)

10,363

1.60

PIMCO Emerging Multi-Asset (PEAAX)

10,140

1.71

Templeton E.M. Balanced (TAEMX)

10,110

1.44

AllianceBernstein E.M. Multi-Asset (ABAEX)

9,929

1.65

The only fund with even modestly better returns is the closed-end First Trust Aberdeen Emerging Opportunities, about which we wrote a short, positive profile.  That fund’s shares are selling, as of October 1, at a 9.2% discount to its actual net asset value which is a bit more than its 8.9% average discount over the past five years and substantially more than its 7.4% discount over the past three.

Microscopic by Fidelity standard, the fund has just $80 million in assets.  The minimum initial investment is $2500, reduced to $500 for IRAs.

Observer Fund Profiles:

Each month the Observer provides in-depth profiles of between two and four funds.  Our “Most Intriguing New Funds” are funds launched within the past couple years that most frequently feature experienced managers leading innovative newer funds.  “Stars in the Shadows” are older funds that have attracted far less attention than they deserve.

Frank Value Fund (FRNKX) is not “that other Frank Fund” (John Buckingham’s Al Frank fund VALUX). It’s a concentrated, all-cap value fund that’s approaching its 10th anniversary. It’s entirely plausible that it will celebrate its 10thanniversary with returns in the top 10% of its peer group.

Oberweis International Opportunities (OBIOX) brings a unique strategy grounded in the tenets of behavioral finance to the world of international small- and mid-cap growth investing.  The results (top decile returns in three of the past four years) and the firm’s increasingly sophisticated approach to risk management are both striking.

Elevator Talk #9: Bashar Qasem of Wise Capital (WISEX)

elevator buttonsSince the number of funds we can cover in-depth is smaller than the number of funds worthy of in-depth coverage, we’ve decided to offer one or two managers each month the opportunity to make a 200 word pitch to you. That’s about the number of words a slightly-manic elevator companion could share in a minute and a half. In each case, I’ve promised to offer a quick capsule of the fund and a link back to the fund’s site. Other than that, they’ve got 200 words and precisely as much of your time and attention as you’re willing to share. These aren’t endorsements; they’re opportunities to learn more.

azzad-asset-managementWise Capital (WISEX) provides investors with an opportunity for diversification in a fund category (short term bonds) mostly distinguished by bland uniformity: 10% cash, one equity security thrown in for its thrill-value, about 90% of the bond portfolio would be US with a dribble of Canadian and British issues, 90% A-AAA rated and little distance between the fund and its peers. 

We began searching, late last year, from short-term income funds that offered some prospect of offering atypical returns in a bad environment: negative real short-term rates for now and the prospect of a market overreaction when US rates finally began to rise.  Our touchstones were stable management, a distinctive strategy, and a record of success.  A tiny handful of funds survived the cull.  Among them, PIMCO Short Asset (PAUIX ), Payden Global Low Duration (PYGSX), RiverPark Short Term High Yield (RPHYX), Scout Low Duration (SCLDX) … and Azzad Wise Capital.

WISEX draws on a fundamentally different asset set than any other US fixed-income fund.  Much of the fund’s portfolio is invested in the Islamic world, in a special class of bank deposits and bond-equivalents called Sukuks.  The fund is not constrained to invest solely in either asset class, but its investments are ethically-screened, Shariah-compliant and offers ethical exposure to emerging markets such as Turkey, Indonesia, Malaysia and the Gulf.

Azzad was founded in 1997 by Bashar Qasem, a computer engineer who immigrated to the United States from Jordan at the age of 23.  Here’s Mr. Qasem’s 200 words making his case:

I started Azzad Asset Management back 1997 because I was disappointed with the lack of investment options that aligned with my socially responsible worldview. For similar reasons, I traveled across the globe to consult with scholars and earned licenses to teach and consult on compliance with Islamic finance. I later trained and became licensed to work in the investment industry.

We launched the Azzad Wise Capital Fund in 2010 as a response to calls from clients asking for a fund that respects the Islamic prohibition on interest but still offers a revenue stream and risk/return profile similar to a short-term bond fund. WISEX invests in a variety of Sukuk (Islamic bonds) and Islamic bank deposits involved in overseas development projects. Of course, it’s SEC-registered and governed by the Investment Company Act of 1940. Although it doesn’t deal with debt instruments created from interest-based lending, WISEX shares in the profits from its ventures.

And I’m particularly pleased that it appeals to conservative, income-oriented investors of all backgrounds, Muslim or not. We hear from financial advisors and individual shareholders of all stripes who own WISEX for exposure to countries like Turkey, Malaysia, and Indonesia, as well as access to an alternative asset class like Sukuk.

The fund has a single share class. The minimum initial investment is $4,000, reduced to $300 for accounts established with an automatic investing plan (always a good idea with cash management accounts). Expenses are capped at 1.49% through December, 2018.

For those unfamiliar with the risk/return profile of these sorts of investments, Azzad offers two resources.  First, on the Azzad Funds website, they’ve got an okay (not but great) white paper on Sukuks.  It’s under Investor Education, then White Papers.  Second, on October 23rd, Mr. Quesam and portfolio manager Jamal Elbarmil will host a free webinar on Fed Tapering and Sukuk Investing.  Azzad shared the announcement with us but I can’t, for the life of me, find it on either of their websites so here’s a .pdf explaining the call.

Our earlier Elevator Talks were:

  1. February 2013: Tom Kerr, Rocky Peak Small Cap Value (RPCSX), whose manager has a 14 year track record in small cap investing and a passion for discovering “value” in the intersection of many measures: discounted cash flows, LBO models, M&A valuations and traditional relative valuation metrics.
  2. March 2013: Dale Harvey, Poplar Forest Partners (PFPFX and IPFPX), a concentrated, contrarian value stock fund that offers “a once-in-a-generation opportunity to invest with a successful American Funds manager who went out on his own.”
  3. April 2013: Bayard Closser, Vertical Capital Income Fund (VCAPX), “a closed-end interval fund, VCAPX invests in whole mortgage loans and first deeds of trust. We purchase the loans from lenders at a deep discount and service them ourselves.”
  4. May 2013: Jim Hillary, LS Opportunity Fund (LSOFX), a co-founder of Marsico Capital Management whose worry that “the quality of research on Wall Street continues to decline and investors are becoming increasingly concerned about short-term performance” led to his faith in “in-depth research and long-term orientation in our high conviction ideas.”
  5. July 2013: Casey Frazier, Versus Capital Multi-Manager Real Estate Income Fund (VCMRX), a second closed-end interval fund whose portfolio “includes real estate private equity and debt, public equity and debt, and broad exposure across asset types and geographies. We target a mix of 70% private real estate with 30% public real estate to enhance liquidity, and our objective is to produce total returns in the 7 – 9% range net of fees.”
  6. August 2013: Brian Frank, Frank Value Fund (FRNKX), a truly all-cap value fund with a simple, successful discipline: if one part of the market is overpriced, shop elsewhere.
  7. August 2013: Ian Mortimer and Matthew Page of Guinness Atkinson Inflation Managed Dividend (GAINX), a global equity fund that pursues firms with “sustainable and potentially rising dividends,” which also translates to firms with robust business models and consistently high return on capital.
  8. September 2013: Steven Vannelli of GaveKal Knowledge Leaders (GAVAX), which looks to invest in “the best among global companies that are tapping a deep reservoir of intangible capital to generate earnings growth,” where “R&D, design, brand and channel” are markers of robust intangible capital. From launch through the end of June, 2013, the fund modestly outperformed the MSCI World Index and did so with two-thirds less volatility

During the summer hiatus on Observer conference calls, my colleague Charles Boccadoro and I have been listening-in on calls sponsored by some of the more interesting fund companies.  We report this month on the highlights of the calls concerning the reopening of RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Income (David) and the evolution of the intriguing Whitebox Tactical Opportunities (Charles) funds.

Conference Call Highlights: RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Income (RNDLX)

Strategic Income was launched on December 30, 2010 and our profile of the fund described it as “compelling.”  We speculated that if an investor were planning to hold only three funds over the long haul, “given its reasonable expenses, the managers’ sustained successes, innovative design and risk-consciousness, this might well be one of those three.”  Both popular ($1.1 billion in the portfolio) and successful (it has outperformed its “multisector bond” peers since inception and in seven of 10 quarters), the fund closed to new investors at the end of March. 2012.  Faced with a substantial expansion in their opportunity set, RiverNorth decided to reopen the fund to new investors 17 months later, at the end of August 2013, with the understanding that it was subject to re-closure if there was a pressing mismatch between the fund’s resources and the opportunities available.

On September 18, 2013, co-managers Jeffrey Gundlach of DoubleLine and Patrick Galley of RiverNorth spoke with interested parties about their decision to re-open the fund and its likely evolution.

By happenstance, the call coincided with the fed’s announcement that they’d put plans to reduce stimulus on hold, an event which led Mr. Gundlach to describe it as “a pivotal day for investor attitudes.” The call addressed three issues:

  • The fund’s strategy and positioning.  The fund was launched as an answer to the question, how do income-oriented investors manage in a zero-rate environment?  The answer was, by taking an eclectic and opportunistic approach to exploiting income-producing investments.  The portfolio has three sleeves: core income, modeled after Doubleline’s Core Income Fund, opportunistic income, a mortgage-backed securities strategy which is Doubleline’s signature strength, and RiverNorth’s tactical closed-end income sleeve which seeks to profit from both tactical asset choices and the opportunities for arbitrage gains when the discounts on CEFs become unsustainably large.

    The original allocation was 50% core, 25% opportunistic and 25% tactical CEF.  RiverNorth’s strategy is to change weightings between the sleeves to help the portfolio manage changes in interest rates and volatility; in a highly volatile market, they might reallocate toward the more conservative core strategy while a rising interest rate regime might move them toward their opportunistic and tactical sleeves.  Before closing, much of the tactical CEF money was held in cash because opportunities were so few. 

  • The rationale for reopening. Asset prices often bear some vague relation to reality.  But not always.  Opportunistic investors look to exploit other investors’ irrationality.  In 2009, people loathed many asset classes and in 2010 they loathed them more selectively.  As the memory of the crash faded, greed began to supplant fear and CEFs began selling at historic premiums to their NAVs.  That is, investors were willing to pay $110 for the privilege of owning $100 in equities.  Mr. Galley reported that 60% of CEFs sold at a premium to their NAVs in 2012.  2013 brought renewed anxiety, an anxious departure from the bond market by many and the replacement of historic premiums on CEFs with substantial discounts.  As of mid-September, 60% of CEFs were selling at discounts of 5% or more.  That is, investors were willing to sell $100 worth of securities for $95.

    As a whole, CEFs were selling at a 6.5% discount to NAV.  That compared to a premium the year before, an average 1% discount over the preceding three years and an average 3% discount over the preceding decade.

    cef

    The lack of opportunities in the fixed-income CEF space, a relatively small place, forced the fund’s closure.  The dramatic expansion of those opportunities justified its reopening.  The strategy might be able to accommodate as much as $1.5 billion in assets, but the question of re-closing the fund would arise well before then.

  • Listener concerns.  Listeners were able to submit questions electronically to a RiverNorth moderator, an approach rather more cautious than the Observer’s strategy of having callers speak directly to the managers.  Some of the questions submitted were categorized as “repetitive or not worth answering” (yikes), but three issues did make it through. CEFs are traded using an algorithmic trading system developed by RiverNorth. It is not a black box, but rather a proprietary execution system used to efficiently trade closed-end funds based off of discount, instead of price. The size of the fund’s investable CEF universe is about 300 funds, out of 400 extant closed-end fixed-income funds. The extent of leverage in the portfolio’s CEFs was about 20%.

Bottom Line: the record of the managers and the fund deserves considerable respect, as does the advisor’s clear commitment to closing funds when doing so is in their investors’ best interest. The available data clearly supports the conclusion that, even with dislocations in the CEF space in 2013, active management has added considerable value here. 

rnsix

The data-rich slides are already available by contacting RiverNorth. A transcript of the broadcast will be available on the RiverNorthFunds.com website sometime in October. 

Update: The webcast is now available at https://event.webcasts.com/viewer/event.jsp?ei=1021309 You will be required to register, but you’ll gain access immediately.

Conference Call Highlights: Whitebox Tactical Opportunities Fund (WBMAX and WBMIX)

whitebox logo

Portfolio managers Andrew Redleaf and Dr. Jason Cross, along with Whitebox Funds’ President Bruce Nordin, hosted the 2nd quarter conference call for their Tactical Opportunities Fund (WBMIX) on September 10. Robert Vogel, the fund’s third manager, did not participate. The call provided an opportunity to take a closer look at the fund, which is becoming hard to ignore.

Background

WBMIX is the more directionally oriented sibling of Whitebox’s market-neutral Long Short Equity Fund (WBLFX), which David profiled in April. Whitebox is preparing to launch a third mutual fund, named Enhanced Convertible Fund (WBNIX), although no target date has been established.

Whitebox Advisors, founded by Mr. Redleaf in 1999, manages its mutual funds with similar staff and strategies as its hedge funds. Mr. Redleaf is a deep contrarian of efficient market theory. He works to exploit market irrationalities and inefficiencies, like “mispriced securities that have a relationship to each other.” He received considerable attention for successfully betting against mortgages in 2008.

The Tactical Opportunities Fund seeks to provide “a combination of capital appreciation and income that is consistent with prudent investment management.” It employs the full spectrum of security classes, including stocks, bonds, and options. Its managers reject the notion that investors are rewarded for accepting more risk. “We believe risk does not create wealth, it destroys wealth.” Instead, they identify salient risks and adjust their portfolio “to perform at least tolerably well in multiple likely scenarios.”

The fund has attracted $205M AUM since its inception in December 2011 ­– on the day of the conference call, Morningstar showed AUM at $171M, an increase of $34M in less than three weeks. All three managers are also partners and owners in the firm, which manages about $2.4B in various types of investment accounts, but the SAI filed February 2013 showed none invested in the fund proper. Since this filing, Whitebox reports Mr. Redleaf has become a “significant owner” and that most of its partners and employees are invested in its funds through the company’s 401k program.

Morningstar recently re-categorized WBMIX from aggressive allocation to long-short after Whitebox management successfully appealed to the editorial board. While long-short is currently more appropriate, the fund’s versatility makes it an awkward fit in any category. It maintains two disparate benchmarks, S&P 500 Price Index SPX (excludes dividends) and Barclay’s Aggregate U.S. Bond Total Return Index. Going forward, Whitebox reports it will add S&P 500 Total Return Index as a benchmark.

Ideally, Mr. Redleaf would prefer the fund’s performance be measured against the nation’s best endowment funds, like Yale’s or Havard’s. He received multiple degrees from Yale in 1978. Dr. Cross holds an MBA from University of Chicago and a Ph.D. in Statistics from Yale.

Call Highlights

Most of its portfolio themes were positive or flat for the quarter, resulting in a 1.3% gain versus 2.9% for SP500 Total Return, 2.4% SP500 Price Return, 0.7% for Vanguard’s Balanced Index , and -2.3% for US Aggregate Bonds. In short, WBMIX had a good quarter.

Short Bonds. Whitebox has been sounding warning bells for sometime about overbought fixed income markets. Consequently, it has been shorting 20+ year Treasuries and high-yield bond ETFs, while being long blue-chip equities. If 1Q was “status quo” for investors, 2Q saw more of an orderly rotation out of low yielding bonds and into quality stocks. WBMIX was positioned to take advantage.

Worst-Case Hedge. It continues to hold out-of-money option straddles, which hedge against sudden moves up or down, in addition to its bond shorts. Both plays help in the less probable scenario that “credit markets crack” due to total loss of confidence in bonds, rapid rate increase and mass exodus, taking equities down with them.

Bullish Industrials. Dr. Cross explained that in 2Q they remained bullish on industrials and automakers. After healthy appreciation, they pared back on airlines and large financials, focusing instead on smaller banks, life insurers, and specialty financials. They’ve also been shorting lower yielding apartment REITS, but are beginning to see dislocations in higher yielding REITs and CEFs.

Gold Miner Value. Their one misstep was gold miners, at just under 5% of portfolio; it detracted 150 basis points from 2Q returns. Long a proxy for gold, miners have been displaced by gold ETFs and will no longer be able to mask poor business performance with commodity pricing. Mr. Redleaf believes increased scrutiny on these miners will lead to improved operations and a closure in the spread, reaping significant upside. He cited that six CEOs have retired or been replaced recently. This play is signature Whitebox. The portfolio managers do not see similar inefficiencies in base metal miners.

Large vs Small. Like its miss with gold miners, its large cap versus small cap play has yet to pan-out. It believes small caps are systematically overpriced, so they have been long on large caps while short on small caps. Again, “value arbitrage” Whitebox. The market agreed last quarter, but this theme has worked against the fund since 2Q12.

Heading into 3Q, Whitebox believes equities are becoming overbought, if temporarily, given their extended ascent since 2009. Consequently, WBMIX beta was cut to 0.35 from 0.70. This move appears more tactical than strategic, as they remain bullish on industrials longer term. Mr. Redleaf explains that this is a “game with no called strikes…you never have to swing.” Better instead to wait for your pitch, like winners of baseball’s Home Run Derby invariably do.

Whitebox has been considering an increase to European exposure, if it can find special situations, but during the call Mr. Redleaf stated that “emerging markets is a bit out of our comfort zone.”

Performance To-Date

The table below summaries WBMIX’s return/risk metrics over its 20-month lifetime. The comparative funds were suggested by MFO reader and prolific board contributor “Scott.” (He also brought WBMIX to community attention with his post back in August 2012, entitled “Somewhat Interesting Tiny Fund.”) Most if not all of the funds listed here, at some point and level (except VBINX), tout the ability to deliver balanced-like returns with less risk than the 60/40 fixed balanced portfolio.

whitebox

While Whitebox has delivered superior returns (besting VBINX, Mr. Aronstein’s Marketfield and Mr. Romick’s Crescent, while trouncing Mr. Arnott’s All Asset and AQR’s Risk Parity), it’s generally done so with higher volatility. But the S&P 500 has had few drawdowns and low downside over this period, so it’s difficult to conclude if the fund is managing risk more effectively. That said, it has certainly played bonds correctly.

Other Considerations

When asked about the fund’s quickly increasing AUM, Dr. Cross stated that their portfolio contains large sector plays, so liquidity is not an issue. He believes that the fund’s capacity is “immense.”

Whitebox provides timely and thoughtful quarterly commentaries, both macro and security specific, both qualitative and quantitative. These commentaries reflect well on the firm, whose very name was selected to highlight a “culture of transparency and integrity.” Whitebox also sponsors an annual award for best financial research. The $25K prize this year went to authors of the paper “Time Series Momentum,” published in the Journal of Financial Economics.

Whitebox Mutual Funds offers Tactical Opportunities in three share classes. (This unfortunate practice is embraced by some houses, like American Funds and PIMCO, but not others, like Dodge & Cox and FPA.) Investor shares carry an indefensible front-load for purchases below $1M. Both Investor and Advisor shares carry a 12b-1 fee. Some brokerages, like Fidelity and Schwab, offer Advisor shares with No Transaction Fee. (As is common in the fund industry, but not well publicized, Whitebox pays these brokerages to do so – an expensive borne by the Advisor and not fund shareholders.) Its Institutional shares WBMIX are competitive currently at 1.35 ER, if not inexpensive, and are available at some brokerages for accounts with $100,000 minimum.

During the call, Mr. Redleaf stated that its mutual funds are cheaper than its hedge funds, but the latter “can hold illiquid and obscure securities, so it kind of balances out.” Perhaps so, but as Whitebox Mutual Funds continues to grow through thoughtful risk and portfolio management, it should adopt a simpler and less expensive fee structure: single share class, no loads or 12b-1 fees, reasonable minimums, and lowest ER possible. That would make this already promising fund impossible to ignore.

Bottom Line

At the end of the day, continued success with the fund will depend on whether investors believe its portfolio managers “have behaved reasonably in preparing for the good and bad possibilities in the current environment.” The fund proper is still young and yet to be truly tested, but it has the potential to be one of an elite group of funds that moderate investors could consider holding singularly – on the short list, if you will, for those who simply want to hold one all-weather fund.

A transcript of the 2Q call should be posted shortly at Whitebox Tactical Opportunities Fund.

27Sept2013/Charles

Conference Call Upcoming: Zachary Wydra, Beck, Mack & Oliver Partners (BMPEX), October 16, 7:00 – 8:00 Eastern

On October 16, Observer readers will have the opportunity to hear from, and speak to Zachary Wydra, manager of Beck, Mack & Oliver Partners (BMPEX).  After review of a lot of written materials on the fund and its investment discipline, we were impressed and intrigued.  After a long conversation with Zac, we were delighted.  Not to put pressure on the poor guy, but he came across as smart, insightful, reflective, animated and funny, often in a self-deprecating way.  We were more delighted when he agreed to spend an hour talking with our readers and other folks interested in the fund.

Mr. Wydra will celebrate having survived both the sojourn to Nebraska and participation in The Last Blast Triathlon by opening with a discussion of the  structure, portfolio management approach and stock selection criteria that distinguish BMPEX from the run-of-the-mill large cap fund, and then we’ll settle in to questions (yours and mine).

Our conference call will be Wednesday, October 16, from 7:00 – 8:00 Eastern.  It’s free.  It’s a phone call.

How can you join in?

register

If you’d like to join in, just click on register and you’ll be taken to the Chorus Call site.  In exchange for your name and email, you’ll receive a toll-free number, a PIN and instructions on joining the call.  If you register, I’ll send you a reminder email on the morning of the call.

Remember: registering for one call does not automatically register you for another.  You need to click each separately.  Likewise, registering for the conference call mailing list doesn’t register you for a call; it just lets you know when an opportunity comes up. 

WOULD AN ADDITIONAL HEADS UP HELP?

Nearly two hundred readers have signed up for a conference call mailing list.  About a week ahead of each call, I write to everyone on the list to remind them of what might make the call special and how to register.  If you’d like to be added to the conference call list, just drop me a line.

The Conference Call Queue

We have two other calls on tap.  On Monday, November 18, from 7:00 – 8:00 Eastern, you’ll have a chance to meet John Park and Greg Jackson, co-managers of Oakseed Opportunity (SEEDX and SEDEX).  John and Greg have really first-rate experience as mutual fund managers and in private equity, as well.  Oakseed is a focused equity fund that invests in high quality businesses whose managers interests are aligned with their shareholders.  As we note in the Updates section below, they’re beginning to draw both high-quality investors and a greater range of media attention.  If you’d like to get ahead of the curve, you can register for the call with John and Greg though I will highlight their call in next month’s issue.

In early December we’ll give you a chance to speak with the inimitable duo of Sherman and Schaja on the genesis and early performance of RiverPark Strategic Income, the focus of this month’s Launch Alert.

Launch Alert: RiverPark Strategic Income (RSIVX, RSIIX)

There are two things particularly worth knowing about RiverPark Short-Term High Yield (RPHYX): (1) it’s splendid and (2) it’s closed.  Tragically mischaracterized as a high-yield bond fund by Morningstar, it’s actually a cash management fund that has posted 3-4% annual returns and negligible volatility, which eventually drew almost a billion to the fund and triggered its soft close in June.  Two weeks later, RiverPark placed its sibling in registration. That fund went live on September 30, 2013.

Strategic Income will be managed by David Sherman of Cohanzick Management, LLC.  David spent ten years at Leucadia National Corporation where he was actively involved high yield and distressed securities and rose to the rank of vice president.  He founded Cohanzick in 1996 and Leucadia became his first client.  Cohanzick is now a $1.3 billion dollar investment adviser to high net worth individuals and corporations.   

Ed Studzinski and I had a chance to talk with Mr. Sherman and Morty Schaja, RiverPark’s president, for an hour on September 18th.  We wanted to pursue three topics: the relation of the new fund to the older one, his portfolio strategy, and how much risk he was willing to court. 

RPHYX represented the strategies that Cohanzick uses for dealing with in-house cash.  It targets returns of 3-4% with negligible volatility.  RSIVX represents the next step out on the risk-return continuum.  David believes that this strategy might be reasonably expected to double the returns of RPHYX.  While volatility will be higher, David is absolutely adamant about risk-management.  He intends this to be a “sleep well at night” fund in which his mother will be invested.  He refuses to be driven by the temptation to shoot for “the best” total returns; he would far rather sacrifice returns to protect against loss of principal.  Morty Schaja affirms the commitment to “a very conservative credit posture.”

The strategy snapshot is this.  He will use the same security selection discipline here that he uses at RPHYX, but will apply that discipline to a wider opportunity set.  Broadly speaking, the fund’s investments fall into a half dozen categories:

  1. RPHYX overlap holdings – some of the longer-dated securities (1-3 year maturities) in the RPHYX portfolio will appear here and might make up 20-40% of the portfolio.
  2. Buy and hold securities – money good bonds that he’s prepared to hold to maturity. 
  3. Priority-based debt – which he describes as “above the fray securities of [firms with] dented credit.”  These are firms that “have issue” but are unlikely to file for bankruptcy any time soon.  David will buy higher-order debt “if it’s cheap enough,” confident that even in bankruptcy or reorganization the margin of safety provided by buying debt at the right price at the peak of the creditor priority pyramid should be money good.
  4. Off-the-beaten-path debt – issues with limited markets and limited liquidity, possibly small issues of high quality credits or the debt of firms that has solid business prospects but only modestly-talented management teams.  As raters like S&P contract their coverage universe, it’s likely that more folks are off the major firm’s radar.
  5. Interest rate resets – uhhh … my ears started ringing during this part of the interview; I had one of those “Charlie Brown’s teacher” moments.  I’m confident that the “cushion bonds” of the RPHYX portfolio, where the coupon rate is greater than the yield-to maturity, would fall into this category.  Beyond that, you’re going to need to call and see if you’re better at following the explanation than I was.
  6. And other stuff – always my favorite category.  He’s found some interesting asset-backed securities, fixed income issues with equity-like characteristics and distressed securities, which end up in the “miscellaneous” basket.

Mr. Sherman reiterates that he’s not looking for the highest possible return here; he wants a reasonable, safe return.  As such, he anticipates underperforming in silly markets and outperforming in normal ones.

The minimum initial investment in the retail class is $1,000.  The expense ratio is capped at 1.25%.  The fund is available today at TD and Fidelity and is expected to be available within the next few days at Schwab. More information is available at RiverPark’s website.  As I noted in September’s review of my portfolio, this is one of two funds that I’m almost certain to purchase before year’s end.

Funds in Registration

New mutual funds must be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission before they can be offered for sale to the public. The SEC has a 75-day window during which to call for revisions of a prospectus; fund companies sometimes use that same time to tweak a fund’s fee structure or operating details.

Every day David Welsch, firefighter/EMT/fund researcher, scours new SEC filings to see what opportunities might be about to present themselves.  This month he tracked down 10 no-load funds in registration, one of the lowest levels in a year (compare it to 26 last month), but it does contain three offerings from first-rate, veteran teams:

361 Multi-Strategy Fund, 361’s fourth alternatives fund, guided by Brian Cunningham (a hedge fund guy), Thomas Florence (ex-Morningstar Investment Management), Blaine Rollins (ex-Janus) and Jeremy Frank.

Croft Focus, which transplants the discipline that’s guided Croft Value for 18 years into a far more concentrated global portfolio.

RSQ International Equity, which marks the re-emergence of Rudolph Riad-Younes and Richard Pell from the ashes of the Artio International crash.

In addition, two first-tier firms (Brookfield and First Eagle) have new funds managed by experienced teams.

Funds in registration this month won’t be available for sale until, typically, the end of November or early December 2013.

Manager Changes

On a related note, we also tracked down 39 fund manager changes.

Updates

oakseedThe good folks at Oakseed Opportunity (SEEDX and SEDEX) are getting their share of favorable notice.  The folks at Bloomberg featured them in A Fund’s Value: Having Skin in the Game (Sept 6, 2013) while, something called Institutional Imperative made them one of Two Funds on which to Build a Portfolio (Sept 10, 2013).  At last report, they were holding more cash, more international exposure and smaller firms than their peers, none of which has been positive in this year’s market. Somehow the fact that the managers have $10 million of their own money in the fund, and that two phenomenally talented international investors (David Herro of Oakmark and David Samra of Artisan) are also invested in the fund does rather make “weak relative returns in 2013” sound rather like background noise.  Thanks to the indefatigable Denny Baran for sharing both of those links and do consider the opportunity to speak with the Oakseed managers during our November conference call.

Poplar Forest logoMorningstar declared Poplar Forest Partners Fund (PFPFX and IPFPX) to be an Undiscovered Manager (uhhh … okay) and featured them in a Morningstar Advisor Magazine article, “Greener Pastures” (August/September, 2013).  Rob Wherry makes the argument that manager Dale Harvey walked away from managing a $20 billion fund because it was – for reasons he couldn’t control – a $20 billion fund.  “I had to put the money to work. I was managing $20 billion, but I didn’t have $20 billion [worth of] good ideas . . . I had 80 investments, but I only wanted 30.”  It’s a good piece.

Briefly Noted . . .

Since DundeeWealth US, LP, has opted to get out of the US mutual fund business they’re looking for a buyer for their Dynamic Energy Income Fund (DWEIX/DWEJX/DWEKX), Dynamic U.S. Growth Fund (DWUGX/DWUHX/DWUIX) and Mount Lucas U.S. Focused Equity Fund (BMLEX) funds. Failing that, they’re likely to liquidate them. My suggestion for eBaying them was not received warmly (hey, it worked for William Shatner’s $25,000 kidney stone!). If you’re looking for a handful of $50 million funds – one of which, US Growth, is remarkably good – you might give them a call.

Fidelity Global Balanced Fund (FGBLX) manager Ruben Calderon has taken a leave of absence for an unspecified reason.  His co-manager, Geoff Stein, will take sole control.   A chunk of my retirement accounts are, and have for a long time been, invested in the fund and I wish Mr. Calderon all the best with whatever has called him away.

JPMorgan Value Opportunities Fund (JVOAX) isn’t dead yet.  The Board is appalled.  The Board convened a meeting on September 10, 2013, for the purpose of merged Value Opps into JPMorgan Large Cap Value.  Unfortunately, they have not received enough ballots to meet their quorum requirement and the meeting dissolved.  They’ve resolved to try again with the following stern warning to non-voting shareholders:

However, recognizing that it is neither feasible nor legally permitted for the Value Opportunities Fund to conduct a proxy solicitation indefinitely, the Board approved in principle the liquidation of the Value Opportunities Fund if shareholders do not approve the merger when the Meeting is reconvened on October 10, 2013. If the Value Opportunities Fund is liquidated, the Fund’s liquidation may be taxable to a shareholder depending on the shareholder’s tax situation; as a result, the tax-free nature of the merger may be more beneficial to shareholders.

Translation: (a) vote (b) the way we want you to, or we’ll liquidate your fund and jack up your taxes.

Litman Gregory giveth and Litman Gregory taketh away.  The firm has eliminated the redemption fee on its Institutional Class shares, but then increased the minimum investment for Institutional shares of their Equity (MSEFX) and International (MSILX) funds from $10,000 to $100,000.

Vanguard 500 Index Fund ETF Shares (VOO) has announced an odd reverse share split.  As of October 24, 2013, the fund will issue one new share for every two current ones.  Good news: Vanguard expects somewhat lower transaction costs as a result, savings which they’ll pass along to investors.  Bad news: “As a result of the split, VOO shareholders could potentially hold fractional shares. These will be redeemed for cash and sent to the broker of record, which may result in the realization of modest taxable gains or deductible losses for some shareholders.”

Virtus Dynamic AlphaSector Fund (EMNAX), on the other hand, mostly taketh away.  Virtus discontinued the voluntary limit on “Other Expenses” of the fund.  The fund, categorized as a long/short fund though it currently has no reported short positions, charges a lot for modest achievement: Class A Shares, 2.56%; Class B Shares, 3.31%; Class C Shares, 3.31%; and Class I Shares, 2.31%.   Virtus may also recapture fees previously waived. 

SMALL WINS FOR INVESTORS

The Board for Altegris Equity Long Short Fund (ELSAX) voted to reduce Altegris’s management fee from 2.75% to 2.25% of assets.   This qualifies as a small win since that’s still about 50% higher than reasonable.  Aston River Road Long/Short (ARLSX) investors, for example, pays a management fee of 1.20% for considerably stronger performance.  Wasatch Long/Short (FMLSX) investors pay 1.10%.

Altegris Futures Evolution Strategy Fund  (EVOAX) has capped its management fee at 1.50%.

Calamos Convertible Fund (CCVIX) reopened to new investors on September 6th.

CSC Small Cap Value Fund (CSCSX) has been renamed Cove Street Capital Small Cap Value Fund.  They’ve eliminated their sales loads and reduced the minimum initial investment to $1,000 for Investor class shares and $10,000 for Institutional class shares.   The manager here was part of the team that had fair success at the former CNI Charter RCB Small Cap Value Fund.

CLOSINGS (and related inconveniences)

ASTON/Fairpointe Mid Cap Fund (ABMIX) is set to close on October 18, 2013.  About $5 billion in assets.  Consistently solid performance.  I’m still not a fan of announcing a closing four weeks ahead of the actual event, as happened here.

BMO Small-Cap Growth Fund (MRSCX) is closing effective November 1, 2013.  The closure represents an interesting reminder of the role of invisible assets in capacity limits.  The fund has $795 million in it, but the advisor reports that assets in the small-cap growth strategy as a whole are approaching approximately $1.5 billion.

Invesco European Small Company Fund (ESMAX) closes to new investors on October 4, 2013.  Invesco’s to be complimented on their decision to close the fund while it was still small, under a half billion in assets.

Touchstone Sands Capital Select Growth Fund (TSNAX) instituted a soft-close on April 8, 2013.  That barely slowed the inrush of money and the fund is now up to $5.5 billion in assets.  In response, the advisor will institute additional restrictions on October 21, 2013. In particular, existing RIA’s already using the fund can continue to use the fund for both new and existing clients.  They will not be able to accept any new RIA’s after that date.

Virtus Emerging Markets Opportunities Fund (HEMZX), a four-star medalist run by Morningstar’s International Stock Fund Manager of the Year Rajiv Jain, has closed to new investors.

OLD WINE, NEW BOTTLES

FMI Focus (FMIOX) will reorganize itself into Broadview Opportunity Fund in November.  It’s an exceedingly solid small-cap fund (four stars, “silver” rated, nearly a billion in assets) that’s being sold to its managers.

Invesco Disciplined Equity Fund (AWEIX) will, pending shareholder approval on October 17, become AT Disciplined Equity Fund.

Meridian Value (MVALX) is Meridian Contrarian Fund.  Same investment objective, policies, strategies and team. 

Oppenheimer Capital Income Fund (OPPEX) has gained a little flexibility; it can now invest 40% in junk bonds rather than 25%.  The fund was crushed during the meltdown in 2007-09.  Immediately thereafter its managers were discharged and it has been pretty solid since then.

Effective October 1, 2013, Reaves Select Research Fund (RSRAX) became Reaves Utilities and Energy Infrastructure Fund, with all of the predictable fallout in its listed investment strategies and risks.

Smith Group Large Cap Core Growth Fund (BSLGX) will, pending shareholder approval, be reorganized into an identical fund of the same name in early 2014. 

Tilson Dividend Fund (TILDX) has been sold to its long-time subadviser, Centaur Capital Partners, LP, presumably as part of the unwinding of the other Tilson fund.

U.S. Global Investors Government Securities Savings Fund (UGSCX) is being converted from a money market fund to an ultra-short bond fund, right around Christmas.

OFF TO THE DUSTBIN OF HISTORY

American Century announced that it will merge American Century Vista Fund (TWVAX) into American Century Heritage (ATHAX).  Both are multibillion dollar midcap growth funds, with Heritage being far the stronger. The merger will take place Dec. 6, 2013.

EGA Emerging Global ordered the liquidation of a dozen of emerging markets sector funds, all effective October 4, 2013.  The dearly departed:

  • EGShares GEMS Composite ETF (AGEM)
  • EGShares Basic Materials GEMS ETF (LGEM)
  • EGShares Consumer Goods GEMS ETF (GGEM)
  • EGShares Consumer Services GEMS ETF (VGEM)
  • EGShares Energy GEMS ETF (OGEM)
  • EGShares Financials GEMS ETF (FGEM)
  • EGShares Health Care GEMS ETF (HGEM)
  • EGShares Industrials GEMS ETF (IGEM)
  • EGShares Technology GEMS ETF (QGEM)
  • EGShares Telecom GEMS ETF (TGEM)
  • EGShares Utilities GEMS ETF (UGEM)
  • EGShares Emerging Markets Metals & Mining ETF (EMT)

FCI Value Equity Fund (FCIEX) closed September 27, on its way to liquidation.  The Board cited “the Fund’s small size and the increasing costs associated with advising a registered investment company” but might have cited, too, the fact that it trails 97% of its peers over the past five years and tended to post two awful years for every decent one.

Natixis Hansberger International Fund (NEFDX) will liquidate on October 18, 2013, a victim of bad returns, high risk, high expenses, wretched tax efficiency … all your basic causes.

Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Real Return Fund (MARAX) liquidates at the end of October, 2013.  The fund drew about  $25 million in assets and was in existence for fewer than three years.  “Real return” funds are designed to thrive in a relatively high or rising inflation rate environment.  Pretty much any fund bearing the name has been thwarted by the consistent economic weakness that’s been suppressing prices.

manning-and-napier-logoI really like Manning & Napier.  They are killing off three funds that were never a good match for the firm’s core strengths.  Manning & Napier Small Cap (MNSMX), Life Sciences (EXLSX), and Technology (EXTCX) will all cease to exist on or about January 24, 2014.  My affection for them comes to mind because these funds, unlike the vast majority that end up in the trash heap, were all economically viable.  Between them they have over $600 million in assets and were producing $7 million/year in revenue for M&N.  The firm’s great strength is risk-conscious, low-cost, team-managed diversified funds.  Other than a real estate fund, they offer almost no niche products really.  Heck, the tech fund even had a great 10-year record and was no worse than mediocre in shorter time periods.  But, it seems, they didn’t make sense given M&N’s focus. 

Metzler/Payden European Emerging Markets Fund (MPYMX) closed on September 30, 2013.  It actually outperformed the average European equity fund over the past decade but suffered two cataclysm losses – 74% from June 2008 to March 2009 and 33% in 2011 – that surely sealed its fate.  We reviewed the fund favorably as a fascinating Eurozone play about seven years ago. 

Nuveen International (FAIAX) is slated to merge into Nuveen International Select (ISACX), which is a case of a poor fund with few assets joining an almost-as-poor fund with more assets (and, not coincidentally, the same managers). 

PIA Moderate Duration Bond Fund (PIATX) “will be liquidating its assets on October 31, 2013.  You are welcome, however, to redeem your shares before that date.”  As $30 million in assets, it appears that most investors didn’t require the board’s urging before getting out.

U.S. Global Investors Tax Free Fund (USUTX) will merge with a far better fund, Near-Term Tax Free (NEARX) on or about December 13, 2013.

U.S. Global Investors Treasury Securities Cash (USTXX) vanishes on December 27, 2013.

Victoria 1522 Fund (VMDAX) has closed and will liquidate on October 10, 2013.  Nice people, high fees, weak performance, no assets. 

Westcore Small-Cap Opportunity Fund (WTSCX) merges into the Westcore Small-Cap Value Dividend Fund (WTSVX) on or about November 14, 2013.  It’s hard to make a case for the surviving fund (it pays almost no dividend and trails 90% of its peers) except to say it’s better than WTSCX.  Vanguard has an undistinguished SCV index fund that would be a better choice than either.

In Closing . . .

At the beginning of October, we’ll be attending Morningstar’s ETF Invest Conference in Chicago, our first tentative inquiry, made in hopes of understanding better the prospects of actively-managed ETFs.  I don’t tweet (I will never tweet) but I will try to share daily updates and insights on our discussion board.  We’ll offer highlights of the conference presentations in our November issue.

Thanks to all of the folks who bookmarked or clicked on our Amazon link.  There was a gratifyingly sustained uptick in credit from Amazon, on the order of a 7-8% rise from our 2013 average.  Thanks especially to those who’ve supported the Observer directly (Hi, Joe!  It’s a tough balance each month: we try to be enjoyable without being fluffy, informative without being plodding.  Glad you think we make it.) or via our PayPal link (Thanks, Ken!  Thanks, Michelle.  Sorry I didn’t extend thanks sooner.  And thanks, especially, to Deb.  You make a difference).  It does make a difference.

We’ll see you just after Halloween.  If you have little kids who enjoy playing on line, one of Chip’s staff made a little free website that lets kids decorate jack-o-lanterns.  It’s been very popular with the seven-and-under set. 

Take care!

 

David

Frank Value (FRNKX), October 2013

By David Snowball

Objective and Strategy

The fund pursues long-term capital appreciation. They define themselves as conservative value investors whose first strategy is “do not lose money.” As a result, they spend substantial time analyzing and minimizing the downside risks of their investments. They generally invest in a fairly compact portfolio (around 30 names) of U.S. common stocks. They start with a series of quantitative screens (including the acquisition value of similar companies and the firms’ liquidation value), then examine the ones that pass for evidence of fiscal responsibility (balance sheets without significant debt), excellent management, a quality business, and a cheap stock price. They believe themselves to have three competitive advantages: (1) they are willing to invest in firms of all sizes. (2) They’re vigilant for factors which the market systematically misprices, such as firms whose balance sheets are stronger than their income statements and special situations, such as spin-offs. And (3) they’re small enough to pursue opportunities unattractive to managers who are moving billions around.

Adviser

Frank Capital Partners, LLC. Monique M. Weiss and Brian J. Frank each own 50% of the adviser.

Manager

Brian Frank is Frank Capital Partners’ co-founder, president and chief investment officer. He’s been interested in stock investing since he was a teenager and, like many entrepreneurial managers, was a voracious reader. At 19, his grandfather gave him $100,000 with the injunction, “buy me the best stocks.” In pursuit of that goal, he founded a family office in 2002, an investment adviser in 2003 and a mutual fund in 2004. He was portfolio co-manager from 2004 – 2009 and has been sole manager since November, 2009. He earned degrees in accounting and finance from New York University’s Stern School of Business. As of the latest SAI, Mr. Frank manages one other investment account, valued at around $8 million.

The Frank Value Fund has seven times been awarded as a Wall Street Journal Category King in the Multi-cap Core Category.

Strategy capacity and closure

Mr. Frank reports “This strategy has a capacity max of around $5 billion in assets. We will seriously examine our effect on our smallest market cap position as early as $1 billion of assets. We will close the fund before we are forced out of smaller or less liquid names. We are committed to maintaining superior returns for shareholders.”

Management’s Stake in the Fund

Mr. Frank has between $100,000 and 500,000 invested in the fund. All of the fund’s trustees have substantial investments (between $10,000 and 50,000) in the fund, especially given the modest compensation ($400/year) they receive for their service.

Opening date

July 21, 2004

Minimum investment

$1500. The fund is available through Schwab, NFS, Pershing, Commonwealth, JP Morgan, Matrix, SEI, Legent, TD Ameritrade, E-Trade, and Scottrade.

Expense ratio

1.37% on assets of $18.9 million (as of July 2023)

Comments

If a fund manager approached you with the following description of his investment discipline, how would you react?

We generally ignore two out of every three opportunities to make gains for our investors. Our discipline calls for us to periodically pour money into the most egregiously overpriced corner of the market, often enough into ideas that would be pretty damned marginal in the best of circumstances. ‘cause that’s what we’re paid to do.

Yuh.

Brian Frank reacts in about the same way you did: admiration for their painful honesty and stupefaction at their strategy. As inexplicably dumb as this passage might sound, it’s descriptive of what you’ve already agreed to when you buy any of hundreds of large mainstream domestic equity funds.

Mr. Frank believes that a manager can’t afford to ignore compelling opportunities in the name of style-box purity. The best opportunities, the market’s “fat pitches,” arise in value and growth, large and small, blue-chip and spinoff. He’s intent on pursuing each.

Most funds that claim to be “all cap” are sorting of spoofing you; most mean “a lot of easily-researched large companies with the occasional SMID-cap tossed in.” To get an idea of how seriously Mr. Frank means “go anywhere” when he says “go anywhere,” here’s his Morningstar portfolio map in comparison to that of the Vanguard Total Stock Market Index Fund (VTSMX):

 vtsmx style map  frnkx style map

Vanguard Total Stock Market Index

Frank Value

Nor is that distribution static; the current style map is modestly more focused on growth than last quarter’s was and there have been years with a greater bulge toward small- and micro-caps. But all versions show an incredibly diverse coverage.

Those shifts are driven by quantitative analyses of where the market’s opportunities lie. Mr. Frank writes:

What does the large-cap growth or small-cap value manager do when there are no good opportunities in their style box? They hold cash, which lowers your exposure to the equity markets and acts as a lead-weight in bull markets, or they invest in companies that do not fit their criteria and end up taking excess risk in bear markets. Neither one of these options made any sense when I was managing family-only money, and neither one made sense as we opened the strategy to the public … Our strategy is quantitative, meaning we go where we can numerically prove to ourselves there is opportunity. If there is no opportunity, we leave the space.

That breadth does not suggest that FRNKX is a closet indexer. Far from it. Morningstar categorizes equity portfolios into eleven sectors (e.g., tech or energy). At its last portfolio report, Mr. Frank had zero investing in four of the sectors (materials, real estate, energy, utilities) and diverged from the index weighting by 50% or more in three others (overweighting financial services and tech, underweighting consumer stocks).

Because the fund is small and the portfolio is focused, it can also derive substantial benefit from opportunities that wouldn’t be considered in a huge fund. He’s found considerable value when small firms are spun-off from larger ones. Two of three recent purchases were spinoffs. New Newscorp was spun-off from Rupert Murdoch’s Newscorp and, while little noticed, the “mishmash of global assets in New Newscorp, represent[s] one of the best upside/downside scenarios we have seen in a long time.” Likewise with CST Brands, a gas station and convenience store operator spun off from Valero Energy.

At the same time, Mr. Frank has a knack for identifying the sorts of small firms with unrecognized assets and low prices that eventually attract deep-pocket buyers.  He reports that “About 1 out of every 4 companies we sell is to a private equity or strategic buyer. So yes, our turnover is significantly influenced by take-outs. YTD take-outs have been DELL, BMC, and TRLG (True Religion Jeans.)”

All of this would qualify as empty talk if the manager couldn’t produce strong results, and produce them consistently.   Happily for its investors – including Mr. Frank and his family – the fund has produced remarkably strong, remarkably consistent returns.  It’s in the top tier of its peer group for trailing periods reaching back almost a decade.  The manager tracks his fund’s returns over a series of rolling five-year periods (08/2004-08/2009, 09/04-09/10 and so on).  They’ve beaten their benchmark in 45 of 45 rolling periods and have never had a negative five year span, while the S&P500 has had seven of them in the same period.  FRNKX has also outperformed in 80% of rolling three-year periods and from inception to September 2013.  That led Lipper to designate the fund as a Lipper Leader for both Total Return and Capital Preservation for every reported period.

Bottom Line

Winning is hard.  Winning consistently is incredibly hard.  Winning consistently while handicapping yourself by systematically, structurally excluding opportunities approaches impossible.  Frank Value has, for almost a decade, won quietly and consistently  While there are no guarantees in life or investing, the manager has worked hard to tilt the odds in his investors’ favor. 

Fund website

Frank Funds

Fact Sheet

Oberweis International Opportunities (OBIOX), October 2013

By David Snowball

Objective and Strategy

The fund pursues long-term capital appreciation by investing in international stocks, which might include companies headquartered in the US but having more than half of their business outside of the US.   The vast bulk of the portfolio – 85% or so – are in small- to mid-cap stocks and about 5% is in cash. They will generally invest fewer than 25% of their assets in emerging markets.

Adviser

Oberweis Asset Management Inc. Established in 1989, OAM is headquartered in suburban Chicago.  Oberweis is an independent investment management firm that invests in growth companies around the world. It specializes in small and mid-cap growth strategies globally for institutional investors and its six mutual funds. They have about $700 million in assets under management.

Manager

Ralf A. Scherschmidt, who has managed the fund since its inception. He joined Oberweis in late 2006.  Before that, he served as an equities analyst at Jetstream Capital, LLC, a global hedge fund, Aragon Global Management LLC, Bricoleur Capital Management LLC and NM Rothschild & Sons Limited.  His MBA is from Harvard, while his undergrad work (Finance, Accounting and Chinese) was completed at Georgetown. Ralf grew up and has work experience in Europe and the UK, and has also lived in South Africa, China and Taiwan. Mr. Scherschmidt oversees nearly $200 million in five other accounts.  He’s supported by three analysts who have been with Oberweis for an average of six years.

Strategy capacity and closure

Oberweis manages between $300-400 million dollars using this strategy, about 25% of which is in the fund.  The remainder is in institutional separate accounts.  The total strategy capacity might be $3 billion, but the advisor is contractually obligated to soft-close at $2.5 billion. They have the option of soft closing earlier, depending on their asset growth rate.  Oberweis does have a track record for closing their funds early.

Management’s Stake in the Fund

As of December 31, 2012, Mr. Scherschmidt had between $100,000-500,000 invested in the fund.  Three of the fund’s four trustees have some investment in the fund, with two of them being over $10,000.  As of March 31, 2013, the officers and Trustees as a group owned 5.07% of the fund’s shares.

Opening date

February 1, 2007.

Minimum investment

$1000, reduced to $500 for IRAs and $100 for accounts established with an automatic investing plan.  The fund is available through all major supermarkets (E Trade, Fidelity, Price, Schwab, Scottrade, TD Ameritrade and Vanguard, among others).

Expense ratio

1.6% on assets of $133.6 million (as of July 2023).

Comments

This is not what you imagine an Oberweis fund to be.  And that’s good.

Investors familiar with the Oberweis brand see the name and immediately think: tiny companies, high growth, high valuations, high volatility, high beta … pure run-and-gun offense.  The 76% drawdown suffered by flagship Oberweis Emerging Opportunities (OBEGX) and 74% drop at Oberweis Microcap (OBMCX) during the 2007-2009 meltdown is emblematic of that style.

OBIOX isn’t them. Indeed, OBIOX in 2013 isn’t even the OBIOX of 2009. During the 2007-09 market trauma, OBIOX suffered a 69.7% drop, well worse than their peers’ 57.7% decline. The manager was deeply dissatisfied with that performance and took concrete steps to strengthen his risk management disciplines.  OBIOX is a distinctive fund and seems to have grown stronger.

The basic portfolio construction discipline is driven by the behavioral finance research.  That research demonstrates that people, across a range of settings, make very consistent, predictable errors.  The management team is particularly taken by the research synthesized by Dan Ariely, in Predictably Irrational (2010):

We are not only irrational, but predictably irrational … our irrationality happens the same way, again and again … In conventional economics, the assumption that we are all rational implies that, in everyday life, we compute the value of all the options we face and then follow the best possible path of action … But we are really far less rational than standard economic theory assumes.  Moreover, these irrational behaviors of ours are neither random nor senseless. They are systematic and, since we repeat them again and again, predictable.

This fund seeks to identify and exploit just a few of them.

The phenomenon that most interests the manager is “post-earnings announcement drift.”  At base, investors are slow to incorporate new information which contradicts what they already “know” to be true.  If they “know” that company X is on a downward spiral, the mere fact that the company reports rising sales and rising profits won’t quickly change their beliefs.  Academic research indicates, it often takes investors between three and nine months to incorporate the new information into their conclusions.  That presents an opportunity for a more agile investor, one more adept at adapting to new facts, to engage in a sort of arbitrage: establish a position ahead of the crowd and hold until their revised estimations close the gap between the stock’s historic and current value. 

This exercise is obviously fraught with danger.  The bet works only if four things are all true:

  • The stock is substantially mispriced
  • You can establish a position in it
  • Other investors revise their estimations and bid the stock up
  • You can get out before anything bad happens.

The process of portfolio construction begins when a firm reports unexpected financial results.  At that point, the manager and his team try to determine whether the stock is a value trap (that is, a stock that actually deserves its ridiculously low price) or if it’s fundamentally mispriced.  Because most investors react so slowly, they actually have months to make that determination and establish a position in the stock. They work through 18 investment criteria and sixteen analytic steps in the process. From a 4500 stock universe, the fund holds 50-90 funds.  They have clear limits on country, sector and individual security exposure in the portfolio.  As the stock approaches 90% of Oberweis’s estimate of fair value, they sell. That automatic sell discipline forces them to lock in gains (rather than making the all-too-human mistake of falling in love with a stock and holding it too long) but also explains the fund’s occasionally very high turnover ratio: if lots of ideas are working, then they end up selling lots of appreciated stock.

There are some risk factors that the fund’s original discipline did not account for.  While it was good on individual stock risks, it was weak on accounting for the possibility that there might be exposure to unrecognized risks that affects many portfolio positions at once.  Oberweis’s John Collins offered this illustration:

If we own a Canadian chemical company, a German tech company and a Japanese consumer electronics firm, it sounds very diversified. However, if the Canadian company gets 60% of their revenue from an additive for rubber used in tires, the German firm makes a lot of sensors for engines and the Japanese firm makes a lot of car audio and navigation systems, there may be a “blind bet” in the auto sector we were unaware of.

As a result, a sudden change in the value of the euro or of a barrel of crude oil might send a shockwave rippling through the portfolio.

In January 2009, after encountering unexpectedly large losses in the meltdown, the fund added a risk optimizer program from Empirical Research Partners that performs “a monthly MRI of the portfolio” to be sure the manager understands and mitigates the sources of risk.  Since that time, the fund’s downside capture performance improved dramatically.  It used to be in the worst 25% of its peer group in down markets; it’s now in the best 25%. 

Bottom Line

This remains, by all standard measures, a volatile fund even by the standards of a volatile corner of the investment universe.  While its returns are enviable – since revising its risk management in January 2009, a $10,000 investment here would have grown to $35,000 while its average peer would have grown to $24,000 – the right question isn’t “have they done well?”  The right questions are (1) do they have a sustainable advantage over their peers and (2) is the volatility too high for you to comfortably hold it?  The answer to the first question is likely, yes.  The answer to the second might be, only if you understand the strategy and overcome your own behavioral biases.  It warrants further investigation for risk-tolerant investors.

Fund website

Oberweis International Opportunities.

2022 Semi-Annual Report

© Mutual Fund Observer, 2013. All rights reserved. The information here reflects publicly available information current at the time of publication. For reprint/e-rights contact us.

October 2013, Funds in Registration

By David Snowball

361 Multi-Strategy Fund

361 Multi-Strategy Fund pursues capital appreciation with low volatility and low correlation relative to the broad domestic and foreign equity markets by establishing long positions in individual equities and short positions in individual securities or indexes.  The strategy is quantitatively driven and non-diversified.  The fund will be managed by an interesting team: Brian P. Cunningham, Thomas I. Florence, Blaine Rollins and Jeremy Frank. Mr. Cunningham had a long career in the hedge fund world.  Mr. Florence worked at Fidelity and was president of Morningstar’s Investment Management subsidiary.  Mr. Rollins famously managed Janus Fund, among others, for 16 years.  Mr. Frank appears to be the team’s preeminent techno-geek. This is 361’s fourth fund, and all occupy the “alternatives” space.  The first three have had mixed success, though all seem to have low share-price volatility. The minimum investment in the “Investor” share class is $2500. Expenses not yet disclosed.  There’s a 5.75% front load, but it will be available without a load at places like Schwab.

Brookfield U.S. Listed Real Estate Fund

Brookfield U.S. Listed Real Estate Fund (“Y” shares) will pursue total return through growth of capital and current income.  The strategy is to invest in some combination of REITs; real estate operating companies; brokers, developers, and builders; property management firms; finance, mortgage, and mortgage servicing firms; construction supply and equipment manufacturing companies; and firms dependent on real estate holdings (e.g., timber, ag, mining, resorts). They can use derivatives for hedging, leverage or as a substitute for direct investment.  Up to 20% can be in fixed income and 15% overseas. The fund will be managed by Jason Baine and Bernhard Krieg, both portfolio managers at Brookfield Investment Management.  Brookfield’s composite performance for separate accounts using this strategy is 14.8% over the past decade.  MSCI Total Return REIT index made 10.8% in the same period. The minimum initial investment is $1000.  The e.r. will be 0.95%.

Baywood SKBA ValuePlus Fund

Baywood SKBA ValuePlus Fund will shoot for long-term growth by investing “primarily in securities that it deems to be undervalued and which exhibit the likelihood of exceeding market returns.”  (A bold and innovative notion.)  They’ll hold 40-60 stocks. The fund will be the successor to a private fund in operation since June, 2008.  That fund returned an average of 7.2% annually over five years.  Its benchmark (Russell 1000 Value) returned 4% in the same period.  The fund will be managed by a team from SKBA Capital, led by its chairman  Kenneth J. Kaplan.  The minimum initial investment is $2500. The expense ratio will be 0.95% after waivers.  The fund expects to launch on or about December 1, 2013.

Convergence Opportunities Fund

Convergence Opportunities Fund will pursue long-term growth through a global long/short portfolio, primarily of small- to mid-cap stocks.  They’ll be 120-150% long and 20-50% short.  The fund will be managed by David Arbitz of Convergence Partners.  Convergence, which has had several names over the years, operates separate accounts using the strategy but has not disclosed the performance of those accounts. The minimum initial investment is $2500 and expenses are capped at 1.50%.  They expect to launch by the end of November.

Croft Focus

Croft Focus will seek long-term capital appreciation by investing in a global, all-cap value portfolio.  The fund will be managed by Kent G. Croft and G. Russell Croft.  Croft Value (CLVFX) uses the same discipline but holds more stocks (75 versus 25 at Focus) and is less global (Value is 95% domestic).  Value had a long string of great years, punctuated by a few really bad ones lately.  It is undoubtedly better than its current retrospective return numbers show but its volatility might give prospective investors here pause.  The minimum initial investment will be $2,000.  Expenses are capped at 1.30%.

First Eagle Flexible Risk Allocation Fund

First Eagle Flexible Risk Allocation Fund (“A” shares) will seek “long-term absolute returns” by investing, long and short, in equities, fixed income, currencies and commodities.  They’ll pursue “a flexible risk factor allocation strategy and, to a lesser extent, a tail risk hedging strategy.”  There is a bracing list of 36 investment risks enumerated in the prospectus. The fund will be managed by JJ McKoan and Michael Ning, who joined First Eagle in April 2013.  Before that, they managed the Enhanced Alpha Global Macro, Tail Hedge and Unconstrained Bond strategies at AllianceBernstein.  Mr. McKoan has a B.A. from Yale and Mr. Ning has a doctorate from Oxford. The minimum initial investment is $2500.  Neither the sales load nor the expense ratio has yet been announced. 

FlexShares® Global Quality Real Estate Index Fund

FlexShares® Global Quality Real Estate Index Fund will invest in a global portfolio of high-quality real estate securities.  They expect to hold equities issued by mortgage REITs, real estate finance companies, mortgage brokers and bankers, commercial and residential real estate brokers and real estate agents and home builders.  The managers will try to minimize turnover and tax inefficiency, but the prospectus says nothing about what qualifies a firm as a “quality” firm or how far a passive strategy can be tweaked to control for churn.  It will be managed by a Northern Trust team.  Expenses not yet set.

Gator Opportunities Fund

Gator Opportunities Fund will pursue capital appreciation by investing in high-quality domestic SMID-cap stocks.  It will be non-diversified, but there’s no discussion of how small the portfolio will be. The fund will be managed by Liron “Lee” Kronzon, who has managed investments but has not managed a mutual fund.  Its microscopically small sibling, Gator Focus, launched in May with pretty modest success.  The advisor’s headquartered in Tampa, hence the Gator reference. The minimum initial investment is $5000.  The expense ratio will be 1.50%.

Spectrum Low Volatility Fund

Spectrum Low Volatility Fund will be a fund of fixed-income funds and ETFs.  The goal is to capture no more than 40% of the stock market’s downside.  Color me clueless: why would a fixed-income fund benchmark to an equity index?  The fund will be managed by Ralph Doudera.  Mr. Doudera has degrees in engineering, finance and Biblical studies and has been managing separate accounts (successfully) since the mid1990s.  The minimum initial investment is $1000.  The expense ratio is capped at 3.20%, a breathtaking hurdle to surmount in a fixed-income fund.

RSQ International Equity Fund

RSQ International Equity Fund will seek long-term growth. It seems to be more “global” than “international,” since it commits only to investing at least 65% outside the US.  Security selection in the developed markets is largely bottom-up, starting with industry analysis and then security selection.  In the emerging markets, it’s primarily top-down.  The fund is managed by a team that famously managed Julius Baer International and infamously crashed Artio International: Rudolph-Riad Younes, Richard Pell and Michael Testorf, all of R-Squared Capital Management L.P. The minimum initial investment is $2500. The expense ratio is capped at 1.35% for Investor shares.  Frankly, I’m incredibly curious about this development.

September 1, 2013

By David Snowball

Dear friends,

richardMy colleagues in the English department are forever yammering on about this Shakespeare guy.I’m skeptical. First, he didn’t even know how to spell his own name (“Wm Shakspē”? Really?). Second, he clearly didn’t understand seasonality of the markets. If you listen to Gloucester’s famous declamation in Richard III, you’ll see what I mean:

Now is the winter of our discontent
Made glorious summer by this sun of York;
And all the clouds that lour’d upon our house
In the deep bosom of the ocean buried.
Now are our brows bound with victorious wreaths;
Our bruised arms hung up for monuments;
Our stern alarums changed to merry meetings,
Our dreadful marches to delightful measures.

It’s pretty danged clear that we haven’t had anything “made glorious summer by the sun of [New] York.” By Morningstar’s report, every single category of bond and hybrid fund has lost money over the course of the allegedly “glorious summer.” Seven of the nine domestic equity boxes have flopped around, neither noticeably rising nor falling.

And now, the glorious summer passed, we enter what historically are the two worst months for the stock market. To which I can only reply with three observations (The Pirates are on the verge of their first winning season since 1992! The Steelers have no serious injuries looming over them. And Will’s fall baseball practices are upon us.) and one question:

Is it time to loathe the emerging markets? Again?

Yuh, apparently. A quick search in Google News for “emerging markets panic” turns up 3300 stories during the month of August. They look pretty much like this:

panic1

With our preeminent journalists contributing:

panic2

Many investors have responded as they usually do, by applying a short-term perspective to a long-term decision. Which is to say, they’re fleeing. Emerging market bond funds saw a $2 billion outflow in the last week of August and $24 billion since late May (Emerging Markets Fund Flows Investors Are Dumping Emerging Markets at an Accelerating Pace, Business Insider, 8/30/13). The withdrawals were indiscriminate, affecting all regions and both local currency and hard currency securities. Equity funds saw $4 billion outflows for the week, with ETFs leading the way down (Emerging markets rout has investors saying one word: sell, Marketwatch, 8/30/13).

In a peculiar counterpoint, Jason Kepler of Investment News claims – using slightly older data – that Mom and pop can’t quit emerging-market stocks. And that’s good (8/27/13). He finds “uncharacteristic resiliency” in retail investors’ behavior. I’d like to believe him. (The News allows a limited number of free article views; if you’d exceeded your limit and hit a paywall, you might try Googling the article title. Or subscribing, I guess.)

We’d like to make three points.

  • Emerging markets securities are deeply undervalued
  • Those securities certainly could become much more deeply undervalued.
  • It’s not the time to be running away.

Emerging markets securities are deeply undervalued

Wall Street Ranter, an anonymous blogger from the financial services industry and sometime contributor to the Observer’s discussion board, shared two really striking bits of valuation data from his blog.

The first, “Valuations of Emerging Markets vs US Stocks” (7/20/13) looks at a PIMCO presentation of the Shiller PE for the emerging markets and U.S., then at how such p/e ratios have correlated to future returns. Shiller adjusts the market’s price/earnings ratio to eliminate the effect of atypical profit margins, since those margins relentlessly regress to the mean over time. There’s a fair amount of research that suggests that the Shiller PE has fair predictive validity; that is, abnormally low Shiller PEs are followed by abnormally high market returns and vice versa.

Here, with Ranter’s kind permission, is one of the graphics from that piece:

USvsEmergingMarketsShiller

At June 30, 2013 valuations, this suggests that US equities were priced for 4% nominal returns (2-3% real), on average, over the next five years while e.m. equities were priced to return 19% nominal (17% or so real) over the same period. GMO, at month’s end, reached about the same figure for high quality US equities (3.1% real) but a much lower estimate (6.8%) for emerging equities. By GMO’s calculation, emerging equities were priced to return more than twice as much as any other publicly traded asset class.

Based on recent conversations with the folks at GMO, Ranter concludes that GMO suspects that changes in the structure of the Chinese economy might be leading them to overstate likely emerging equity returns. Even accounting for those changes, they remain the world’s most attractive asset class:

While emerging markets are the highest on their 7 year forecast (approx. 7%/year) they are treating it more like 4%/year in their allocations . . . because they believe they need to account for a longer-term shift in the pace of China’s growth. They believe the last 10 years or so have skewed the mean too far upwards. While this reduces slightly their allocation, it still leaves Emerging Markets has one of their highest forecasts (but very close to International Value … which includes a lot of developed European companies).

Ranter offered a second, equally striking graphic in “Emerging Markets Price-to-Book Ratio and Forward Returns (8/9/13).”

EmergingPB

At these levels, he reports, you’d typically expect returns over the following year of around 55%. That data is available in his original article. 

In a singularly unpopular observation, Andrew Foster, manager of Seafarer Overseas Growth & Income (SFGIX/SIGIX), one of the most successful and risk-alert e.m. managers (those two attributes are intimately connected), notes that the most-loathed emerging markets are also the most compelling values:

The BRICs have underperformed to such an extent that their aggregate valuation, when compared to the emerging markets as a whole, is as low as it has been in eight years. In other words, based on a variety of valuation metrics (price-to-book value, price-to-prospective-earnings, and dividend yield), the BRICs are as cheap relative to the rest of the emerging markets as they have been in a long time. I find this interesting. . . for the (rare?) subset of investors contemplating a long-term (10-year) allocation to EM, just as they were better off to avoid the BRICs over the past 5 years when they were “hot,” they are likely to be better off over the next 10 years emphasizing the BRICs now they are “not.”

Those securities certainly could become much more deeply undervalued.

The graphic above illustrates the ugly reality that sometimes (late ’98, all of ’08), but not always (’02, ’03, mid ’11), very cheap markets become sickeningly cheap markets before rebounding. Likewise, Shiller PE for the emerging markets occasionally slip from cheap (10-15PE) to “I don’t want to talk about it” (7 PE). GMO mildly notes, “economic reality and investor behavior cause securities and markets to overshoot their fair value.”

Andrew Foster gently dismisses his own predictive powers (“my record on predicting short-term outcomes is very poor”). At the same time, he finds additional cause for short-term concern:

[M]y thinking on the big picture has changed since [early July] because currencies have gotten into the act. I have been worried about this for two years now — and yet even with some sense it could get ugly, it has been hard to avoid mistakes. In my opinion, currency movements are impossible to predict over the short or long term. The only thing that is predictable is that when currency volatility picks up, is likely to overshoot (to the downside) in the short run.

It’s not the time to be running away.

There are two reasons driving that conclusion. First, you’ve already gotten the timing wrong and you’re apt to double your error. The broad emerging markets index has been bumping along without material gain for five years now. If you were actually good at actively allocating your portfolio, you’d have gotten out in the summer of 2007 instead of thinking that five consecutive years of 25%+ gains would go on forever. And you, like the guys at Cook and Bynum, would have foregone Christmas presents in 2008 in order to plow every penny you had into an irrationally, shockingly cheap market. If you didn’t pull it off then, you’re not going to pull it off this time, either.

Second, there are better options here than elsewhere. These remain, even after you adjust down their earnings and adjust them down again, about the best values you’ll find. Ranter grumbles about the thoughtless domestic dash:

Bottom line is I fail to see, on a relative basis, how the US is more tempting looking 5 years out. People can be scared all they want of catching a falling knife…but it’s a lot easier to catch something which is only 5 feet in the air than something that is 10 feet in the air.

If you’re thinking of your emerging markets stake as something that you’ll be holding or building over the next 10-15 years (as I do), it doesn’t matter whether you buy now or in three months, at this level or 7% up or down from here. It will matter if you panic, leave and then refuse to return until the emerging markets feel “safe” to you – typically around the top of the next market cycle.

It’s certainly possible that you’re systemically over-allocated to equities or emerging equities. The current turbulence might well provide an opportunity to revisit your long-term plan, and I’d salute you for it. My argument here is against actions driven by your gut.

Happily, there are a number of first rate options available for folks seeking risk-conscious exposure to the emerging markets. My own choice, discussed more fully below, is Seafarer. I’ve added to my (small investor-sized) account twice since the market began turning south in late spring. I have no idea of whether those dollars with be worth a dollar or eighty cents or a plugged nickel six months from now. My suspicion is that those dollars will be worth more a decade from now having been invested with a smart manager in the emerging markets than they would have been had I invested them in domestic equities (or hidden them away in a 0.01% bank account). But Seafarer isn’t the only “A” level choice. There are some managers sitting on large war chests (Amana Developing World AMDWX), others with the freedom to invest across asset classes (First Trust/Aberdeen Emerging Opportunities FEO) and even some with both (Lazard Emerging Markets Multi-Strategy EMMOX).

To which Morningstar says, “If you’ve got $50 million to spend, we’ve got a fund for you!”

On August 22nd, Morningstar’s Fund Spy trumpeted “Medalist Emerging-Markets Funds Open for Business,” in which they reviewed their list of the crème de la crème emerging markets funds. It is, from the average investor’s perspective, a curious list studded with funds you couldn’t get into or wouldn’t want to pay for. Here’s the Big Picture:

morningstar-table

Our take on those funds follows.

The medalist …

Is perfect for the investor who …

Acadian EM (AEMGX)

Has $2500 and an appreciation of quant funds

American Funds New World (NEWFX)

Wants to pay 5.75% upfront

Delaware E.M. (DEMAX)

Wants to pay 5.75% upfront for a fund whose performance has been inexplicably slipping, year by year, in each of the past five calendar years.

GMO E.M. III (GMOEX)

Has $50,000,000 to open an account

Harding Loevner E.M. Advisor (HLEMX)

Is an advisor with $5000 to start.

Harding Loevner Inst E.M. (HLMEX)

Has $500,000 to start

ING JPMorgan E.M. Equity (IJPIX)

Is not the public, since “shares of the Portfolio are not offered to the public.”

Parametric E.M. (EAEMX)

Has $1000 and somewhat modest performance expectations

Parametric Tax-Mgd E.M. Inst (EITEX)

Has $50,000 and tax-issues best addressed in his e.m. allocation

Strategic Advisers E.M. (FSAMX)

Is likewise not the general public since “the fund is not available for sale to the general public.”

T. Rowe Price E.M. Stock (PRMSX)

Has $2500 and really, really modest performance expectations.

Thornburg Developing World A (THDAX)

Doesn’t mind paying a 4.50% load

Our recommendations differ from theirs, given our preference for smaller funds that are actually available to the public. Our shortlist:

Amana Developing World (AMDWX): offers an exceedingly cautious take on an exceedingly risky slice of the world. Readers were openly derisive of Amana’s refusal to buy at any cost, which led the managers to sit on a 50% cash stake while the market’s roared ahead. As those markets began their swoon in 2011, Amana began moving in and disposing of more than half of its cash reserves. Still cash-rich, the fund’s relative performance is picking up and its risks remain very muted.

First Trust/Aberdeen Emerging Opportunity (FEO): one of the first emerging markets balanced funds, it’s performed very well over the long-term and is currently selling at a substantial discount to NAV: 12.6%, about 50% greater than its long-term average. That implies that investors might see something like a 5% arbitrage gain once the current panic abates, above and beyond whatever the market provides.

Grandeur Peak Emerging Markets Opportunities (GPEOX): the Grandeur Peak team has been brilliantly successful both here and at Wasatch. Their intention is to create a single master fund (Global Reach) and six subsidiary funds whose portfolios represent slices of the master profile. Emerging Markets has already cleared the SEC registration procedures but hasn’t launched. The Grandeur Peak folks say two factors are driving the delay. First, the managers want to be able to invest directly in Indian equities which requires registration with that country’s equity regulators. They couldn’t begin the registration until the fund itself was registered in the US. So they’re working through the process. Second, they wanted to be comfortable with the launch of Global Reach before adding another set of tasks. Give or take the market’s current tantrum (one manager describes it as “a taper tantrum”), that’s going well. With luck, but without any guarantees, the fund might be live sometime in Q4.

Seafarer Overseas Growth & Income (SFGIX): hugely talented manager, global portfolio, risk conscious, shareholder-centered and successful.

Wasatch Frontier Emerging Small Countries (WAFMX): one of the very few no-load, retail funds that targets the smaller, more dynamic markets rather than markets with billions of people (India and China) or plausible claim to be developed markets (e.g., Korea). The manager, Laura Geritz, has been exceedingly successful. Frontier markets effectively diversify emerging markets portfolios and the fund has drawn nearly $700 million. The key is that Wasatch is apt to close the fund sooner rather than later.

Snowball’s portfolio

Some number of folks have, reasonably enough, asked whether I invest in all of the funds I profile (uhhh … there have been over 150 of them, so no) or whether I have found The Secret Formula (presumably whatever Nicholas Cage has been looking for in all those movies). The answer is less interesting than the question.

I guess my portfolio construction is driven by three dictums:

  1. Don’t pretend to be smarter than you are
  2. Don’t pretend to be braver than you are
  3. There’s a lot of virtue in doing nothing

Don’t pretend to be smarter than you are. If I knew which asset classes were going to soar and which were going to tank in the next six months or year or two, two things would happen. First, I’d invest in the winners. Second, I’d sell my services to ridiculously rich people and sock them with huge and abusive fees that they’d happily pay. But, I don’t.

As a result, I tend to invest in funds whose managers have a reasonable degree of autonomy about investing across asset classes, rather than ones pigeonholed into a small (style) box. That’s a problem: it makes benchmarking hard, it makes maintaining an asset allocation plan hard and it requires abnormally skilled managers. My focus has been on establishing a strategic objective (“increasing exposure to fast growing economies”) and then spending a lot of time trying to find managers whose strategies I trust, respect and understand.

Don’t pretend to be braver than you are. Stocks have a lot in common with chili peppers. In each case, you get a surprising amount of benefit from a relatively small amount of exposure. In each case, increasing exposure quickly shifts the pleasure/pain balance from pleasantly piquant to moronically painful. Some readers think of my non-retirement asset allocation is surprisingly timid: about 50% stocks, 30% bonds, 20% cash equivalents. They’re not much happier about my 70% equity stake in retirement funds. But, they’re wrong.

T. Rowe Price is one of my favorite fund companies, in part because they treat their investors with unusual respect. I found two Price studies, in 2004 and again in 2010, particularly provocative. Price constructed a series of portfolios representing different levels of stock exposure and looked at how the various portfolios would have played out over the past 50-60 years.

The original study looked at portfolios with 20/40/60/80/100% stocks. The update dropped the 20% portfolio and looked at 0/40/60/80/100%. Below I’ve reproduced partial results for three portfolios. The original 2004 and 2010 studies are available at the T. Rowe Price website.

 

20% stocks

60% stocks

100% stocks

 

Conservative mix, 50% bonds, 30% cash

The typical “hybrid”

S&P 500 index

Years studied

1955-03

1949-2009

1949-2009

Average annual return (before inflation)

7.4

9.2

11.0

Number of down years

3

12

14

Average loss in a down year

-0.5

-6.4

-12.5

Standard deviation

5.2

10.6

17.0

Loss in 2008

-0.2*

-22.2

-37.0

* based on 20% S&P500, 30% one-year CDs, 50% total bond index

 Over a 10 year period – reasonable for a non-retirement account – a portfolio that’s 20% stocks would grow from $10,000 to $21,000. A 100% stock portfolio would grow to $28,000. Roughly speaking, the conservative portfolio ends up at 75% of the size of the aggressive one but a pure stock portfolio increases the probability of losing money by 400% (from a 6% chance to 23%), increases the size of your average loss by 2500% (from 0.5% to 12.5%) and triples your volatility. Somewhere in there, it will face the real prospect of a 51% loss, which is the average maximum drawdown for large core stock funds that have been around 20 years or more. Sadly, there’s no way of knowing whether the 51% loss will occur in Year One (where you might have some recovery time) or Year Ten (where you’d be toast).

At 50% equities, I might capture 80% of the market’s gain with 50% of its volatility. If domestic bonds weren’t in such dismal straits, a smaller stock exposure might be justifiable. But they suck so I’m stuck.

There’s a lot of virtue in doing nothing. Our action tends to be a lot more costly than our inaction, so I change my target allocation slowly and change my fund line-up slowly. I’ve held a few retirement plan funds (e.g., Fidelity Low Priced Stock FLPSX) for decades and a number of non-retirement funds since their inception. In general, I’ll only add a fund if it represents an entirely new opportunity set or if it’s replacing an existing fund. On average, I might change out one fund every year or two.


My retirement portfolio is dominated by the providers in Augustana’s 403(b) plan: Fidelity, T. Rowe Price and TIAA-CREF. The college contribution to retirement goes exclusively into TIAA-CREF. CREF Stock accounts for 68%, TIAA Real Estate holds 22% and the rest is in a target-date fund. The Fidelity and Price allocations mirror one another: 33% domestic stock (with a value bias), 33% international stock (with an emerging markets bias) and 33% income (of the eclectic Spectrum Income/Global High Income sort).

My non-retirement portfolio is nine funds and some cash waiting to be deployed.

 

 

Portfolio weight

What was I, or am I, thinking?

Artisan Int’l Value

ARTKX

10%

I bought Artisan Int’l (ARTIX) in January 1996 because of my respect for Artisan and Mr. Yockey’s record. I traded-in my ARTIX shares and bought Int’l Value as soon as it launched because of my respect for Artisan, Mr. Samra and O’Keefe’s pedigree and my preference for value investing. Right so far: the fund is top 1% returns for the year-to-date and the trailing 1-, 3-, 5- and 10-year periods. I meditated upon switching to the team’s Global Value Fund (ARTGX) which has comparable returns, more flexibility and fewer assets.

Artisan Small Value

ARTVX

8

I bought Artisan Small Cap (ARTSX) in the weeks before it closed, also January 1996, for the same reasons I bought ARTIX. And I traded it for Small Cap Value in late 1997 for the same reasons I traded International. That original stake, to which I added regularly, has more than quadrupled in value. The team has been out-of-step with the market lately which, frankly, is what I pay them for. I regret only the need to sell some of my shares about seven years ago.

FPA Crescent

FPACX

17

Crescent is my surrogate for a hedge fund: Mr. Romick has a strong contrarian streak, the ability to invest in almost anything and a phenomenal record of having done so. If you really wanted to control your asset allocation, this would make it about impossible. I don’t.

Matthews Asia Strategic Income

MAINX

6

I bought MAINX in the month after the Observer profiled the fund. Matthews is first rate, the arguments for reallocating a portion of my fixed-income exposure from developed to developing markets struck me as sound and Ms. Kong is really sharp.

And it’s working. My holding is still up about 3% while both the world bond group and Aberdeen Asia Bond trail badly. She’s hopeful that pressure of Asian currencies will provoke economic reform and, in the meantime, has the freedom to invest in dollar-denominated bonds.

Matthews Asian Growth & Income

MACSX

10

I originally bought MACSX while Andrew Foster was manager, impressed by its eclectic portfolio, independent style and excellent risk management. It’s continued to do well after his departure. I sold half of my stake here to invest in Seafarer and haven’t been adding to it in a while because I’m already heavily overweight in Asia. That said, I’m unlikely to reduce this holding either.

Northern Global Tactical Asset Allocation

BBALX

13

I bought BBALX shortly after profiling it. It’s a fund-of-index-funds whose allocation is set by Northern’s investment policy committee. The combination of very low expenses (0.64%), very low turnover portfolios, wide diversification and the ability to make tactical tilts is very attractive. It’s been substantially above average – higher returns, lower volatility – than its peers since its 2008 conversion.

RiverPark Short Term High Yield

RPHYX

11

Misplaced in Morningstar’s “high yield” box, this has been a superb cash management option for me: it’s making 3-4% annually with negligible volatility.

Seafarer Overseas Growth & Income

SFGIX

10

I’m impressed by Mr. Foster’s argument that many other portions of the developing world are, in 2013, where Asia was in 2003. He believes there are rich opportunities outside Asia and that his experience as an Asia investor will serve him in good stead as the new story rolls out. I’m convinced that having an Asia-savvy manager who has the ability to recognize and make investments beyond the region is prudent.

T. Rowe Price Spectrum Income

RPSIX

12

This is a fund of income-oriented funds and it serves as the second piece of the cash-management plan for me. I count on it for about 6% returns a year and recognize that it might lose money on rare occasion. Price is steadfastly sensible and investor-centered and I’m quite comfortable with the trade-off.

Cash

 

2

This is the holding pool in my Scottrade account.

Is anyone likely to make it into my portfolio in 2013-14? There are two candidates:

ASTON/River Road Long-Short (ARLSX). We’ve both profiled the fund and had a conference call with its manager, both of which are available on the Observer’s ARLSX page. I’m very impressed with the quality and clarity of their risk-management disciplines; they’ve left little to chance and have created a system that forces them to act when it’s time. They’ve performed well since inception and have the prospect of outperforming the stock market with a fraction of its risk. If this enters the portfolio, it would likely be as a substitute for Northern Global Tactical since the two serve the same risk-dampening function.

RiverPark Strategic Income (not yet launched). This fund will come to market in October and represents the next step out on the risk-return spectrum from the very successful RiverPark Short Term High Yield (RPHYX). I’ve been impressed with David Sherman’s intelligence and judgment and with RPHYX’s ability to deliver on its promises. We’ll be doing fairly serious inquiries in the next couple months, but the new fund might become a success to T. Rowe Price Spectrum Income.

Sterling Capital hits Ctrl+Alt+Delete

Sterling Capital Select Equity (BBTGX) has been a determinedly bad fund for years. It’s had three managers since 1993 and it has badly trailed its benchmark under each of them. The strategy is determinedly nondescript. They’ve managed to return 3.2% annually over the past 15 years. That’s better – by about 50 bps – than Vanguard’s money market fund, but not by much. Effective September 3, 2013, they’re hitting “reformat.”

The fund’s name changes, to Sterling Capital Large Cap Value Diversified Fund.

The strategy changes, to a “behavioral financed” based system targeting large cap value stocks.

The benchmark changes, to the Russell 1000 Value

And the management team changes, to Robert W. Bridges and Robert O. Weller. Bridges joined the firm in 2008 and runs the Sterling Behavioral Finance Small Cap Diversified Alpha. Mr. Weller joined in 2012 after 15 years at JPMorgan, much of it with their behavioral finance team.

None of which required shareholders’ agreement since, presumably, all aspects of the fund are “non-fundamental.” 

One change that they should pursue but haven’t: get the manager to put his own money at risk. The departing manager was responsible for five funds since 2009 and managed to find nary a penny to invest in any of them. As a group, Sterling’s bond and asset allocation team seems utterly uninterested in risking their own money in a lineup of mostly one- and two-star funds. Here’s the snapshot of those managers’ holdings in their own funds:

stategic allocation

You’ll notice the word “none” appears 32 times. Let’s agree that it would be silly to expect a manager to own tax-free bonds anywhere but in his home jurisdiction. That leaves 26 decisions to avoid their own funds out of a total of 27 opportunities. Most of the equity managers, by contrast, have made substantial personal investments.

Warren Buffett thinks you’ve come to the right place

Fortune recently published a short article which highlighted a letter that Warren Buffett wrote to the publisher of the Washington Post in 1975. Buffett’s an investor in the Post and was concerned about the long-term consequences of the Post’s defined-benefit pension. The letter covers two topics: the economics of pension obligations in general and the challenge of finding competent investment management. There’s also a nice swipe at the financial services industry, which most folks should keep posted somewhere near their phone or monitor to review as you reflect on the inevitable marketing pitch for the next great financial product.

warren

I particularly enjoy the “initially.” Large money managers, whose performance records were generally parlous, “felt obliged to seek improvement or at least the approach of improvement” by hiring groups “with impressive organizational charts, lots of young talent … and a record of recent performance (pg 8).” Unfortunately, he notes, they found it.

The pressure to look like you were earning your keep led to high portfolio turnover (Buffett warns against what would now be laughably low turnover: 25% per annum). By definition, most professionals cannot be above average but “a few will succeed – in a modest way – because of skill” (pg 10). If you’re going to find them, it won’t be by picking past winners though it might be by understanding what they’re doing and why:

warren2

The key: abandon all hope ye who invest in behemoths:

warren3

For those interested in Buffett’s entire reflection, Chip’s embedded the following:

Warren Buffett Katharine Graham Letter


And now for something completely different …

We can be certain of some things about Ed Studzinski. As an investor and co-manager of Oakmark Equity & Income (OAKBX), he was consistently successful in caring for other people’s money (as much as $17 billion of it), in part because he remained keenly aware that he was also caring for their futures. $10,000 entrusted to Ed and co-manager Clyde McGregor on the day Ed joined the fund (01 March 2000) would have grown to $27,750 on the day of his departure (31 December 2011). His average competitor (I’m purposefully avoiding “peer” as a misnomer) would have managed $13,900.

As a writer and thinker, he minced no words.

The Equity and Income Fund’s managers have both worked in the investment industry for many decades, so we both should be at the point in our careers where dubious financial-industry innovations no longer surprise us. Such an assumption, however, would be incorrect.

For the past few quarters we have repeatedly read that the daily outcomes in the securities markets are the result of the “Risk On/Risk Off” trade, wherein investors (sic?) react to the most recent news by buying equities/selling bonds (Risk On) or the reverse (Risk Off). As value investors we think this is pure nonsense. 

Over the past two years, Ed and I have engaged in monthly conversations that I’ve found consistently provocative and information-rich. It’s clear that he’s been paying active attention for many years to contortions of his industry which he views with equal measures of disdain and alarm. 

I’ve prevailed upon Ed to share a manager’s fuss and fulminations with us, as whim, wife and other obligations permit. His first installment, which might also be phrased as the question “Whose skin in the game?” follows.

“Skin in the Game, Part One”

“Virtue has never been as respectable as money.” Mark Twain
 

One of the more favored sayings of fund managers is that they like to invest with managements with “skin in the game.” This is another instance where the early Buffett (as opposed to the later Buffett) had it right. Managements can and should own stock in their firms. But they should purchase it with their own money. That, like the prospect of hanging as Dr. Johnson said, would truly clarify the mind. In hind sight a major error in judgment was made by investment professionals who bought into the argument that awarding stock options would beneficially serve to align the interests of managements and shareholders. Never mind that the corporate officers should have already understood their fiduciary obligations. What resulted, not in all instances but often enough in the largest capitalization companies, was a class of condottieri such as one saw in Renaissance Italy, heading armies that spent their days marching around avoiding each other, all the while being lavishly paid for the risks they were NOT facing. This sub-set of managers became a new entitled class that achieved great personal wealth, often just by being present and fitting in to the culture. Rather than thinking about truly long-term strategic implications and questions raised in running a business, they acted with a short-duration focus, and an ever-present image of the current share price in the background. Creating sustainable long-term business value rarely entered into the equation, often because they had never seen it practiced.

I understood how much of a Frankenstein’s monster had been created when executive compensation proposals ended up often being the greater part of a proxy filing. A particularly bothersome practice was “reloading” options annually. Over time, with much dilution, these programs transferred significant share ownership to management. You knew you were on to something when these compensation proposals started attracting negative vote recommendations. The calls would initially start with the investor relations person inquiring about the proxy voting process. Once it was obvious that best practices governance indicated a “no” vote, the CFO would call and ask for reconsideration.

How do you determine whether a CEO or CFO actually walks the walk of good capital allocation, which is really what this is all about? One tip-off usually comes from discussions about business strategy and what the company will look like in five to ten years. You will have covered metrics and standards for acquisitions, dividends, debt, share repurchase, and other corporate action. Following that, if the CEO or CFO says, “Why do you think our share price is so low?” I would know I was in the wrong place. My usual response was, “Why do you care if you know what the business value of the company is per share? You wouldn’t sell the company for that price. You aren’t going to liquidate the business. If you did, you know it is worth substantially more than the current share price.” Another “tell” is when you see management taking actions that don’t make sense if building long-term value is the goal. Other hints also raise questions – a CFO leaves “because he wants to enjoy more time with his family.” Selling a position contemporaneously with the departure of a CFO that you respected would usually leave your investors better off than doing nothing. And if you see the CEO or CFO selling stock – “our investment bankers have suggested that I need to diversify my portfolio, since all my wealth is tied up in the company.” That usually should raise red flags that indicate something is going on not obvious to the non-insider.

Are things improving? Options have gone out of favor as a compensation vehicle for executives, increasingly replaced by the use of restricted stock. More investors are aware of the potential conflicts that options awards can create and have a greater appreciation of governance. That said, one simple law or regulation would eliminate many of the potential abuses caused by stock options. “All stock acquired by reason of stock option awards to senior corporate officers as part of their compensation MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNTIL AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF A PERIOD OF THREE YEARS FROM THE INDIVIDUAL’S LAST DATE OF SERVICE.” Then you might actually see the investors having a better chance of getting their own yachts.

Edward A. Studzinski

If you’d like to reach Ed, click here. An artist’s rendering of Messrs. Boccadoro and Studzinski appears below.


 

Introducing Charles’ Balcony

balconeySince his debut in February 2012, my colleague Charles Boccadoro has produced some exceedingly solid, data-rich analyses for us, including this month’s review of the risk/return profiles of the FundX family of funds. One of his signature contributions was “Timing Method Performance Over Ten Decades,” which was widely reproduced and debated around the web.

We’re pleased to announce that we’ve collected his essays in a single, easy-to-access location. We’ve dubbed it “Charles’ Balcony” and we even stumbled upon this striking likeness of Charles and the shadowy Ed Studzinski in situ. I’m deeply hopeful that from their airy (aerie or eery) perch, they’ll share their sharp-eyed insights with us for years to come.

Observer fund profiles

Each month the Observer provides in-depth profiles of between two and four funds. Our “Most Intriguing New Funds” are funds launched within the past couple years that most frequently feature experienced managers leading innovative newer funds. “Stars in the Shadows” are older funds that have attracted far less attention than they deserve. 

Advisory Research Strategic Income (ADVNX): you’ve got to love a 10 month old fund with a 10 year track record and a portfolio that Morningstar can only describe as 60% “other.” AR converted a successful limited partnership into the only no-load mutual fund offering investors substantial access to preferred securities.

Beck, Mack and Oliver Partners (BMPEX): we think of it as “Dodge and Cox without the $50 billion in baggage.” This is an admirably disciplined, focused equity fund with a remarkable array of safeguards against self-inflicted injuries.

FPA Paramount (FPRAX): some see Paramount as a 60-year-old fund that seeks out only the highest-quality mid-cap growth stocks. With a just-announced change of management and philosophy, it might be moving to become a first-rate global value fund (with enough assets under management to start life as one of the group’s most affordable entries).

FundX Upgrader (FUNDX): all investors struggle with the need to refine their portfolios, dumping losers and adding winners. In a follow-up to his data-rich analysis on the possibility of using a simple moving average as a portfolio signal, associate editor Charles Boccadoro investigated the flagship fund of the Upgrader fleet.

Tributary Balanced (FOBAX): it’s remarkable that a fund this consistently good – in the top tier of all balanced funds over the past five-, ten-, and fifteen-year periods and a Great Owl by my colleague Charles’ risk/return calculations – hasn’t drawn more attention. It will be more remarkable if that neglect continues despite the recent return of the long-time manager who beat pretty much everyone in sight.

Elevator Talk #8: Steven Vannelli of GaveKal Knowledge Leaders (GAVAX)

Since the number of funds we can cover in-depth is smaller than the number of funds worthy of in-depth coverage, we’ve decided to offer one or two managers each month the opportunity to make a 200 word pitch to you. That’s about the number of words a slightly-manic elevator companion could share in a minute and a half. In each case, I’ve promised to offer a quick capsule of the fund and a link back to the fund’s site. Other than that, they’ve got 200 words and precisely as much of your time and attention as you’re willing to share. These aren’t endorsements; they’re opportunities to learn more.

Steve w logo

Steven Vannelli, Manager

GaveKal Knowledge Leaders (GAVAX) believes in investing only in firms that are committed to being smart, so where did the dumb name come from? GaveKal is a portmanteau formed from the names of the firm’s founders: Charles Gave, Anatole Kaletsky and Louis-Vincent Gave. Happily it changed the fund’s original name from GaveKal Platform Company Fund (named after its European counterpart) to Knowledge Leaders. 

GaveKal, headquartered in Hong Kong, started in 2001 as a global economics and asset allocation research firm. Their other investment products (the Asian Balanced Fund – a cool idea which was rechristened Asian Absolute Return – and Greater China Fund) are available to non-U.S. investors as, originally, was Knowledge Leaders. They opened a U.S. office in 2006. In 2010 they deepened their Asia expertise by acquiring Dragonomics, a China-focused research and advisory firm.

Knowledge Leaders has generated a remarkable record in its two-plus years of U.S. operation. They look to invest in “the best among global companies that are tapping a deep reservoir of intangible capital to generate earnings growth,” where “R&D, design, brand and channel” are markers of robust intangible capital. From launch through the end of June, 2013, the fund modestly outperformed the MSCI World Index and did so with two-thirds less volatility. Currently, approximately 30% of the portfolio is in cash, down from 40% earlier in summer.

Manager Steven Vannelli researches intangible capital and corporate performance and leads the fund’s investment team. Before joining GaveKal, he spent a decade at Alexander Capital, a Denver-based investment advisor. Here’s Mr. Vannelli’s 200 words making his case:

We invest in the world’s most innovative companies. Decades of academic research show that companies that invest heavily in innovation are structurally undervalued due to lack of information on innovative activities. Our strategy capitalizes on this market inefficiency.

To find investment opportunities, we identify Knowledge Leaders, or companies with large stores of intangible assets. These companies often operate globally across an array of industries from health care to technology, from consumer to capital goods. We have developed a proprietary method to capitalize a company’s intangible investments, revealing an important, invisible layer of value inherent to intangible-rich companies. 

The Knowledge Leaders Strategy employs an active strategy that offers equity-like returns with bond-like risk. Superior risk-adjusted returns with low correlation to market indices make the GaveKal Knowledge Leaders Strategy a good vehicle for investors who seek to maximize their risk and return objectives.

The genesis of the strategy has its origin in the 2005 book, Our Brave New World, by GaveKal Research, which highlights knowledge as a scare asset.

As a validation of our intellectual foundation, in July, the US Bureau of Economic Analysis began to capitalize R&D to measure the contribution of innovation spending on growth of the US economy.

The minimum initial investment on the fund’s retail shares is $2,500. There are also institutional shares (GAVIX) with a $100,000 minimum (though they do let financial advisors aggregate accounts in order to reach that threshold). The fund’s website is clean and easily navigated. It would make a fair amount of sense for you to visit to “Fund Documents” page, which hosts the fund’s factsheet and a thoughtful presentation on intangible capital

Our earlier Elevator Talks were:

  1. February 2013: Tom Kerr, Rocky Peak Small Cap Value (RPCSX), whose manager has a 14 year track record in small cap investing and a passion for discovering “value” in the intersection of many measures: discounted cash flows, LBO models, M&A valuations and traditional relative valuation metrics.
  2. March 2013: Dale Harvey, Poplar Forest Partners (PFPFX and IPFPX), a concentrated, contrarian value stock fund that offers “a once-in-a-generation opportunity to invest with a successful American Funds manager who went out on his own.”
  3. April 2013: Bayard Closser, Vertical Capital Income Fund (VCAPX), “a closed-end interval fund, VCAPX invests in whole mortgage loans and first deeds of trust. We purchase the loans from lenders at a deep discount and service them ourselves.”
  4. May 2013: Jim Hillary, LS Opportunity Fund (LSOFX), a co-founder of Marsico Capital Management whose worry that “the quality of research on Wall Street continues to decline and investors are becoming increasingly concerned about short-term performance” led to his faith in “in-depth research and long-term orientation in our high conviction ideas.”
  5. July 2013: Casey Frazier, Versus Capital Multi-Manager Real Estate Income Fund (VCMRX), a second closed-end interval fund whose portfolio “includes real estate private equity and debt, public equity and debt, and broad exposure across asset types and geographies. We target a mix of 70% private real estate with 30% public real estate to enhance liquidity, and our objective is to produce total returns in the 7 – 9% range net of fees.”
  6. August 2013: Brian Frank, Frank Value Fund (FRNKX), a truly all-cap value fund with a simple, successful discipline: if one part of the market is overpriced, shop elsewhere.
  7. August 2013: Ian Mortimer and Matthew Page of Guinness Atkinson Inflation Managed Dividend (GAINX), a global equity fund that pursues firms with “sustainable and potentially rising dividends,” which also translates to firms with robust business models and consistently high return on capital.

Upcoming conference call: A discussion of the reopening of RiverNorth Strategy Income (RNDLX)

rivernorth reopensThe folks at RiverNorth will host a conference call between the fund’s two lead managers, Patrick Galley of RiverNorth and Jeffrey Gundlach of DoubleLine, to discuss their decision to reopen the fund to new investors at the end of August and what they see going forward (the phrase “fear and loathing” keeps coming up). 

The call will be: Wednesday, September 18, 3:15pm – 4:15pm CDT

To register, go to www.rivernorthfunds.com/events/

The webcast will feature a Q&A with Messrs. Galley and Gundlach.

RNDLX (RNSIX for the institutional class), which the Observer profiled shortly after launch, has been a very solid fund with a distinctive strategy. Mr. Gundlach manages part of his sleeve of the portfolio in a manner akin to DoubleLine Core Fixed Income (DLFNX) and part with a more opportunistic income strategy. Mr. Galley pursues a tactical fixed-income allocation and an utterly unique closed-end fund arbitrage strategy in his slice. The lack of attractive opportunities in the CEF universe prompted the fund’s initial closure. Emily Deter of RiverNorth reports that the opening “is primarily driven by the current market opportunity in the closed-end fund space. Fixed-income closed-end funds are trading at attractive discounts to their NAVs, which is an opportunity we have not seen in years.” Investment News reported that fixed-income CEFs moved quickly from selling at a 2% premium to selling at a 7% discount. 

That’s led Mr. Galley’s move from CEFs from occupying 17% of the portfolio a year ago to 30% today and, it seems, he believes he could pursue more opportunities if he had more cash on hand.

Given RiverNorth’s ongoing success and clear commitment to closing funds well before they become unmanageable, it’s apt to be a good use of your time.

The Observer’s own series of conference calls with managers who’ve proven to be interesting, sharp, occasionally wry and successful, will resume in October. We’ll share details in our October issue.

Funds in Registration

New mutual funds must be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission before they can be offered for sale to the public. The SEC has a 75-day window during which to call for revisions of a prospectus; fund companies sometimes use that same time to tweak a fund’s fee structure or operating details.

Every day David Welsch, an exceedingly diligent research assistant at the Observer, scours new SEC filings to see what opportunities might be about to present themselves. David tracked down nearly 100 new funds and ETFs. Many of the proposed funds offer nothing new, distinctive or interesting. Some were downright mystifying. (Puerto Rico Shares? Colombia Capped ETF? The Target Duration 2-month ETF?) There were 26 no-load funds or actively-managed ETFs in registration with the SEC this month. 

Funds in registration this month won’t be available for sale until, typically, the end of October or early November 2013.

There are probably more interesting products in registration this month than at any time in the seven years we’ve been tracking them. Among the standouts:

Brown Advisory Strategic European Equity Fund which will be managed by Dirk Enderlein of Wellington Management. Wellington is indisputably an “A-team” shop (they’ve got about three-quarters of a trillion in assets under management). Mr. Enderlein joined them in 2010 after serving as a manager for RCM – Allianz Global Investors in Frankfurt, Germany (1999-2009). Media reports described him as “one of Europe’s most highly regarded European growth managers.”

DoubleLine Shiller Enhanced CAPE will attempt to beat an index, Shiller Barclays CAPE® US Sector TR USD Index, which was designed based on decades of research by the renowned Robert Shiller. The fund will be managed by Jeffrey Gundlach and Jeffrey Sherman.

Driehaus Micro Cap Growth Fund, a converted 15 year old hedge fund

Harbor Emerging Markets Equity Fund, which will be sub-advised by the emerging markets team at Oaktree Capital Management. Oaktree’s a first-tier institutional manager with a very limited number of advisory relationships (primarily with Vanguard and RiverNorth) in the mutual fund world. 

Meridian Small Cap Growth, which will be the star vehicle for Chad Meade and Brian Schaub, who Meridian’s new owner hired away from Janus. Morningstar’s Greg Carlson described them as “superb managers” who were “consistently successful during their nearly seven years at the helm” of Janus Triton.

Plus some innovative offerings from Northern, PIMCO and T. Rowe Price. Details and the list of all of the funds in registration are available at the Observer’s Funds in Registration page or by clicking “Funds” on the menu atop each page.

Manager Changes

On a related note, we also tracked down a record 85 fund manager changes. Investors should take particular note of Eric Ende and Stephen Geist’s exit from FPA Paramount after a 13 year run. The change is big enough that we’ve got a profile of Paramount as one of the month’s Most Intriguing New Funds.

Updates

brettonBretton Fund (BRTNX) is now available through Vanguard. Manager Stephen Dodson writes that after our conference call, several listeners asked about the fund’s availability and Stephen encouraged them to speak directly with Vanguard. Mirabile dictu, the Big V was receptive to the idea.

Stephen recently posted his most recent letter to his shareholders. He does a nice job of walking folks through the core of his investing discipline with some current illustrations. The short version is that he’s looking for firms with durable competitive advantages in healthy industries whose stocks are selling at a substantial discount. He writes:

There are a number of relevant and defensible companies out there that are easily identifiable; the hard part is finding the rare ones that are undervalued. The sweet spot for us continues to be relevant, defensible businesses at low prices (“cheap compounders”). I continue to spend my waking hours looking for them.

Q2 2013 presented slim pickin’s for absolute value investors (Bretton “neither initiated nor eliminated any investments during the quarter”). For all of the market’s disconcerting gyrations this summer, Morningstar calculates that valuations for its Wide Moat and Low Business Uncertainty groups (surrogates for “high quality stocks”) remains just about where they were in June: undervalued by about 4% while junkier stocks remain modestly overvalued.

Patience is hard.

Briefly Noted . . .

Calamos loses another president

James Boyne is resigning as president and chief operating officer of Calamos Investments effective Sept. 30, just eight months after being promoted to president. The firm has decided that they need neither a president nor a chief operating officer. Those responsibilities will be assumed “by other senior leaders” at the firm (see: Black, Gary, below). The preceding president, Nick P. Calamos, decided to “step back” from his responsibilities in August 2012 when, by coincidence, Calamos hired former Janus CEO Gary Black. To describe Black as controversial is a bit like described Rush Limbaugh as opinionated.

They’re not dead yet!

not-dead-yetBack in July, the Board of Caritas All-Cap Growth (CTSAX): “our fund is tiny, expensive, bad, and pursues a flawed investment strategy (long stocks, short ETFs).” Thereupon they reached a sensible conclusion: euthanasia. Shortly after the fund had liquidated all of its securities, “the Board was presented with and reviewed possible alternatives to the liquidation of the Fund that had arisen since the meeting on July 25, 2013.”

The alternative? Hire Brenda A. Smith, founder of CV Investment Advisors, LLC, to manage the fund. A quick scan of SEC ADV filings shows that Ms. Smith is the principal in a two person firm with 10 or fewer clients and $5,000 in regulated AUM. 

aum

(I don’t know more about the firm because they have a one page website.)

At almost the same moment, the same Board gave Ms. Smith charge of the failing Presidio Multi-Strategy Fund (PMSFX), an overpriced long/short fund that executes its strategy through ETFs. 

I wish Ms. Smith and her new investors all the luck in the world, but it’s hard to see how a Board of Trustees could, with a straight face, decide to hand over one fund and resuscitate another with huge structural impediments on the promise of handing it off to a rookie manager and declare that both moves are in the best interests of long-suffering shareholders.

Diamond Hill goes overseas, a bit

Effective September 1, 2013, Diamond Hill Research Opportunities Fund (DHROX) gains the flexibility to invest internationally (the new prospectus allows that it “may also invest in non-U.S. equity securities, including equity securities in emerging market countries”) and the SEC filing avers that they “will commence investing in foreign securities.” The fund has 15 managers; I’m guessing they got bored. As a hedge fund (2009-2011), it had a reasonably mediocre record which might have spurred the conversion to a ’40 fund. Which has also had a reasonably mediocre lesson, so points to the management for consistency!

Janus gets more bad news

Janus investors pulled $2.2 billion from the firm’s funds in July, the worst outflows in more than three years. A single investor accounted for $1.3 billion of the leakage. The star managers of Triton and Venture left in May. And now this: they’re losing business to Legg Mason.

The Board of Trustees of Met Investors Series Trust has approved a change of subadviser for the Janus Forty Portfolio from Janus Capital Management to ClearBridge Investments to be effective November 1, 2013 . . . Effective November 1, 2013, the name of the Portfolio will change to ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Portfolio II.

Matthews chucks Taiwan

Matthews Asia China (MCHFX), China Dividend (MCDFX) and Matthews and China Small Companies (MCSMX) have changed their Principal Investment Strategy to delete Taiwan. The text for China Dividend shows the template:

Under normal market conditions, the Matthews China Dividend Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing at least 80% of its net assets, which include borrowings for investment purposes, in dividend-paying equity securities of companies located in China and Taiwan.

To:

Under normal market conditions, the Matthews China Dividend Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing at least 80% of its nets assets, which include borrowings for investment purposes, in dividend-paying equity securities of companies located in China.

A reader in the financial services industry, Anonymous Dude, checked with Matthews about the decision. AD reports

The reason was that the SEC requires that if you list Taiwan in the Principal Investment Strategies portion of the prospectus you have to include the word “Greater” in the name of the fund. They didn’t want to change the name of the fund and since they could still invest up to 20% they dropped Taiwan from the principal investment strategies. He said if the limitation ever became an issue they would revisit potentially changing the name. Mystery solved.
 
The China Fund currently has nothing investing in Taiwan, China Small is 14% and China Dividend is 15%. And gracious, AD!

T. Rowe tweaks

Long ago, as a college administrator, I was worried about whether the text in a proposed policy statement might one day get us in trouble. I still remember college counsel shaking his head confidently, smiling and saying “Not to worry. We’re going to fuzz it up real good.” One wonders if he works for T. Rowe Price now? Up until now, many of Price’s funds have had relatively detailed and descriptive investment objectives. No more! At least five of Price’s funds propose new language that reduces the statement of investment objectives to an indistinct mumble. T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund (PRGFX) goes from

The fund seeks to provide long-term capital growth and, secondarily, increasing dividend income through investments in the common stocks of well-established growth companies.

To

The fund seeks long-term capital growth through investments in stocks.

Similar blandifications are proposed for Dividend Growth, Equity Income, Growth & Income and International Growth & Income.

Wasatch redefines “small cap”

A series of Wasatch funds, Small Growth, Small Value and Emerging Markets Small Cap are upping the size of stocks in their universe from $2.5 billion or less to $3.0 billion or less. The change is effective in November.

Can you say whoa!? Or WOA?

The Board of Trustees of an admittedly obscure little institutional fund, WOA All Asset (WOAIX), has decided that the best way to solve what ails the yearling fund is to get it more aggressive.

The Board approved certain changes to the Fund’s principal investment strategies. The changes will be effective on or about September 3, 2013. . . the changes in the Fund’s strategy will alter the Fund’s risk level from balanced strategy with a moderate risk level to an aggressive risk level.

Here’s the chart of the fund’s performance since inception against conservative and moderate benchmarks. While that might show that the managers just need to fire up the risk machine, I’d also imagine that addressing the ridiculously high expenses (1.75% for an institutional balanced fund) and consistent ability to lag in both up and down months (11 of 16 and counting) might actually be a better move. 

woa

WOA’s Trustees, by the way, are charged with overseeing 24 funds. No Trustee has a dollar invested in any of those funds.

SMALL WINS FOR INVESTORS

The Board of Trustees of the Direxion Funds and Rafferty Asset Management have decided to make it cheaper for you to own a bunch of funds that you really shouldn’t own. They’re removed the 25 bps Shareholder Servicing Fee from

  • Direxion Monthly S&P 500® Bull 2X Fund
  • Direxion Monthly S&P 500® Bear 2X Fund
  • Direxion Monthly NASDAQ-100® Bull 2X Fund
  • Direxion Monthly Small Cap Bull 2X Fund
  • Direxion Monthly Small Cap Bear 2X Fund
  • Direxion Monthly Emerging Markets Bull 2X Fund
  • Direxion Monthly Latin America Bull 2X Fund
  • Direxion Monthly China Bull 2X Fund
  • Direxion Monthly Commodity Bull 2X Fund
  • Direxion Monthly 7-10 Year Treasury Bull 2X Fund
  • Direxion Monthly 7-10 Year Treasury Bear 2X Fund
  • Dynamic HY Bond Fund and
  • U.S. Government Money Market Fund.

Because Eaton Vance loves you, they’ve decided to create the opportunity for investors to buy high expense “C” class shares of Eaton Vance Bond (EVBCX). The new shares will add a 1.00% back load for sales held less than a year and a 1.70% expense ratio (compared to 0.7 and 0.95 for Institutional and A, respectively). 

The Fairholme Fund (FAIRX) reopened to new investors on August 19, 2013. The other Fairholme family funds, not so much.

The Advisor Class shares of Forward Select Income Fund (FSIMX) reopened to new investors at the end of August.

The Board of Directors of the Leuthold Global Industries Fund (LGINX) has agreed to reduce the Fund’s expense cap from 1.85% to 1.60%.

JacksonPark Capital reduced the minimum initial investment on Oakseed Opportunity Institutional shares (SEDEX) from $1 million to $10,000. Given the 18% lower fees on the institutional class (capped at 1.15% versus 1.40% for retail shares), reasonably affluent retail investors ought to seriously consider pursuing the institutional share class. That said, Oakseed’s minimum investment for the retail shares, as low as $100 for accounts set up with an AIP, are awfully reasonable.

RiverNorth DoubleLine Strategic Income (RNDLX/RNSIX) reopened to new investors at the end of August. Check the “upcoming conference calls” feature, above, for more details.

Westcore Blue Chip Dividend Fund (WTMVX ) lowered the expense ratio on its no-load retail shares from 1.15% to 0.99%, effective September 1. They also changed from paying distributions annually to paying them quarterly. It’s a perfectly agreeable, mild-mannered little fund: stable management, global diversified, reasonable expenses and very consistently muted volatility. You do give up a fair amount of upside for the opportunity to sleep a bit more quietly at night.

CLOSINGS (and related inconveniences)

American Beacon Stephens Small Cap Growth Fund (STSGX) will close to new investors, effective as of September 16, 2013. The no-class share class has returned 11.8% while its peers made 9.3% and it did so with lower volatility. The fund is closing at a still small $500 million.

Neither high fees nor mediocre performance can dim the appeal of AQR Multi-Strategy Alternative Fund (ASANX/ASAIX). The fund has drawn $1.5 billion and has advertised the opportunity for rich investors (the minimum runs between $1 million and $5 million) to rush in before the doors swing shut at the end of September. It’s almost always a bad sign that a fund feels the need to close and the need to put up a flashing neon sign six weeks ahead.

Morgan Stanley Institutional Global Franchise (MSFAX) will close to new investors on Nov. 29, 2013. The current management team came on board four years ago (June 2009) and have posted very good risk-adjusted returns since then. Investors might wonder why a large cap global fund with a small asset base needs to close. The answer is that the mutual fund represents just the tip of the iceberg; this team actually manages almost $17 billion in this strategy, so the size of the separate accounts is what’s driving the decision.

OLD WINE, NEW BOTTLES

At the end of September Ariel International Equity Fund (AINTX) becomes Ariel International Fund and will no longer be required to invest at least 80% of its assets in equities. At the same time, Ariel Global Equity Fund (AGLOX) becomes Ariel Global Fund. The advisor avers that it’s not planning on changing the funds’ investment strategies, just that it would be nice to have the option to move into other asset classes if conditions dictate.

Effective October 30, Guggenheim U.S. Long Short Momentum Fund (RYAMX) will become plain ol’ Guggenheim Long-Short Fund. In one of those “why bother” changes, the prospectus adds a new first sentence to the Strategy section (“invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets in long and short equity or equity-like securities”) but maintains the old “momentum” language in the second and third sentences. They’ll still “respond to the dynamically changing economy by moving its investments among different industries and styles” and “allocates investments to industries and styles according to several measures of momentum. “ Over the past five years, the fund has been modestly more volatile and less profitable than its peers. As a result, they’ve attracted few assets and might have decided, as a marketing matter, that highlighting a momentum approach isn’t winning them friends.

As of October 28, the SCA Absolute Return Fund (SCARX) will become the Granite Harbor Alternative Fund and it will no longer aim to provide “positive absolute returns with less volatility than traditional equity markets.” Instead, it’s going for the wimpier “long-term capital appreciation and income with low correlation” to the markets. SCA Directional Fund (SCADX) will become Granite Harbor Tactical Fund but will no longer seek “returns similar to equities with less volatility.” Instead, it will aspire to “long term capital appreciation with moderate correlation to traditional equity markets.” 

Have you ever heard someone say, “You know, what I’m really looking for is a change for a moderate correlation to the equity markets”? No, me neither.

Thomas Rowe Price, Jr. (the man, 1898-1983) has been called “the father of growth investing.” It’s perhaps then fitting that T. Rowe Price (the company) has decided to graft the word “Growth” into the names of many of its funds effective November 1.

T. Rowe Price Institutional Global Equity Fund becomes T. Rowe Price Institutional Global Focused Growth Equity Fund. Institutional Global Large-Cap Equity Fund will change its name to the T. Rowe Price Institutional Global Growth Equity Fund. T. Rowe Price Global Large-Cap Stock Fund will change its name to the T. Rowe Price Global Growth Stock Fund.

Effective October 28, 2013, USB International Equity Fund (BNIEX) gets a new name (UBS Global Sustainable Equity Fund), new mandate (invest globally in firms that pass a series of ESG screens) and new managers (Bruno Bertocci and Shari Gilfillan). The fund’s been a bit better under the five years of Nick Irish’s leadership than its two-star rating suggests, but not by a lot.

Off to the dustbin of history

There were an exceptionally large number of funds giving up the ghost this month. We’ve tracked 26, the same as the number of new no-load funds in registration and well below the hundred or so new portfolios of all sorts being launched. I’m deeply grateful to The Shadow, one of the longest-tenured members of our discussion board, for helping me to keep ahead of the flood.

American Independence Dynamic Conservative Plus Fund (TBBIX, AABBX) will liquidate on or about September 27, 2012.

Dynamic Canadian Equity Income Fund (DWGIX) and Dynamic Gold & Precious Metals Fund (DWGOX), both series of the DundeeWealth Funds, are slated for liquidation on September 23, 2013. Dundee bumped off Dynamic Contrarian Advantage Fund (DWGVX) and announced that it was divesting itself of three other funds (JOHCM Emerging Markets Opportunities Fund JOEIX, JOHCM International Select Fund JOHIX and JOHCM Global Equity Fund JOGEX), which are being transferred to new owners.

Equinox Commodity Strategy Fund (EQCAX) closed to new investors in mid-August and will liquidate on September 27th.

dinosaurThe Evolution Funds face extinction! Oh, the cruel irony of it.

Evolution Managed Bond (PEMVX) Evolution All-Cap Equity (PEVEX), Evolution Market Leaders (PEVSX) and Evolution Alternative Investment (PETRX) have closed to all new investment and were scheduled to liquidate by the end of September. Given their disappearance from Morningstar, one suspects the end came more quickly than we knew.

Frontegra HEXAM Emerging Markets Fund (FHEMX) liquidates at the end of September.

The Northern Lights Board of Trustees has concluded that “based on, among other factors, the current and projected level of assets in the Fund and the belief that it would be in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders to discontinue the Hundredfold Select Global Fund (SFGPX).”

Perhaps the “other factors” would be the fact that Hundredfold trailed 100% of its peers over the past three- and five-year periods? The manager was unpaid and quite possibly the fund’s largest shareholder ($50-100k in a $2M fund). His Hundredfold Select Equity (SFEOX) is almost as woeful as the decedent, but Hundredfold Select Alternative (SFHYX) is in the top 1% of its peer group for the same period that the others are bottom 1%. That raises the spectre that luck, rather than skill, might be involved.

JPMorgan is cleaning house: JPMorgan Credit Opportunities Fund (JOCAX), JPMorgan Global Opportunities Fund (JGFAX) and JPMorgan Russia Fund (JRUAX) are all gone as of October 4.

John Hancock intends to merge John Hancock High Income (JHAQX) into John Hancock High Yield (JHHBX). I’m guessing at the fund tickers because the names in the SEC filing don’t quite line up with the Morningstar ones.

Legg Mason Esemplia Emerging Markets Long-Short Fund (SMKAX) will be terminated on October 1, 2013. Let’s see: hard-to-manage strategy, high risk, high expenses, high front load, no assets . . . sounds like Legg.

Leuthold Asset Allocation Fund (LAALX) is merging into Leuthold Core Investment Fund (LCORX). The Board of Directors approved a proposal for the Leuthold Asset Allocation to be acquired by the Leuthold Core, sometime in October 2013. Curious. LAALX, with a quarter billion in assets, modestly lags LCORX which has about $600 million. Both lag more mild-mannered funds such as Northern Global Tactical Asset Allocation (BBALX) and Vanguard STAR (VGSTX) over the course of LAALX’s lifetime. This might be less a story about LAALX than about the once-legendary Leuthold Core. Leuthold’s funds are all quant-driven, based on an unparalleled dataset. For years Core seemed unstoppable: between 2003 and 2008, it finished in the top 5% of its peer group four times. But for 2009 to now, it has trailed its peers every year and has bled $1 billion in assets. In merging the two, LAALX investors get a modestly less expensive fund with modestly better performance. Leuthold gets a simpler administrative structure. 

I halfway admire the willingness of Leuthold to close products that can’t distinguish themselves in the market. Clean Tech, Hedged Equity, Undervalued & Unloved, Select Equities and now Asset Allocation have been liquidated.

MassMutual Premier Capital Appreciation Fund (MCALX) will be liquidated, but not until January 24, 2014. Why? 

New Frontiers KC India Fund (NFIFX) has closed and began the process of liquidating their portfolio on August 26th. They point to “difficult market conditions in India.” The fund’s returns were comparable to its India-focused peers, which is to say it lost about 30% in 18 months.

Nomura Partners India Fund (NPIAX), Greater China Fund (NPCAX) and International Equity Fund (NPQAX) will all be liquidated by month’s end.

Nuveen Quantitative Enhanced Core Equity (FQCAX) is slated, pending inevitable shareholder approval, to disappear into Nuveen Symphony Low Volatility Equity Fund (NOPAX, formerly Nuveen Symphony Optimized Alpha Fund)

Oracle Mutual Fund (ORGAX) has “due to the relatively small size of the fund” underwent the process of “orderly dissolution.” Due to the relatively small size? How about, “due to losing 49.5% of our investors’ money over the past 30 months, despite an ongoing bull market in our investment universe”? To his credit, the advisor’s president and portfolio manager went down with the ship: he had something between $500,000 – $1,000,000 left in the fund as of the last SAI.

Quantitative Managed Futures Strategy Fund (QMFAX) will “in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders” redeem all outstanding shares on September 15th.

The directors of the United Association S&P 500 Index Fund (UASPX/UAIIX) have determined that it’s in their shareholders’ best interest to liquidate. Uhhh … I don’t know why. $140 million in assets, low expenses, four-star rating …

Okay, so the Oracle Fund didn’t seem particularly oracular but what about the Steadfast Fund? Let’s see: “steadfast: firmly loyal or constant, unswerving, not subject to change.” VFM Steadfast Fund (VFMSX) launched less than one year ago and gone before its first birthday.

In Closing . . .

Interesting stuff’s afoot. We’ve spoken with the folks behind the surprising Oberweis International Opportunities Fund (OBIOX), which was much different and much more interesting that we’d anticipated. Thanks to “Investor” for poking us about a profile. In October we’ll have one. RiverPark Strategic Income is set to launch at the end of the month, which is exciting both because of the success of the other fund (the now-closed RiverPark Short Term High Yield Fund RPHYX) managed by David Sherman and Cohanzick Asset Management and because Sherman comes across as such a consistently sharp and engaging guy. With luck, I’ll lure him into an extended interview with me and a co-conspirator (the gruff but lovable Ed Studzinski, cast in the role of a gruff but lovable curmudgeon who formerly managed a really first-rate mutual fund, which he did).

etf_confMFO returns to Morningstar! Morningstar is hosting their annual ETF Invest Conference in Chicago, from October 2 – 4. While, on whole, we’d rather drop by their November conference in Milan, Italy it was a bit pricey and I couldn’t get a dinner reservation at D’O before early February 2014 so we decided to pass it up. While the ETF industry seems to be home to more loony ideas and regrettable business practices than most, it’s clear that the industry’s maturing and a number of ETF products offer low cost access to sensible strategies, some in areas where there are no tested active managers. The slow emergence of active ETFs blurs the distinction with funds and Morningstar does seem do have arranged both interesting panels (skeptical though I am, I’ll go listen to some gold-talk on your behalf) and flashy speakers (Austan Goolsbee among them). With luck, I’ll be able to arrange a couple of face-to-face meetings with Chicago-based fund management teams while I’m in town. If you’re going to be at the conference, feel free to wave. If you’d like to chat, let me know.

mfo-amazon-badgeIf you shop Amazon, please do remember to click on the Observer’s link and use it. If you click on it right now, you can bookmark it or set it as a homepage and then you won’t forget. The partnership with Amazon generates about $20/day which, while modest, allows us to reliably cover all of our “hard” expenses and underwrites the occasional conference coverage. If you’d prefer to consider other support options, that’s great. Just click on “support us” on the top menu bar. But the Amazon thing is utterly painless for you.

The Sufi poet Attar records the fable of a powerful king who asks assembled wise men to create a ring that will make him happy when he is sad, and vice versa. After deliberation the sages hand him a simple ring with the words “This too will pass.” That’s also true of whatever happens to the market and your portfolio in September and October.

Be brave and we’ll be with you in a month!

David

Beck, Mack & Oliver Partners Fund (BMPEX), September 2013

By David Snowball

Objective and Strategy

Beck, Mack & Oliver Partners Fund seeks long term capital appreciation consistent with the preservation of capital. It is an all-cap fund that invests primarily in common stock, but has the ability to purchase convertible securities, preferred stocks and a wide variety of fixed-income instruments.  In general, it is a concentrated portfolio of foreign and domestic equities that focuses on finding well-managed businesses with durable competitive advantages in healthy industries and purchasing them when the risk / reward profile is asymmetric to the upside.

Adviser

Beck, Mack & Oliver LLC, founded in 1931. The firm has remained small, with 25 professionals, just seven partners and $4.8 billion under management, and has maintained a multi-generation relationship with many of its clients.  They’re entirely owned by their employees and have a phased, mandatory divestiture for retiring partners: partners retire at 65 and transition 20% of their ownership stake to their younger partners each year.  When they reach 70, they no longer have an economic interest in the firm. That careful, predictable transition makes financial management of the firm easier and, they believe, allows them to attract talent that might otherwise be drawn to the hedge fund world.  The management team is exceptionally stable, which seems to validate their claim.  In addition to the two BM&O funds, the firm maintains 670 “client relationships” with high net worth individuals and families, trusts, tax-exempt institutions and corporations.

Manager

Zachary Wydra.  Mr. Wydra joined Beck, Mack & Oliver in 2005. He has sole responsibility for the day-to-day management of the portfolio.  Prior to joining BM&O, Mr. Wydra served as an analyst at Water Street Capital and as an associate at Graham Partners, a private equity firm. In addition to the fund, he manages the equity sleeve for one annuity and about $750 million in separate accounts.  He has degrees from a bunch of first-rate private universities: Brown, Columbia and the University of Pennsylvania.

Strategy capacity and closure

The strategy can accommodate about $1.5 billion in assets.  The plan is to return capital once assets grow beyond the optimal size and limit investment to existing investors prior to that time.  Mr. Wydra feels strongly that this is a compounding strategy, not an asset aggregation strategy and that ballooning AUM will reduce the probability of generating exceptional investment results.  Between the fund and separate accounts using the strategy, assets were approaching $500 million in August 2013.

Management’s Stake in the Fund

Over $1 million.  The fund is, he comments, “a wealth-creation vehicle for me and my family.”

Opening date

December 1, 2009 for the mutual fund but 1991 for the limited partnership.

Minimum investment

$2500, reduced to $2000 for an IRA and $250 for an account established with an automatic investment plan

Expense ratio

1.0%, after waivers on assets of $50.7 million, as of June 2023. 

Comments

One of the most important, most approachable and least read essays on investing is Charles Ellis, The Loser’s Game (1977).  It’s funny and provocative and you should read it in its entirety.  Here’s the two sentence capsule of Ellis’s argument:

In an industry dominated by highly skilled investors all equipped with excellent technology, winners are no longer defined as “the guys who perform acts of brilliance.”  Winners are defined as “the guys who make the fewest stupid, unnecessary, self-defeating mistakes.”

There are very few funds with a greater number or variety of safeguards to protect the manager from himself than Beck, Mack & Oliver Partners.  Among more than a dozen articulated safeguards:

  • The advisor announced early, publicly and repeatedly that the strategy has a limited capacity (approximately $1.5 billion) and that they are willing to begin returning capital to shareholders when size becomes an impediment to exceptional investment performance.
  • A single manager has sole responsibility for the portfolio, which means that the research is all done (in-house) by the most senior professionals and there is no diffusion of responsibility.  The decisions are Mr. Wydra’s and he knows he personally bears the consequences of those decisions.
  • The manager may not buy any stock without the endorsement of the other BM&O partners.  In a unique requirement, a majority of the other partners must buy the stock for their own clients in order for it to be available to the fund.  (“Money, meet mouth.”)
  • The manager will likely never own more than 30 securities in the portfolio and the firm as a whole pursues a single equity discipline.  In a year, the typical turnover will be 3-5 positions.
  • Portfolio position sizes are strictly controlled by the Kelly Criterion (securities with the best risk-reward comprise a larger slice of the portfolio than others) and are regularly adjusted (as a security’s price rises toward fair value, the position is reduced and finally eliminated; capital is redeployed to the most attractive existing positions or a new position).
  • When the market does not provide the opportunity to buy high quality companies at a substantial discount to fair value, the fund holds cash.  The portfolio’s equity exposure has ranged between 70-90%, with most of the rest in cash (though the manager has the option of purchasing some fixed-income securities if they represent compelling values).

Mr. Wydra puts it plainly: “My job is to manage risk.” The fund’s exceedingly deliberate, careful portfolio construction reflects the firm’s long heritage.  As with other ‘old money’ advisors like Tweedy, Browne and Dodge & Cox, Beck, Mack & Oliver’s core business is managing the wealth of those who have already accumulated a fortune.  Those investors wouldn’t tolerate a manager whose reliance on hunches or oversized bets on narrow fields, place their wealth at risk.  They want to grow their wealth over time, are generally intelligent about the need to take prudent risk but unwilling to reach for returns at the price of unmanaged risk.

That discipline has served the firm’s, and the fund’s, investors quite well.  Their investment discipline seeks out areas of risk/reward asymmetries: places where the prospect of permanent loss of capital is minimal and substantial growth of capital is plausible. They’ve demonstrably and consistently found those asymmetries: from inception through the end of June 2013, the fund captured 101% of the market’s upside but endured less than 91% of its downside. To the uninitiated, that might not seem like a huge advantage.  To others, it’s the emblem of a wealth-compounding machine: if you consistently lose a bit less in bad times and keep a little ahead in good, you will in the long term far outpace your rivals.

From inception through the end of June, 2013, the strategy outpaced the S&P 500 by about 60 basis points annually (9.46% to 8.88%).  Since its reorganization as a fund, the advantage has been 190 basis points (15.18% to 13.28%).  It’s outperformed the market in a majority of rolling three-month periods and in a majority of three-month periods when the market declined.

So what about 2013?  Through late August, the fund posted respectable absolute returns (about 10% YTD) but wretched relative ones (it trailed 94% of its peers).  Why so? Three factors contributed.  In a truly defensive move, the manager avoided the “defensive” sectors that were getting madly bid up by anxious investors.  In a contrarian move, he was buying energy stocks, many of which were priced as if their industry was dying.  And about 20% of the fund’s portfolio was in cash.  Should you care?  Only if your investment time horizon is measured in months rather than years.

Bottom Line

Successful investing does not require either a magic wand or a magic formula.  No fund or strategy will win in each year or every market.  The best we can do is to get all of the little things right: don’t overpay for stocks and don’t over-diversify, limit the size of the fund and limit turnover, keep expenses low and keep the management team stable, avoid “hot” investments and avoid unforced errors, remember it isn’t a game and it isn’t a sprint.  Beck, Mack & Oliver gets an exceptional number of the little things very right.  It has served its shareholders very well and deserves close examination.

Fund website

Beck Mack & Oliver Partners

Fact Sheet

© Mutual Fund Observer, 2013. All rights reserved. The information here reflects publicly available information current at the time of publication. For reprint/e-rights contact us.

Tributary Balanced (FOBAX), September 2013 update

By David Snowball

THIS IS AN UPDATE OF THE FUND PROFILE ORIGINALLY PUBLISHED IN April 2012. YOU CAN FIND THAT PROFILE HERE.

Objective and strategy

Tributary Balanced Fund seeks capital appreciation and current income. They allocate assets among the three major asset groups: common stocks, bonds and cash equivalents. Based on their assessment of market conditions, they will invest 25% to 75% of the portfolio in stocks and convertible securities, and at least 25% in bonds. The portfolio is typically 70-75 stocks from small- to mega-cap and turnover is well under half of the category average.  They currently hold about 60 bonds.

Adviser

Tributary Capital Management.  At base, Tributary is a subsidiary of First National Bank of Omaha and the Tributary Funds were originally branded as the bank’s funds.  Tributary advises six mutual funds, as well as serving high net worth individuals and institutions.  As of June 30, 2013, they had about $1.3 billion under management.

Manager

David C. Jordan, since July 2013.  Mr. Jordan is the Managing Partner of Growth Equities for Tributary and has been managing portfolios since 1982.  He managed this fund from 05/2001 to 07/2010. He has managed four-star Growth Opportunities (FOGRX) since 1998 and two-star Large Cap Growth (FOLCX) since 2011.  Before joining Tributary, he managed investments at the predecessors to Bank One Investment Advisors, Key Trust of the Northwest, and Wells Fargo Denver.

Management’s stake in the fund

Mr. Jordan’s investments are primarily in equities (he reports having “more than half of my financial assets invested in the Tributary Growth Opportunities Fund which I manage”), but he recently invested over $100,000 in the Balanced fund. 

Strategy capacity and closure

The advisor has “not formally discussed strategy capacities for the Balanced Fund, believing that we will not have to seriously consider capacity constraints until the fund is much larger than it is today.”

Opening date

August 6, 1996

Minimum investment

$1000, reduced to $100 for accounts opened with an automatic investing plan.

Expense ratio

0.99%, after a waiver, on $78 million in assets (as of July 2023).  Morningstar describes the expenses as “high,” which is misleading.  Morningstar continues benchmarking FOBAX against “true” institutional functions with minimums north of $100,000.

Comments

The long-time manager of Tributary Balanced has returned.  In what appears to be a modest cost-saving move, Mr. Jordan returned to the helm of this fund after a three year absence. 

If his last stint with the fund, from 2001 – 2010, is any indication, that’s a really promising development.  Over the three years of his absence, Tributary was a very solid fund.  The fund’s three-year returns of 13.1% (through 6/30/2013) place it in the top tier of all moderate allocation funds.  Over the period, it captured more of the upside and a lot less of the downside than did its average peer.  Our original profile concluded with the observation, “Almost no fund offers a consistently better risk-return profile.”

One of the few funds better than Tributary Balanced 2010-2013 might have been Tributary Balanced 2001-2010.  The fund posted better returns than the most highly-regarded, multi-billion dollar balanced funds.  If you compare the returns on an investment in FOBAX and its top-tier peers during the period of Mr. Jordan’s last tenure here (7/30/2001 – 5/10/2010), the results are striking.

Tributary versus Vanguard Balanced Index (VBINX)?  Tributary’s better.

Tributary versus Vanguard STAR (VGSTX)?  Tributary.

Tributary versus Vanguard Wellington (VWELX)?  Tributary.

Tributary versus Dodge and Cox Balanced (DODBX)?  Tributary.

Tributary versus Mairs & Power Balanced (MAPOX)?  Tributary.

Tributary versus T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation (PRWCX)?  Price, by a mile.  Ehh.  Nobody’s perfect and Tributary did lose substantially less than Cap App during the 10/2007-03/2009 market collapse.

Libby Nelson of Tributary Capital Management reports that “During that time period, David outperformed the benchmark in 7 out of 9 of the calendar years and the five and ten-year performance was in the 10th percentile of its Morningstar Peer Group.”  In 2008, the fund finished in the top 14% of its peer group with a loss of 22.5% while its average peer dropped 28%.  During the 18-month span of the market collapse, Tributary lost 34.7% in value while the average moderate allocation fund dropped 37.3%.

To what could we attribute Tributary’s success? Mr. Jordan’s answer is, “we think a great deal about our investors.  We know that they’re seeking a lower volatility fund and that they’re concerned with downside protection.  We build the portfolio from there.”

Mr. Jordan provided stock picks for the fund’s portfolio even when he was not one of the portfolio managers.  He’s very disciplined about valuations and prefers to pursue less volatile, lower beta, lower-priced growth stocks.  In addition, he invests a greater portion of the portfolio in less-efficient slices of the market (smaller large caps and mid-caps) which results in a median market cap that’s $8 billion lower than his peers.

Responding to the growing weakness in the bond market, he’s been rotating assets into stocks (now about 70% of the portfolio) and shortening the duration of the bond portfolio (from 4.5 years down to 3.8 years).  He reports, “Our outlook is for returns from bonds in the period ahead to be both volatile, and negative, so we will move further toward an emphasis on stocks, which also may be volatile, but we believe will be positive over the next twelve months.”

Bottom Line

The empirical record is pretty clear.  Almost no fund offers a consistently better risk-return profile.  That commitment to consistency is central to Mr. Jordan’s style: “We are more focused on delivering consistent returns than keeping up with momentum driven markets and securities.”  Tributary has clearly earned a spot on the “due diligence” list for any investor interested in a hybrid fund.

Fund website

Tributary Balanced

Fact Sheet

© Mutual Fund Observer, 2013. All rights reserved. The information here reflects publicly available information current at the time of publication. For reprint/e-rights contact us.

North Square Strategic Income (formerly Advisory Research Strategic Income), (ADVNX), September 2013

By David Snowball

At the time of publication, this fund was named Advisory Research Strategic Income.

Objective and Strategy

The fund seeks high current income and, as a secondary objective, long term capital appreciation.  It invests primarily in straight, convertible and hybrid preferred securities but has the freedom to invest in other income-producing assets including common stock.  The advisor wants to achieve “significantly higher yields” than available through Treasury securities while maintaining an investment-grade portfolio.  That said, the fund may invest “to a limited extent” in high-yield bonds, may invest up to 20% in foreign issues and may write covered call options against its holdings.  Morningstar categorizes it as a Long-Term Bond fund, which is sure to generate misleading peer group performance stats since it’s not a long-term bond fund.

Adviser

Advisory Research (ARI).  AR is a Chicago-based advisor for some of the nation’s wealthiest individuals, as well as privately-held companies, endowments, foundations, pensions and profit-sharing plans. They manage over $10.0 billion in total assets and advise the five AR funds.

Manager

Brien O’Brien, James Langer and Bruce Zessar.  Mr. O’Brien is ARI’s CEO.  He has 34 years of investment experience including stints with Marquette Capital, Bear Stearns and Oppenheimer.  He graduated with honors from Boston College with a B.S. in finance and theology.  He oversees four other AR funds.   Mr. Langer is a Managing Director and helps oversee two other AR funds.  Like Mr. O’Brien, he worked for Marquette Associates.  His career started at the well-respected Center for Research in Security Prices at the University of Chicago.  Mr. Zessar has a J.D. from Stanford Law and 11 years of investing experience.  Mr. Zessar also co-manages All-Cap Value (ADVGX). The team manages about $6 billion in other accounts.

Management’s Stake in the Fund

Mr. O’Brien provided a seed investment when the strategy was launched in 2003, and today has over $1 million in the fund.  Mr. Langer has around a half million in the fund and Mr. Zessar had between $10,000 and $50,000 in the fund.   

Strategy capacity and closure

They estimate a strategy capacity of about $1 billion; since they do invest heavily in preferred shares but have the ability to invest elsewhere, they view the cap as flexible.  Mr. Zessar notes that the few others open-end funds specializing in preferred shares have asset bases of $1 – 5 billion.

Opening date

December 31, 2012 after the conversion of one limited partnership account, Advisory Research Value Income Fund, L.P., which commenced operations on June 30, 2003 and the merger of another.

Minimum investment

$2500.

Expense ratio

0.90%, after waivers, on assets of $167.9 million, as of July 2023. 1.15%, after waivers, for “A” class shares. 

Comments

Preferred stocks are odd creatures, at least in the eyes of many investors.  To just say “they are securities with some characteristics of a bond and some of a stock” is correct, but woefully inadequate.  In general, preferred stock carries a ticker symbol and trades on an exchange, like common stock does.  In general, preferred stockholders have a greater claim on a firm’s dividend stream than do common stockholders: preferred dividends are paid before a company decides whether it can pay its common shareholders, tend to be higher and are often fixed, like the coupon on a bond. 

But preferred shares have little potential for capital appreciation; they’re generally issued at $25 and improving fortunes of the issuing firm don’t translate to a rising share price.  A preferred stock may or may not have maturity like a bond; some are “perpetual” and many have 30-40 year maturities.  It can either pay a dividend or interest, usually quarterly or semi-annually.  Its payments might be taxed at the dividend rate or at your marginal income rate, depending.  Some preferred shares start with a fixed coupon payment for, say, ten years and then exchange it for a floating payment fixed to some benchmark.  Some are callable, some are not.  Some are convertible, some are not.

As a result of this complexity, preferred shares tend to be underfollowed and lightly used in open-end funds.  Of the 7500 extant open-end mutual funds, only four specialize in preferred securities: ADVNX and three load-bearing funds.  A far larger number of closed-end funds invest in these securities, often with an overlay of leverage.

What’s the case for investing in preferred stocks

Steady income.  Strategic Income’s portfolio has a yield of 4.69%.  By comparison, Vanguard Intermediate-Term Treasury Fund (VFITX) has a 30-day yield of 1.38% and its broader Intermediate-Term Bond Index Fund (VBIIX) yields 2.64%.

The yield spread between the fed funds rate and the 10-year Treasury is abnormally large at the moment (about 280 bps in late August); when that spread reverts to its normal level (about 150 bps), there’s also the potential for a little capital appreciation in the Strategic Income fund.

In the long term, the managers believe that they will be able to offer a yield of about 200-250 basis points above what you could get from the benchmark 10-year Treasury.  At the same time, they believe that they can do so with less interest rate sensitivity; the fund has, in the past, shown the interest rate sensitivity associated with a bond portfolio that has a six or seven year maturity.

In addition, preferred stocks have traditionally had low correlations to other asset classes.   A 2012 report from State Street Global Advisors, The Case for Preferred Stocks, likes the correlation between preferred shares and bonds, international stocks, emerging markets stocks, real estate, commodities and domestic common stocks for the 10 years from 2003 to 2012:

ssga

As a result, adding preferred stock to a portfolio might both decrease its volatility and its interest rate sensitivity while boosting its income.

What’s the case for investing with Advisory Research

They have a lot of experience in actively managing this portfolio.

Advisory Research launched this fund’s predecessor in 2003.  They converted it to a mutual fund at the end of 2012 in response to investor demands for daily liquidity and corrosive skepticism of LPs in the wake of the Madoff scandal. The existing partners voted unanimously for conversion to a mutual fund.

From inception through its conversion to a mutual fund, the L.P. returned 4.24% annually while its benchmark returned 2.44%, an exceptionally wide gap for a fixed-income fund.  Because it’s weakly correlated to the overall stock market, it has held up relatively well in downturns, losing 25.8% in 2008 when the S&P 500 dropped 37%.  The fund’s 28.1% gain in 2009 exceeded the S&P’s 26.5% rebound.  It’s also worth noting that the same management team has been in place since 2003.

The team actively manages the portfolio for both sector allocation and duration.  They have considerable autonomy in allocating the portfolio, and look to shift resources in the direction of finding “safe spread.”  That is, for those investments whose higher yield is not swamped by higher risk.  In mid-2012, 60% of the portfolio was allocated to fixed preferred shares.  In mid-2013, they were half that.  The portfolio instead has 50% in short-term corporate bonds and fixed-to-floating rate securities.  At the same time, they moved aggressively to limit interest-rate risk by dramatically shortening the portfolio’s duration.

Bottom Line

This is not a riskless strategy.  Market panics can drive even fundamentally sound securities lower.  But panics are short-term events.  The challenge facing conservative investors, especially, is long-term: they need to ask the question, “where, in the next decade or so, am I going to find a reasonable stream of income?”  With the end of the 30-year bond bull market, the answer has to be “in strategies that you’ve not considered before, led by managers whose record is solid and whose interests are aligned with yours.” With long-term volatility akin to an intermediate-term corporate bond fund’s, substantial yield, and a stable, talented management team, Advisory Research Strategic Income offers the prospect of a valuable complement to a traditional bond-centered portfolio.

Fund website

North Square Strategic Income.  SSgA’s The Case for Preferred Stock (2012) is also worth reading, recalling that ADVNX’s portfolio is neither all-preferred nor locked into its current preferred allocation.

SSgA’s Preferred Securities 101

2023 Semi-Annual Report

Fact Sheet

© Mutual Fund Observer, 2013. All rights reserved. The information here reflects publicly available information current at the time of publication. For reprint/e-rights contact us.

September 2013, Funds in Registration

By David Snowball

AdvisorShares YieldPro ETF

AdvisorShares YieldPro ETF will be an actively-managed ETF that seeks to provide current income and capital appreciation primarily investing in both long and short positions in other ETFs that offer diversified exposure to income producing securities.  They’ll mostly target securities that provide “competitive yield” but will add in “instruments which provide little or no yield for diversification or risk management purposes.” The fund will be managed by Joshua Emanuel, Chief Investment Officer of Elements Financial Group since 2010.  Before that he was a Principal, Head of Strategy and co-chair of the Investment Management Committee at Wilshire Associates.  The fund’s expense ratio has not yet been set.

American Century Emerging Markets Value Fund

American Century Emerging Markets Value Fund, Investor class shares, will pursue capital growth by investing in e.m. stocks.  They target the 21 markets in the MSCI E.M. index.  It’s a quant portfolio that starts by ranking stocks from most to least attractive based on value, momentum and quality. They then run a portfolio optimizer to balance risk and return.  It will be managed by Vinod Chandrashekaran, Yulin Long, and Elizabeth Xie. All are members of the Quantitative Research team. The expense ratio will be capped at 1.46%.  The minimum initial investment is $2,500.  Launch is set for some time in October.

Brown Advisory Strategic European Equity Fund

Brown Advisory Strategic European Equity Fund, Investor shares, seeks to achieve total return by investing principally in equity securities issued by companies established or operating in Europe.  They may invest directly or through a combination of derivatives.  The fund will be managed by Dirk Enderlein of Wellington Management. Wellington is indisputably an “A-team” shop (they’ve got about three-quarters of a trillion in assets under management).  Mr. Enderlein joined them in 2010 after serving as a manager for RCM – Allianz Global Investors in Frankfurt, Germany (1999-2009). Media reports described him as  “one of Europe’s most highly regarded European growth managers.” The expense ratio will be capped at 1.35%.  The minimum initial investment is $5,000.  Launch is set for some time in October.

DoubleLine Shiller Enhanced CAPE

DoubleLine Shiller Enhanced CAPE, Class N shares, looks for “total return in excess of the Shiller Barclays CAPE® US Sector TR USD Index.”  The Shiller CAPE (cyclically-adjusted price-earnings) index tracks the performance of the four (of ten) sectors which have the best combination of a low CAPE ratio and price momentum on their side.  The fund will attempt to outdo the index by using leverage and by holding a fixed-income portfolio similar to DoubleLine Core Fixed Income’s. The fund will be managed by The Gundlach (given that he sees himself as super-heroic, an Enhanced Cape fits) and Jeffrey Sherman.  The expense ratio will be capped at 0.80%.  The minimum initial investment is $2,000.  Launch is set for some time in October.

Driehaus Micro Cap Growth Fund

Driehaus Micro Cap Growth Fund (and, in truth, pretty much every Driehaus fund) seeks to maximize capital appreciation.  They anticipate investing at least 80% in a non-diversified portfolio of micro-caps then then trading them actively; they anticipate a turnover of 100 – 275%. The managers will be Jeffrey James and Michael Buck.  This is another instance of a limited partnership (or, in this case, two limited partnerships) being converted into mutual funds.  Those were the Driehaus Micro Cap Fund, L.P. and the Driehaus Institutional Micro Cap Fund, L.P.  Mr. James has been running the Micro Cap LP since 1998 and Mr. Buck has been assisting on that portfolio.  The current draft of the prospectus does not include the LP’s track record.  The expense ratio will be capped, but it has not yet been announced.  The minimum initial investment is $10,000.

Even Keel Managed Risk Fund

Even Keel Managed Risk Fund will seek to provide total return consistent with long-term capital preservation, while seeking to manage volatility and reduce downside risk during severe, sustained market declines.  It will be a hedged large cap equity portfolio.  The managers will be Blake Graves and Zack Brown of Milliman Financial Risk Management LLC.  The expense ratio will be capped at 0.97%.  The minimum initial investment is $3,000.

Even Keel Opportunities Managed Risk Fund

Even Keel Opportunities Managed Risk Fund will seek to provide total return consistent with long-term capital preservation, while seeking to manage volatility and reduce downside risk during severe, sustained market declines. It will be a hedged SMID cap portfolio.  The managers will be Blake Graves and Zack Brown of Milliman Financial Risk Management LLC.  The expense ratio will be capped at 0.97%.  The minimum initial investment is $3,000.

Even Keel Developed Markets Managed Risk Fund

Even Keel Developed Markets Managed Risk Fund will seek to provide total return consistent with long-term capital preservation, while seeking to manage volatility and reduce downside risk during severe, sustained market declines.  It will be an international equity portfolio hedged with long/short exposure to index, Treasury and currency futures.  The managers will be Blake Graves and Zack Brown of Milliman Financial Risk Management LLC.  The expense ratio will be capped at 0.97%.  The minimum initial investment is $3,000.

Even Keel Emerging Markets Managed Risk Fund

Even Keel Emerging Markets Managed Risk Fund will seek to provide total return consistent with long-term capital preservation, while seeking to manage volatility and reduce downside risk during severe, sustained market declines.  It will be an emerging markets equity portfolio hedged with long/short exposure to index, Treasury and currency futures.  .  The managers will be Blake Graves and Zack Brown of Milliman Financial Risk Management LLC.  The expense ratio will be capped at 0.97%.  The minimum initial investment is $3,000.

Fidelity Short Duration High Income

Fidelity Short Duration High Income will pursue high current income and is willing to accept some capital appreciation.  The prospectus is really kind of an ill-written jumble, they have an unnatural affinity for bullet-pointed lists.  At base, they’ll invest mostly in BB or B-rated securities with a duration of three years or less but they might slip in defaulted securities, common stock and floating rate loans.  It will be managed by Matthew Conti (lead portfolio manager) and Michael Plage. Mr. Conti also manages Fidelity Focused High Income (FHIFX) about which Morningstar is unimpressed, and bits of other bond funds. The expense ratio will be capped at 0.80%.  The minimum initial investment is $2,500.  Launch is set for some time in October.

Harbor Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Harbor Emerging Markets Equity Fund will seek long-term growth by investing at least 65% (?) of its portfolio in what the managers believe to be high-quality firms located in, or doing serious business in, the emerging markets. All Harbor funds are sub-advised.  This one is managed by Frank Carroll and Tim Jensen of Oaktree Capital Management. Oaktree is a first-tier institutional manager which has agreed to sub-advise very few (uhh, two?) mutual funds.  They have an emerging markets equity composite, representing their work for private clients, but the current prospectus does not reveal the composite’s age or performance.  The fund is scheduled to go live on November 1.  It would be prudent to check in then. The expense ratio will be capped at 1.62%.  The minimum initial investment is $2,500.

Hull Tactical US ETF

Hull Tactical US ETF will be an actively-managed ETF that pursues long-term growth by playing with fire.  It will invest in a combination of other ETFs that match the S&P, match the inverse of the S&P or are leveraged to returns of the S&P.  The managers will position that fund somewhere between 200% long and 100% short, with the additional possibility of 100% cash.  The fund will be managed by Blair Hull, Founder and Chairman of HTAA, and Brian von Dohlen, their Senior Financial Engineer.  Expenses not yet set.

Manning & Napier Equity Income

Manning & Napier Equity Income, Class S shares, wants to provide “total return through a combination of current income, income growth, and long-term capital appreciation.” They’re going to target income-paying equity securities including common and preferred stocks, convertible securities, REITs, MLPs, ETFs and interests in business development companies.  The fund will be managed by Michael J. Magiera, Managing Director of Equity Income Group, Christopher F. Petrosino, Managing Director of the Quantitative Strategies Group, Elizabeth Mallette and William Moore.  The expense ratio will be capped, but it has not yet been announced.  The minimum initial investment is $2,000.

Manning & Napier Emerging Opportunities

Manning & Napier Emerging Opportunities Series, Class S shares, will seek long-term growth by investing primarily in a domestic mid-cap growth portfolio.  Their target is companies growing at least twice as fast as the overall economy. The fund will be managed by Ebrahim Busheri, Managing Director of Emerging Growth Group, Brian W. Lester and Ajay M. Sadarangani. The expense ratio will be capped, but it has not yet been announced.  The minimum initial investment is $2,000.

Meridian Small Cap Growth

Meridian Small Cap Growth will pursue long-term growth of capital by investing primarily in equity securities of small capitalization companies.  The bottom line is that this is the new platform for the two star managers, Chad Meade and Brian Schaub, who Meridian’s new owner hired away from Janus. Morningstar’s Greg Carlson described them as “superb managers” who were “consistently successful during their nearly seven years at the helm of this small-growth fund,” referring to Janus Triton. The expense ratio is not set.  The minimum initial investment is $1,000.

Northern Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund

Northern Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund will seek both income and capital appreciation by investing in emerging and frontier market debt.  That includes a wide variety of corporate and government bonds, preferred and convertible securities and derivatives.  The sub-advisers include teams from a Northern Trust subsidiary, Bluebay Asset Management (a British firm with $56 billion in AUM) and Lazard. The expense ratio, after waivers, is capped at 0.93%.  The prospectus covers only an institutional class, with a $1 million minimum.

PIMCO TRENDS Managed Futures Strategy Fund

PIMCO TRENDS Managed Futures Strategy Fund, “D” shares for retail, will seek “absolute risk-adjusted returns.”  The plan is to invest in derivatives (and an unnamed off-shore fund run by PIMCO) linked to interest rates, currencies, mortgages, credit, commodities, equity indices and volatility-related instruments; they’ll invest in sectors trending higher and can short the ones trending lower.  They plan on having a volatility target but haven’t yet announced it.  In general, managed futures funds have been a raging disappointment (the group has losses over every trailing period from one day to five years).  In general, PIMCO funds excel.  It’ll be interested to see which precedent prevails.  The manager is as-yet unnamed and the expense ratio is not set.  The minimum initial investment is $2,500 for “D” shares purchased through a supermarket.

Redwood Managed Volatility Fund

Redwood Managed Volatility Fund, “N” class shares, will seek “a combination of total return and prudent management of portfolio downside volatility and downside loss.”  The strategy is pretty distinctive: invest in high-yield bonds when the high-yield market is trending up and in short-term bonds whenever the high-yield market is trending down.  The fund will be managed by Michael Messinger and Bruce DeLaurentis.  Mr. Messinger seems to be a business/marketing guy while DeLaurentis is the investor.  Mr. DeLaurentis’s separate accounts composite at Kensington Management, stretching back 20 years, seems fairly impressive.  He’s returned about 10% over 20 years, 11% over 10 years, and 15% over five years. The expense ratio is not set.  The minimum initial investment is $10,000.

Rx Fundamental Growth Fund

Rx Fundamental Growth Fund, Advisor shares, will seek capital appreciation by investing in stocks.  The description is pretty generic.  The highlight of this offering is their manager, Louis Navellier.  Mr. Navellier is a famous growth-investing newsletter guy.  He once had a line of mutual funds that merged with a couple Touchstone funds.  The Touchstone fund Navellier subadvises is fairly mild-mannered though its performance in recent years has been weak.  His separate account composites show mostly lackluster to abysmal performance over the past 7-10 years.  The expense ratio is capped at 2.06%.  The minimum initial investment is $250.

Steinberg Select Fund

Steinberg Select Fund, Investor class, will seek growth by investing in stocks of all sizes.  It will likely invest in developed foreign stocks as well, but there’s not much of a discussion of asset class weighting.  It seems like they’re looking for defensive names, but that’s not crystal clear.  Michael Steinberg will head the investment team.  Their all-cap concentrated value composite has a substantial lead over its benchmark since inception in 1990 and about a 150 bps annual lead in the past 10 years, but seems to have taken a dramatic dive in the 2007-09 crash.  The expense ratio is capped at 1.0%.  The minimum initial investment is $10,000.

Stone Toro Relative Value Fund

Stone Toro Relative Value Fund will seek capital appreciation with a secondary focus on current income. It invests in an all-cap portfolio, primarily of dividend-paying stock.  Up to 40% might be invested in international stocks via ADRs.  They warn that their strategy involves active and frequent trading. The manager will be Michael Jarzyna, Founding Partner and CIO of Stone Toro.  The expense ratio is capped at 1.57%.  The minimum initial investment is $1000.

T. Rowe Price Global Industrials Fund

T. Rowe Price Global Industrials Fund will pursue long-term capital growth by investing in a global, diversified portfolio of industrial sector stocks.  The general rule seems to be, if it requires a large factory, it’s in.  The fund will be managed by Peter Bates, an industrials analyst who joined Price in 2002 but who has no prior fund management record.  The expense ratio is capped at 1.05%.  The minimum initial investment is $2500, reduced to $1000 for IRAs.

Thomson Horstmann & Bryant Small Cap Value Fund

Thomson Horstmann & Bryant Small Cap Value Fund, Investor shares, is looking for capital appreciation.  The plan is to invest in small-value stocks but there’s nothing in the prospectus that distinguishes their strategies from anyone else’s.  The fund will be managed by Christopher N. Cuesta, who joined THB in 2002 and has managed micro-cap accounts for them since 2004 and small cap ones since 2005.  He’d previously worked at Salomon Smith Barney and Van Eck.  This private accounts composite shows persistently high beta, excellent upmarket performance and very weak downmarket performance.  The expense ratio is capped at 1.5%. The minimum initial investment is $100. 

WCM Focused Emerging Markets Fund

WCM Focused Emerging Markets Fund, Investor class, will seek long-term capital appreciation by investing in emerging and frontier markets stocks and corporate bonds.  They can also invest in multinational corporations with large e.m. footprints.  The fund will be non-diversified.   Beyond being “bottom up” investors, details are a bit sketchy.  The fund will be managed by a team from WCM Investment Management, led by Sanjay Ayer. Their emerging markets composite has a two year history.  It appears to have substantially outperformed an e.m. equity index in 2011 and trailed it in 2012.  The expense ratio is not yet set. The minimum initial investment is $1000. 

WCM Focused Global Growth Fund

WCM Focused Global Growth Fund, Investor class, will seek long-term capital appreciation by investing in a non-diversified portfolio of global blue chip stocks.  The fund will be managed by a team from WCM Investment Management, led by Sanjay Ayer. Their Quality Global Growth composite has a five year history.  It appears to have substantially outperformed a global equity index over the past five years, though it trailed it in 2012. The expense ratio is not yet set. The minimum initial investment is $1000. 

West Shore Real Asset Income Fund

West Shore Real Asset Income Fund, “N” class, will seek a combination of capital growth and current income.  30-50% will be in dividend-paying US equities, 30-50% in “foreign securities that the Adviser believes will provide returns that exceed the rate of inflation” and 20% in alternative investments, such as hedge funds.  There’s no evidence (e.g., a track record) to suggest that this is a particularly good idea.  The fund will be managed by Steve Cordasco, President of West Shore, Michael Shamosh, and James G. Rickards. The expense ratio is capped at 2.0%. The minimum initial investment is $2500. 

FPA Paramount (FPRAX), September 2013

By David Snowball

Objective and Strategy

The FPA Global Value Strategy will seek to provide above-average capital appreciation over the long term while attempting to minimize the risk of capital losses by investing in well-run, financially robust, high-quality businesses around the world, in both developed and emerging markets.

Adviser

FPA, formerly First Pacific Advisors, which is located in Los Angeles.  The firm is entirely owned by its management which, in a singularly cool move, bought FPA from its parent company in 2006 and became independent for the first time in its 50 year history.  The firm has 28 investment professionals and 72 employees in total.  Currently, FPA manages about $25 billion across four equity strategies and one fixed income strategy.  Each strategy is manifested in a mutual fund and in separately managed accounts; for example, the Contrarian Value strategy is manifested in FPA Crescent (FPACX), in nine separate accounts and a half dozen hedge funds.  On April 1, 2013, all FPA funds became no-loads.

Managers

Pierre O. Py and Greg Herr.  Mr. Py joined FPA in September 2011. Prior to that, he was an International Research Analyst for Harris Associates, adviser to the Oakmark funds, from 2004 to 2010.  Mr. Py has managed FPA International Value (FPIVX) since launch. Mr. Herr joined the firm in 2007, after stints at Vontobel Asset Management, Sanford Bernstein and Bankers Trust.  He received a BA in Art History at Colgate University.  Mr. Herr co-manages FPA Perennial (FPPFX) and the closed-end Source Capital (SOR) funds with the team that used to co-manage FPA Paramount.  Py and Herr will be supported by the two research analysts, Jason Dempsey and Victor Liu, who also contribute to FPIVX.

Management’s Stake in the Fund

As of the last SAI (September 30, 2012), Mr. Herr had invested between $1 and $10,000 in the fund and Mr. Py had no investment in it.  Mr. Py did have a very large investment in his other charge, FPA International Value.

Opening date

September 8, 1958.

Minimum investment

$1,500, reduced to $100 for IRAs or accounts with automatic investing plans.

Expense ratio

0.94% on $323 million in assets, as of August 2013.

Comments

We’ve never before designated a 55-year-old fund as a “most intriguing new fund,” but the leadership and focus changes at FPRAX warrant the label.

I’ve written elsewhere that “Few fund companies get it consistently right.  By “right” I don’t mean “in step with current market passions” or “at the top of the charts every year.”  By “right” I mean two things: they have an excellent investment discipline and they treat their shareholders with profound respect.

FPA gets it consistently right.

FPA has been getting it right with the two funds overseen by Eric Ende and Stephen Geist: FPA Paramount (since March 2000) and FPA Perennial (since 1995 and 1999, respectively).   Morningstar designates Paramount as a five-star world stock fund and Perennial as a three-star domestic mid-cap growth fund (both as of August, 2013).  That despite the fact that there’s a negligible difference in the fund’s asset allocation (cash/US stock/international stock) and no difference in their long-term performance.  The chart below shows the two funds’ returns and volatility since Geist and Ende inherited Paramount.

fpa paramount

To put it bluntly, both have consistently clubbed every plausible peer group (mid-cap growth, global stock) and benchmark (S&P 500, Total Stock Market, Morningstar US Growth composite) that I compared them to.  By way of illustration, $10,000 invested in either of these funds in March 2000 would have grown to $35,000 by August 2013.  The same amount in the Total Stock Market index would have hit $16,000 – and that’s the best of any of the comparison groups.

To be equally blunt, the funds mostly post distinctions without a difference.  In theory Paramount has been more global than Perennial but, in practice, both remained mostly focused on high-quality U.S. stocks. 

FPA has decided to change that.  Geist and Ende will now focus on Perennial, while Py and Herr reshape Paramount.  There are two immediately evident differences:

  1. The new team is likely to transition toward a more global portfolio.  We spoke with Mr. Py after the announcement and he downplayed the magnitude of any immediate shifts.  He does believe that the most attractive valuations globally lie overseas and the most attractive ones domestically lie among large cap stocks.  That said, it’s unlikely the case that FPA brought over a young and promising international fund manager with the expectation that he’ll continue to skipper a portfolio with only 10-15% international exposure.
  2. The new team is certain to transition toward a more absolute value portfolio.  Mr. Py’s investment approach, reflected in the FPIVX prospectus, stresses “Low Absolute Valuation. The Adviser only purchases shares when the Adviser believes they offer a significant margin of safety (i.e. when they trade at a significant discount to the Adviser’s estimate of their intrinsic value).”  In consequence of that, “the limited number of holdings in the portfolio and the ability to hold cash are key aspects of the portfolio.”  At the last portfolio report, International Value held 24 stocks and 38% cash while Paramount held 31 and 10%.  Given that the investment universe here is broader than International’s, it’s unlikely to hold huge cash stakes but likely that it might drift well north of its current level at times.

Bottom Line

Paramount is apt to become a very solid, but very different fund under its new leadership.  There will certainly be a portfolio restructuring and there will likely be some movement of assets as investors committed to Ende and Geist’s style migrate to Perennial.  The pace of those changes will dictate the magnitude of the short-term tax burden that shareholders will bear. 

Fund website

FPA Paramount Fund

2013 Q3 Report and Commentary

Fact Sheet

© Mutual Fund Observer, 2013. All rights reserved. The information here reflects publicly available information current at the time of publication. For reprint/e-rights contact us.

August 1, 2013

By David Snowball

Dear friends,

dave-by-pier

Welcome to the Vacation 2013 issue of the Observer. I’ve spent the past two weeks of July and the first days of August enjoying myself in Door County, the Cape Cod-like peninsula above Green Bay. I’ve done substantial damage to two Four Berry pies from Bea’s Ho-made Pies (jokes about the makers of the pie have been deleted), enjoyed rather more Leinies than usual, sailed on a tall ship, ziplined (ending in a singularly undignified position), putt-putted, worked with my son on his pitching, hiked miles and learned rather more than I cared to about alewives, gobies and lake levels.

I did not think (much) about mutual funds, Mr. Market, my portfolio, or the Dow’s closing level.  Indeed, I have no idea of what the market’s been doing.

Life is good.

Risk spectrum for Observer funds

We have published some dozens of profiles of new, distinguished and distinctive funds in the past couple years (click on the Funds tab if you’re curious).  Charles Boccadoro, our Associate Editor, has been working on ways to make those profiles more organized and accessible.  Here’s his take on one way of thinking about the collection.

Dashboard of MFO Profiled Funds

Each month, David provides in-depth analysis of two to four funds, continuing a FundAlarm tradition. Today, more than 75 profiles are available on MFO Funds index page. Most are quite current, but a few date back, under “Archives of FundAlarm,” so reference appropriately.

This month we roll out a new summary or “dashboard” of the many profiled funds. It’s intended to help identify funds of interest, so that readers can better scroll the index to retrieve in-depth profiles.

The dashboard presents funds by broad investment type, consistent with MFO Rating System. The three types are: fixed income, asset allocation, and equity. (See also Definitions page.)

Here is dashboard of profiled fixed income and asset allocation funds:

charles1

For each fund, the dashboard identifies current investment style or category as defined by Morningstar, date (month/year) of latest profile published, fund inception date (from first whole month), and latest 12-month yield percentage, as applicable.

Risk group is also identified, consistent with latest MFO rating. In the dashboard, funds with lowest risk will generally be at top of list, while those with highest risk will be at bottom, agnostic of M* category. Probably good to insert a gentle reminder here that risk ratings can get elevated, temporarily at least, when funds hit a rough patch, like recently with some bond and all-asset funds.

The dashboard also depicts fund absolute return relative to cash (90-day T-Bill), bonds (US Aggregate TR), and stocks (S&P 500 TR), again agnostic of M* category. If a fund’s return from inception through the latest quarter exceeds any of these indices, “Return Beats…” column will be shaded appropriately.

The Enhanced Strategy column alerts readers of a fund’s use of leverage or hedge via short positions, or if a fund holds any derivatives, like swaps or futures. If so, regardless of how small, the column will show “Yes.” It’s what David calls a kind of complexity flag. This assessment is strictly numerical using latest portfolio allocations from Morningstar’s database in Steele Mutual Fund Expert.

Finally, the column entitled “David’s Take” is a one-word summary of how each fund was characterized in its profile. Since David tends to only profile funds that have promising or at least intriguing strategies, most of these are positive. But every now and then, the review is skeptical (negative) or neutral (mixed).

We will update the dashboard monthly and, as always, improve and tailor based on your feedback. Normally the dashboard will be published atop the Funds index page, but for completeness this month, here’s dashboard of remaining equity funds profiled by MFO:

charles2

equities2

Charles/28Jul13

Would you ever need more than one long-short fund?

By bits, investors have come to understand that long-short (and possible other alternative) funds may have a place in their portfolios.  That’s a justifiable conclusion.  The question is, would you ever want need more than one long-short fund?

The lead story in our July issue made the argument, based on interviews with executives and managers are a half dozen firms, that there are at least three very distinct types of long-short funds (pure long/short on individual stocks, long on individual stocks/short on sectors or markets, long on individual stocks plus covered called exposure) .  They have different strategies and different risk-return profiles.  They are not interchangeable in a portfolio.

The folks at Long-Short Advisors gave permission to share some fascinating data with you.  They calculated the correlation matrix for their fund, the stock market and ten of their largest competitors, not all of which are pure long/short funds.  By way of context, the three-year correlation between the movement of Vanguard’s Small Cap Index Fund (NAESX) and their S&P 500 Index Fund (VFINX) is .93; that is, when you buy a small cap index as a way to diversify your large cap-heavy portfolio, you’re settling for an investment with a 93% correlation to your original portfolio.

Here are the correlations between various long/short funds:

correlation matrixThis does not automatically justify inclusion of a second or third long-short fund in your portfolio, but it does demonstrate two things.  First, that long-short funds really are vastly different from one another, which is why their correlations are so low.  Second, a single long-short fund offers considerable diversification in a long-only portfolio and a carefully selected second fund might add a further layer of independence.

Royce Value Trust plans on exporting its investors

Royce Value Trust (RVT) is a very fine closed-end fund managed by a team led by Chuck Royce.  Morningstar rates it as a “Gold” CEF despite the fact that it has modestly trailed its peers for more than a decade.  The fund has attracted rather more than a billion in assets.

Apparently the managers aren’t happy with that development and so have propsoed exporting some of their investors’ money to a new fund.  Here’s the SEC filing:

I invite you to a special stockholder meeting of Royce Value Trust Inc. to be held on September 5, 2013. At the meeting, stockholders will be asked to approve a proposal to contribute a portion of Value Trust’s assets to a newly-organized, closed-end management investment company, Royce Global Value Trust, Inc. and to distribute to common stockholders of Value Trust shares of common stock of Global Trust.

And why would they “contribute” a portion of your RVT portfolio to their global fund?

Although Value Trust and Global Trust have the exact same investment objective of long-term growth of capital, Value Trust invests primarily in U.S. domiciled small-cap companies while Global Trust will invest primarily in companies located outside the U.S. and may invest up to 35% of its assets in the securities of companies headquartered in “developing countries.” For some time, we have been attracted to the opportunities for long-term capital growth presented in the international markets, particularly in small-cap stocks. To enable Value Trust’s stockholders to participate more directly in these opportunities, we are proposing to contribute approximately $100 million of Value Trust’s assets to Global Trust.

I see.  RVT shareholders, by decree, need more international and emerging markets exposure.  Rather than risking the prospect that they might do something foolish (for example, refuse to buy an untested new fund on their own), Royce proposes simply diversifying your portfolio into their favorite new area.  By the same logic, they might conclude that you could also use some emerging markets bonds.  Were you silly enough to think that you needed domestic small cap exposure and, hence, bought a domestic small cap fund?  “No problem!  We’ll launch and move you into …”

And why $100 million exactly?  “The $100 million target size (approximately 8% of Value Trust’s current net assets) was established to satisfy New York Stock Exchange listing standards and to seek to ensure that Global Trust has sufficient assets to conduct its investment program while maintaining an expense ratio that is competitive with those of other global small-cap value funds.”  So, as a portfolio move, RVT shareholders gain perhaps 4% exposure to small caps in developed foreign markets and 2% in emerging markets.

In one of Morningstar’s odder tables, they classified RVT as having the worst performance ever, anywhere, by anything:

rvtYou might notice the frequency with which RVT trails 100% of its peers.  Odd in a “Gold” fund?  Not so much as you might think.  When I asked Morningstar’s peerless Alexa Auerbach to check, she reported that RVT’s category contains only two funds.  The other, slightly better one is also from Royce and so the 100th percentile ranking translates to “finished second in a two-person race.”

Experienced managers launching their own firms: Barron’s gets it (mostly) right

Barron’s featured a nice story on the challenge of launching a new fund firm and highlighted four star managers who choose to strike out on their own (“Introducing the New Guard,” July 8, p.p. L17-19). (We can’t link directly to this article, but if you Google the title you should be able to gain complimentary access to it.) They focus on four firms about which, you might have noticed, I have considerable enthusiasm:

Vulcan Value Partners, whose Vulcan Value Small Cap Fund we profiled.

Highlights: C.T. Fitzpatrick – one of the few managers whose funds I’ve profiled but with whom I’ve never spoken – distinguishes Vulcan’s approach from the Longleaf (his former employer) approach because “we place as much emphasis on business quality as we do on the discount.” He also thinks that his location in Birmingham is a plus since it’s easier to stand back from the Wall Street consensus if you’re 960 (point eight!) miles away from it. He also thinks that it makes recruiting staff easier since, delightful as New York City is, a livable, affordable smaller city with good schools is a remarkable draw.

Seafarer Capital Partners, whose Seafarer Overseas Growth & Income is in my own portfolio and to which I recently added shares.

Highlight: Andrew Foster spends about a third of this time running the business. Rather than a distraction, he thinks it’s making him a better investor by giving him a perspective he never before had. He frets about investors headlong rush into the more volatile pieces of an intrinsically volatile sector. He argues in this piece for slow-and-steady growers and notes that “People often forget that when you invest in emerging markets, you’re investing in something that is flawed but that you believe can eventually improve.”

Grandeur Peak Global Advisors, whose Grandeur Peak Global Opportunities was profiled in February 2012 and about whom we offer a short feature article and two fund profiles, all below.

Highlight: Lead manager Robert Gardiner and president Eric Huefner both began working for Wasatch as teenagers? (Nuts. I worked at a public library for $1.60/hour and was doing landscaping for less.) They reject the domestic/international split when it comes to doing security analysis and allow Mr. Gardiner to focus entirely on investing while Mr. Huefner obsesses about running a great firm. 

Okay, Barrons’ got it mostly right. They got the newest name of the fund wrong (it’s Reach, not Research), the photo caption wrong and a provocative quote wrong. Barron’s claimed that Gardiner is “intent on keeping Grandeur Peak, which is now on the small side, just shy of $1 billion under management.” Apparently Mr. Huefner said Grandeur Peak currently had a bit under a billion, that their strategies’ collective capacity was $3 billion but they’re apt to close once they hit $2 billion to give them room for growth.

RiverPark Advisors, five of whose funds we’ve profiled, two more of which we’ve pointed to and one of which is in my personal portfolio (and Chip’s). 

Highlight: Mitch Rubin’s reflection on the failure of their first venture, a hedge fund “Our mistake, we realized, was trying to create strategies we thought investors wanted to buy rather than structuring the portfolios around how we wanted to invest” and Mitch Rubin’s vitally important note, “Managers often think of themselves as the talent. But the ability to run these businesses well takes real talent.” Ding, ding, ding, ding! Exactly. There are only a handful of firms, including Artisan, RiverPark and Seafarer, where I think the quality of the business operation is consistently outstanding. (It’s a topic we return, briefly, to below in the discussion of “Two questions for potential fund entrepreneurs.”)  Lots of small firms handicap themselves by making the operations part of the business an afterthought. Half of the failure of Marx’s thought was his inability to grasp the vital and difficult role of organizing and managing your resources.

Will casting off at Anderson's Pier in Ephraim, WI.

Will casting off at Anderson’s Pier in Ephraim, WI.

Two questions for potential fund entrepreneurs

Where will you find your first $100 million?  And who’s got the 263 hours to spend on the paperwork?

I’d expressed some skepticism about the claim in Barron’s (see above) that mutual funds need between $100 – 200 million in AUM in order to be self-sustaining.  That is, to cover both their external expenses such as legal fees, to pay for staff beyond a single manager and to – here’s a wild thought – pay the manager a salary. 

In conversations over the past month with Andrew Foster at Seafarer and Greg Parcella at Long/Short Advisors, it became clear that the figure quoted in Barron’s was pretty reasonable.  Mr. Foster points out that the break-even is lower for a second or third fund, since a viable first fund might cover most of the firm’s overhead expenses, but for a firm with a single product (and most especially an international or global one), $100 million is a pretty reasonable target. 

Sadly, many of the managers I’ve spoken with – even guys with enormous investment management skill – have a pretty limited plan for getting there beyond the “build a better mousetrap” fiction.  In truth, lots of “better mousetraps” languish.  There are 2400 funds with fewer than $100 million in the portfolio, 10% of which are current four- or five-star funds, according to Morningstar.  (Many of the rest are too new to have a Morningstar rating.)

What I didn’t realize was how long the danged paperwork for a fund takes.  One recent prospectus on file with the SEC contained the following disclosure that’s required under a federal paperwork reduction act:

omb

Which is to say, writing a prospectus is estimated to take six weeks.  I’m gobsmacked.

The big picture at Grandeur Peak

In the course of launching their new Global Reach fund, profiled below, Grandeur Peak decided to share a bit of their firm’s long-term planning with the public. Grandeur Peak’s investment focus is small- to micro-cap stocks.  The firm estimates that they will be able to manage about $3 billion in assets before their size becomes an impediment to their performance.  From that estimate, they backed out the point at which they might need to soft close their products in order to allow room for capital growth (about $2 billion) and then allocated resource levels for each of their seven envisioned strategies.

Those strategies are:

  • Global Reach, their 300-500 stock flagship fund
  • Global Opportunities, a more concentrated version of Global Reach
  • International Opportunities, the non-U.S. sub-set of Global Reach
  • Emerging Markets Opportunities, the emerging and frontier markets subset of International Opportunities
  • US Opportunities, the U.S.-only subset of Global Opportunities
  • Global Value, the “Fallen Angels” sub-set of Global Reach
  • Global Microcap, the micro-cap subset of Global Reach

President Eric Huefner remarks that “Remaining nimble is critical for a small/micro cap manager to be world-class,” hence “we are terribly passionate about asset capping across the firm.”  With two strategies already closed and another gaining traction, it might be prudent to look into the opportunity.

Observer fund profiles

Each month the Observer provides in-depth profiles of between two and four funds.  Our “Most Intriguing New Funds” are funds launched within the past couple years that most frequently feature experienced managers leading innovative newer funds.  “Stars in the Shadows” are older funds that have attracted far less attention than they deserve. 

Grandeur Peak Global Opportunity (GPGOX): this now-closed star goes where few others dare, into the realm of global and emerging markets small to micro-caps.  With the launch of its sibling, Global Reach, its portfolio is about to tighten and focus.

Grandeur Peak Global Reach (GPGRX): this is the fund that Grandeur Peak wanted to offer you two years ago.  It will be their most broadly-diversified, lowest-cost portfolio and will serve as the flagship for the Grandeur Peak fleet. 

LS Opportunity (LSOFX): Jim Hillary left Marsico in 2004 with a lot of money and the burning question, “what’s the best way to sustainably grow my wealth?”  His answer was a pure long/short portfolio that’s served him, his hedge fund investors, his European investors, and his high net worth investors really well.  LSOFX gives retail investors a chance to join the party.

Sextant Global High Income (SGHIX): what do income-oriented investors do when The Old Reliables fail?  Saturna Capital, which has a long and distinguished record of bond-free income investing at Amana Income (AMANX), offers this highly adaptable, benchmark-free fund as one intriguing option.

Elevator Talk #6: Brian Frank of Frank Value Fund (FRNKX)

elevator buttonsSince the number of funds we can cover in-depth is smaller than the number of funds worthy of in-depth coverage, we’ve decided to offer one or two managers each month the opportunity to make a 200 word pitch to you. That’s about the number of words a slightly-manic elevator companion could share in a minute and a half. In each case, I’ve promised to offer a quick capsule of the fund and a link back to the fund’s site. Other than that, they’ve got 200 words and precisely as much of your time and attention as you’re willing to share. These aren’t endorsements; they’re opportunities to learn more.

bfrank_photo_2013_smFrank Value Fund (FRNKX) is not “that other Frank Fund” (John Buckingham’s Al Frank fund VALUX). It’s a concentrated, all-cap value fund that’s approaching its 10th anniversary. It’s entirely plausible that it will celebrate its 10th anniversary with returns in the top 10% of its peer group.

Most funds that claim to be “all cap” are sorting of spoofing you; most mean “all lot of easily-researched large companies with the occasional SMID-cap tossed in.”  To get an idea of how seriously Brian Frank means “go anywhere” when he says “go anywhere,” here’s his Morningstar portfolio map in comparison to that of the Vanguard Total Stock Market Index (VTSMX):

 vtsmx  frnkx

Vanguard Total Stock Market

Frank Value

Brian Frank is Frank Capital Partners’ co-founder, president and chief investment officer.  He’s been interested in stock investing since he was a teenager and, like many entrepreneurial managers, was a voracious reader.  At 19, his grandfather gave him $100,000 with the injunction, “buy me the best stocks.”  In pursuit of that goal, he founded a family office in 2002, an investment adviser in 2003 and a mutual fund in 2004. He earned degrees in accounting and finance from NYU.  Here’s Mr. Frank’s 200 words making his case:

What does the large-cap growth or small-cap value manager do when there are no good opportunities in their style box? They hold cash, which lowers your exposure to the equity markets and acts as a lead-weight in bull markets, or they invest in companies that do not fit their criteria and end up taking excess risk in bear markets. Neither one of these options made any sense when I was managing family-only money, and neither one made sense as we opened the strategy to the public through The Frank Value Fund. Our strategy is quantitative, meaning we go where we can numerically prove to ourselves there is opportunity. If there is no opportunity, we leave the space. It sounds simple, and it’s probably what you would do with your own money if you were an investment professional, but it is not how the fund industry is structured. If you believe in buying low-valuation, high-quality companies, and you allow your principles, not the Morningstar style-box to be your guide, I believe our fund has the structure and discipline to maintain this strategy, and I also believe because of this, we will continue to generate significant outperformance over the long-term.

The fund’s minimum initial investment is $1,500.  The fund’s website is clean and well-organized.  Brian’s most-recent discussion of the fund appears in his Second Quarter 2013 shareholder letter, though you might also enjoy his rant about the perils of passive investing.

Elevator Talk #7: Ian Mortimer and Matthew Page of Guinness Atkinson Inflation Managed Dividend (GAINX)

gainxGuinness Atkinson Inflation-Managed Dividend (GAINX) is about the most “normal” fund in GA’s Asia/energy/innovation-dominated line-up.  Its global equity portfolio targets “moderate current income and consistent dividend growth that outpace inflation.”  The centerpiece of their portfolio construction is what they call the “10 over 10” methodology: in order to qualify for consideration, a corporation must have demonstrated at least 10% cash flow return on investment for 10 years.  By their estimation, only 3% of corporations clear this first hurdle.

They then work their way down from a 400 stock universe to a roughly equally-weighted portfolio of 35 names, representing firms with the potential for sustained dividend growth rather than just high current yields.  Morningstar reports that their trailing twelve-month yield is 3.02% while the 10-year U.S. Treasury sits at 2.55% (both as of July 17, 2013).

Managers Ian Mortimer and Matthew Page have a curious distinction: they are British, London-based managers of a largely-U.S. equity portfolio.  While that shouldn’t be remarkable, virtually every other domestic or global fund manager of a U.S. retail fund is American and domiciled here.  Dr. Mortimer earned a Master’s degree from University College London (2003) and a doctorate from Christ College, Oxford, both in physics.  He joined GA in 2006.  Mr. Page earned a Master’s degree in physics from New College, Oxford, worked at Goldman Sachs for a year and joined GA in 2005.  The duo co-manages GA Global Innovators (IWIRX) together.  Each also co-manages an energy fund.  Here are Ian and Matt, sharing 211 words on their strategy:

In the environment of historically low bond yields, investors looking for income are concerned with the possibility of rising inflation and rising yields. We believe a rising dividend strategy that seeks either a rising dividend stream over time or the accumulation of shares through dividend reinvestment offers a systematic method of investing, where dividends provide a consistent, growing income stream through market fluctuations.

Our investment process screens for sustainable dividend paying companies.  For a company to pay a sustainable and potentially rising dividend in the future, it needs to generate consistently high return on capital, creating value each year, and distribute it in the form of a dividend.  We therefore do not seek to maximize the yield of our portfolio by screening for high yield companies, but rather focus on companies that have robust business models and settle for a moderate yield.

Companies generating consistent high return on capital exist all around the world, with 50% based in US. We also find a growing number of them in emerging markets.  They also exist across industries and market capitalisations. Given their high returns on capital 90% of these companies pay dividends.

Further, employing a bottom up value driven approach, we seek to buy these good companies when they are out of favour.

The fund’s minimum initial investment is $10,000, reduced to $5,000 for tax-advantaged accounts.  It’s available for $2500 at Fidelity and Schwab. GA is providing GAINX at 0.68%, which represents a massive subsidy for a $2 million fund.  The fund fact sheet and its homepage include some helpful and concise information about fund strategy, holdings, and performance, as well as biographies of the managers.  Given the importance of the “10 over 10” strategy to the fund’s operation, potential investors really should review their “10 over 10 Dividend Investment Strategy” white paper piece.

Our earlier Elevator Talks were:

  1. February 2013: Tom Kerr, Rocky Peak Small Cap Value (RPCSX), whose manager has a 14 year track record in small cap investing and a passion for discovering “value” in the intersection of many measures: discounted cash flows, LBO models, M&A valuations and traditional relative valuation metrics.
  2. March 2013: Dale Harvey, Poplar Forest Partners (PFPFX and IPFPX), a concentrated, contrarian value stock fund that offers “a once-in-a-generation opportunity to invest with a successful American Funds manager who went out on his own.”
  3. April 2013: Bayard Closser, Vertical Capital Income Fund (VCAPX), “a closed-end interval fund, VCAPX invests in whole mortgage loans and first deeds of trust. We purchase the loans from lenders at a deep discount and service them ourselves.”
  4. May 2013: Jim Hillary, LS Opportunity Fund (LSOFX), a co-founder of Marsico Capital Management whose worry that “the quality of research on Wall Street continues to decline and investors are becoming increasingly concerned about short-term performance” led to his faith in “in-depth research and long-term orientation in our high conviction ideas.”
  5. July 2013: Casey Frazier, Versus Capital Multi-Manager Real Estate Income Fund, a second closed-end interval fund whose portfolio “includes real estate private equity and debt, public equity and debt, and broad exposure across asset types and geographies.  We target a mix of 70% private real estate with 30% public real estate to enhance liquidity, and our objective is to produce total returns in the 7 – 9% range net of fees.”

Pre-Launch Alert: Sarofim and Robeco

This is normally the space where we flag really interested funds which had become available to the public within the past 30 days.   Oddly, two intriguing funds became legal in July but have not yet launched.  This means that the fund companies might open the fund any day now, but might also mean that they’ll sit on the option for months or years.  I’ve been trying, with limited success to uncover the back story.

Robeco Boston Partners Global Long/Short Fund could have launched July 12.  It will be a global version of their Long/Short Research Fund (BPRRX).  When queries, a representative of the fund simply reported “they have yet [to] decide when they will actually launch the fund.” About the worst you can say about Long/Short Research is that it’s not as great as their flagship Robeco Boston Partners L/S Equity Fund (BPLEX).  Since launch, BPRRX has modestly trailed BPLEX but has clubbed most of its competitors.  With $1.5 billion already in the portfolio, it’s likely to close by year’s end.  The global version will be managed by Jay Feeney, Chief Investment Officer-Equities and co-manager of Long/Short Research, and Christopher K. Hart.  $2500 minimum investment.3.77%, the only redeeming feature of which is that institutional investors are getting charged almost as much (3.52%). The recent (July 1) acquisition of 90.1% of Robeco by ORIX might be contributing to the delay since ORIX has their own strategic priorities for Robeco – mostly expanding in Asia and the Middle East – but that’s not been confirmed.

Sarofim Equity (SRFMX) didn’t launch on July 1, though it might have. Sarofim sub-advises the huge Dreyfus Appreciation Fund (DGAGX) whose “principal investment strategies” bear to striking resemblance to this fund’s. (In truth, there appears to be a two word difference between the two.) DGAGX is distinguished by its negligible turnover (typically under 1%), consistently low risk and mega-cap portfolio (the average market cap is north of $100 billion). It typically captures about 80% of the market’s movements, both up and down. Over periods of three years and longer, that translates to trailing the average large cap fund by less than a percent a year while courting a bit under 90% of the short-term volatility. So why launch a direct competitor to DGAGX, especially one that’s priced below what Dreyfus investors are charged for their shares of a $6 billion fund? Good question! Dan Crumrine, Sarofim’s CFO, explained that Sarofim would like to migrate lots of their smaller separately managed accounts (say, those with just a few hundred thousand) into the mutual fund. That would save money for both Sarofim and their clients, since the separate accounts offer a level of portfolio tuning that many of these folks don’t want and that costs money to provide. Dan expects a launch sometime this fall. The fund will have a $2500 minimum and 0.71% expense ratio after waivers (and only 0.87% – still below DGAGX – before waivers).

Sarofim will not market the fund nor will they place it on the major platforms since they aren’t seeking to compete with Dreyfus; they mostly need a “friends and family” fund to help out some of their clients. This has, with other firms, been a recipe for success since the funds don’t need to charge exorbitant amounts, are grounded in a well-tested discipline, and the managers are under no pressure to grow assets.

I’ll keep you posted.

Funds in Registration

New mutual funds must be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission before they can be offered for sale to the public. The SEC has a 75-day window during which to call for revisions of a prospectus; fund companies sometimes use that same time to tweak a fund’s fee structure or operating details. Every day we scour new SEC filings to see what opportunities might be about to present themselves. Many of the proposed funds offer nothing new, distinctive or interesting.

Funds in registration this month won’t be available for sale until, typically, the end of September 2013. There were 12 funds in registration with the SEC this month, through July 15th.  We’ll catch up on the last two weeks of July and all of August in our September issue; we had an early cut-off date this month to accommodate my vacation.

This month’s registrations reveal two particularly interesting developments:

The re-emergence of Stein Roe.  Stein, Roe&Farnham, founded in 1932, had a very well-respected family of no-load funds, most notably Stein Roe Young Investor. There was much drama surrounding the firm. Terrible performance in 1999 led to management shake-ups and botched mergers. Columbia (formerly FleetBoston Financial, then an arm of the Bank of America, later bought by Ameriprise which itself used to be American Express Financial Advisers – jeez, are you keeping a scorecard?) bought the Stein Roe funds in 2001, first renaming them and then merging them out of existence (2007).Somewhere in there, Columbia execs took the funds hip deep in a timing scandal. In 2004, Stein Roe Investment Council – which had been doing separate accounts after the departure of its mutual funds – was purchased by Invesco and became part of their Atlantic Trust private investment group.  In the last two months, Stein Roe has begun creeping back into the retail, no-load fund world as adviser to the new family of AT funds.  Last month it announced the rebranding of Invesco Disciplined Equity (AWIEX) as AT Disciplined Equity.  This month it’s added two entirely new funds to the line-up: AT Mid Cap Equity Fundand AT Income Opportunities Fund.  The former invests in mid-cap stocks while the latter pursues income and growth through a mix of common and preferred stocks and bonds.  The minimum initial investment is $3000 for either and the expense ratios are 1.39% and 1.25%, respectively. 

The first fund to advertise training wheels. Baron is launching Baron Discovery Fund, whose market cap target is low enough to qualify it as a micro-cap fund.  It will be co-managed by two guys who have been working as Baron analysts for more than a decade.  Apparently someone at Baron was a bit ambivalent about the promotion and so they’ve created an entirely new position at the fund: “Portfolio Manager Adviser.”   They’ve appointed the manager of Baron Small Cap, Cliff Greenberg, to make sure that the kids don’t get in over their heads.  His responsibility is to “advise the co-managers of the Fund on stock selection and buy and sell decisions” and, more critically, he’s responsible “for ensuring the execution of the Fund’s investment strategy.”  Uhh … what does it tell you when the nominal managers of the fund aren’t trusted to execute the fund’s investment strategy? Perhaps that they shouldn’t be the managers of the fund?  Make no mistake: many funds have “lead” managers and “co-managers,” who presumably enact the same sort of mentorship role and oversight that Baron is building here. The difference is that, in all of the other cases that come to mind, the guy in charge is the manager.  The minimum initial investment is $2000, reduced to $500 for accounts set up with an AIP. Expenses not yet announced.

Details and the list of all of the funds in registration are available at the Observer’s Funds in Registration page or by clicking “Funds” on the menu atop each page.

Manager Changes

On a related note, we also tracked down a near-record 64 fund manager changes.  Freakishly, that’s the exact number of changes we identified last month.  Investors should take particular note of Bill Frels’ year-end departure from Mairs and Power and Jesper Madsen’s impended exit from Matthews and from the finance industry.  Both firms have handled past transitions very smoothly, but these are both lead managers with outstanding records.

Update #1: Celebrating three years for the ASTON/River Road Long-Short strategy

ASTON/River Road Long/Short Fund (ARLSX) launched on May 4, 2011.  It will have to wait until May 2014 to celebrate its third anniversary and June 2014 to receive its first Morningstar rating.  The strategy behind the fund, though, began operating in a series of separate accounts in June 2010.  As a result, the strategy just completed its third year and we asked manager Matt Moran about the highlights of his first three years.  He points to two in particular:

We are thrilled to have just completed our third year for the composite.  The mutual fund track record is now just a bit over two years.

[Co-manager] Daniel [Johnson] and I think there are two important points about our strategy now that we’ve hit three years:

  1. Based on the Sharpe ratio, our composite ranks as the #1 strategy (attached with disclosures) of all 129 funds in the Morningstar Long-Short category over the past three years.

    We like what legendary investor Howard Marks wrote about the Sharpe ratio on page 39-40 of his 2011 masterpiece The Most Important Thing, “…investors who want some objective measure of risk-adjusted return…can only look to the so-called Sharpe ratio…this calculation seems serviceable for public market securities that trade and price often…and it truly is the best we have (my emphasis)”.

  2. We’ve grown our AUM from $8 MM at the beginning of 2013 to $81.7 MM as of [mid-July, 2013].

    We are very pleased to have returned +14.1% annualized (gross) versus the Russell 3000 at +18.6% over the past three years with just [about] 45% of the volatility, a beta of 0.36, and a maximum drawdown of [about] 7.65% (vs. 20.4% for the Russell 3000).

Their long/short strategy has a nicely asymmetrical profile: it has captured 59% of the market’s upside but only 33% of the downside since inception.  ARLSX, the mutual fund which is one embodiment of the strategy, strikes us as one of three really promising “pure” long/short funds.  Folks anxious about abnormal market highs and considerable sensitivity to risk might want to poke around ARLSX’s homepage. There’s a separate and modestly more-detailed discussion on the River Road Asset Management Long-Short Equity Strategy homepage, including a nicely-done factsheet.

Update #2: Celebrating the new website for Oakseed Opportunity Fund

Okay, I suppose it’s possible that, at the end of our profile of Oakseed Opportunity Fund (SEEDX), I might have harshed on the guys just a little bit about the quality of their website:

Mr. Park mentioned that neither of them much liked marketing.  Uhhh … it shows.  I know the guys are just starting out and pinching pennies, but really these folks need to talk with Anya and Nina about a site that supports their operations and informs their (prospective) investors.  

One of the great things about the managers of small funds is that they’re still open to listening and reacting to what they’ve heard.  And so with some great delight (and a promise to edit the snarky comment at the end of their profile), we note the appearance of an attractive and far more useful Oakseed website: oakseed

Welcome, indeed.  Nicely done, guys!

Briefly Noted . . .

DWS Enhanced Emerging Markets Fixed Income Fund (SZEAX), an emerging markets junk bond fund (and don’t you really need more exposure to the riskiest of e.m. bonds?) changed its principal investment strategy from investing in emerging markets junk to strike the proviso “the fund invests at least 50% of its total assets in sovereign debt securities issued or guaranteed by governments, government-related entities, supranational organizations and central banks based in emerging markets.”

ING International Growth Fundbecame ING Multi-Manager International Equity Fund (IIGIX) on July 1, 2013. More Marsico fallout: the nice folks from Marsico Capital Management were shown the door by Harbor International Growth (HIIGX) in May.  Baillie Gifford pulled two managers from the ING fund to help manage the Harbor one.  ING then decided to add Lazard and J.P. Morgan as sub-advisers to the fund, in addition to Baillie Gifford and T. Rowe Price.

As of August 1, TIAA-CREF LIFECYCLE FUNDS added TIAA-CREF International Opportunities Fund to their investable universe and increased their exposure to international stocks.

As set forth more fully below, effective as of August 1, 2013, Teachers Advisors, Inc. has increased the maximum exposure of the Funds to the international sector. In addition, the Advisor has begun investing in the and, effective August 1, 2013, the international component of each Fund’s composite benchmark has been changed from the MSCI EAFE® + EM Index to the MSCI ACWI ex-USA® Index.

SMALL WINS FOR INVESTORS

Hmmm … a bit thin this month.

The folks at Fleishman/Hillard report that Cognios Market Neutral Large Cap (COGMX) has been added to the Charles Schwab, Fidelity and Pershing platforms. It’s a new no-load that’s had a bit of a shaky start.

Melissa Mitchell of CWR & Partners reports some success on the part of the Praxis funds (socially responsible, faith-based, front loaded and institutional classes) in getting Hershey’s to commit to eliminating the use of child slaves in the cocoa plantations that serve it:

The chocolate industry’s history is riddled with problems related to child slavery on African cocoa bean farms. Everence, through its Praxis Mutual Funds, is actively working with chocolate companies to address the conditions that lead to forced child labor. For the last three years, Praxis has co-led shareholders in working with Hershey – one of the world’s largest chocolatiers – to shape new solutions to this long-standing problem.

Their Intermediate Income Fund (MIIAX) has purchased $2 million in International Finance Facility for Immunisation (IFFIm) bonds, funding a program which will help save millions of children from preventable diseases. Okay, those aren’t wins for investors per se but they’re danged admirable pursuits regardless and deserve some recognition.

CLOSINGS (and related inconveniences)

Fidelity will close Fidelity Ultra-Short Bond (FUSFX) to most investors on Aug. 2, 2013. It’s one of the ultra-short funds that went off a cliff in last 2007 and never quite regained its stride. Given that the fund’s assets are far below their peak, the closure might be a sign of some larger change on the way.

Artisan is closing Artisan Small Cap (ARTSX), the flagship fund, on August 2nd. This is the second closure in the fund’s history. In October 2009, Artisan rotated a new management team in: Andrew Stephens and the folks responsible for Artisan Midcap.  Since that time, the fund’s performance has improved dramatically and assets have steadily accumulated to $1.2 billion now.  Artisan has a long tradition of closing their funds in order to keep them manageable, so the move is entirely laudable.

OLD WINE, NEW BOTTLES

Marsico has gotten the boot so often that they’re thinking of opening a shoe store. The latest round includes their dismissal from the AST Marsico Capital Growth Portfolio, which became the AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio on July 15, 2013.  This is the second portfolio that AST pulled from Marsico in recent weeks.  The firm’s assets are now down by $90 billion from their peak.  At the same time, The New York Times celebrated Marsico Global (MGLBX) as one of three “Mutual Funds that Made Sense of a Confusing Market” (July 6, 2013).

Invesco Global Quantitative Core (GTNDX) changed its name to Invesco Global Low Volatility Equity Yield on July 31, 2013.

OFF TO THE DUSTBIN OF HISTORY

Compak Dynamic Asset Allocation Fund (CMPKX) will be liquidated on or about September 13, 2013.  It closed to all new investment on July 31, 2013.  It’s a little fund-of-funds run by Moe and Faroz Ansari, both of whom appear to be interesting and distinguished guys.  High expenses, front load, undistinguished – but not bad – performance.

Invesco Dynamics (IDYAX) merged into Invesco Mid Cap Growth (VGRAX) and Invesco Municipal Bond (AMBDX) merged into Invesco Municipal Income (VKMMX).

John Hancock Funds liquidated two tiny funds on July 30: the $1.9 million JHancock Leveraged Companies (JVCAX) and the $3.5 million JHancock Small Cap Opportunities (JCPAX).  Do you suppose it’s a coincidence that JHancock Leveraged Companies was launched at the very peak of Fidelity Leverage Company’s performance?  From inception to April 28, 2008, FLVCX turned $10,000 into $41,000 while its midcap peers reached only $16,000. Sadly, and typically, Fidelity trailed its peers and benchmark noticeably from that day to this. JHancock did better but with its hopes of riding Fidelity’s coattails smashed …

Lord Abbett Small Cap Blend Fund melted into the Lord Abbett Value Opportunities Fund (LVOAX) on July 19, 2013. The fact that Value Opps doesn’t particularly invest in small cap stocks and has struggled to transcend “mediocre” in the last several years makes this a less-than-ideal merger.

My favorite liquidation notice, quoted in its entirety: “On July 31,2013, the ASG Growth Markets Fund (AGMAX) was liquidated. The Fund no longer exists, and as a result, shares of the Fund are no longer available for purchase or exchange.” It appears mostly to have bet on emerging markets currencies. Over its short life, it managed to transform $10,000 into $9,400.

COUNTRY Bond Fund (CTLAX) and COUNTRY Growth Fund (CGRAX) will be liquidated “on or before October 31, 2013, and in any event no later than December 31, 2013.” I have no idea (1) why the word “Country” is supposed to appear in all caps (same with ASTON) or (2) why you’d liquidate a reasonably solid fund with over $300 million in assets or a mediocre one with $250 million. No word of explanation in the filing.

The King is Dead: Fountainhead Special Value Fund (KINGX) has closed to new investors in anticipation of an October liquidation. Twas a $7 million midcap growth fund that had a promising start, cratered in the 2007-09 crisis and never recovered.

In Closing . . .

That’s about it from Door County.  I’ll soon be back at my desk as we pull together the September issue.  We’ll have a look inside your target-date funds and will share four more fund profiles (including one that we’ve dubbed “Dodge and Cox without all the excess baggage”).  It’s work, but joyful.

dave-on-bench

It wouldn’t be worthwhile without your readership and your thoughtful feedback.  And it wouldn’t be possible without your support, either directly or by using our Amazon link.   Our readership, curiously enough, has spiked to 15,014 “unique visitors” this month, though our revenue through Amazon is flat.  So, we thought we’d mention the system for the benefit of the new folks.  The Amazon system is amazingly simple and painless.  If you set our link as your default bookmark for Amazon (or, as I do, use Amazon as your homepage), the Observer receives a rebate from Amazon equivalent to 6% or more of the amount of your purchase.  It doesn’t change your cost by a penny since the money comes from Amazon’s marketing budget.  While 6% of the $11 you’ll pay for Bill Bernstein’s The Investor’s Manifesto (or 6% of a pound of coffee beans, back-to-school loot or an Easton S1 composite big barrel bat) seems trivial, it adds up to about 75% of our income.  Thanks for both!

We’ll look for you.

 David

LS Opportunity Fund (LSOFX), August 2013

By David Snowball

Objective and Strategy

The Fund aims to preserve capital while delivering above-market returns and managing volatility.  They invest, long and short, in a domestic equity portfolio.  The portfolio is driven by intensive company research and risk management protocols. The long portfolio is typically 30-50 names, though as of mid-2013 it was closer to 70.  The short portfolio is also 30-50 names.  The average long position persists for 12-24 months while the average short position is closed after 3-6.  The fund averages about 50% net long, though at any given point it might be 20-70% long.  The fund’s target standard deviation is eight.

Adviser

Long Short Advisors, LLC.   LSA launched the LS Opportunity Fund to offer access to Independence Capital Asset Partners’ long/short equity strategy. ICAP is a Denver-based long/short equity manager with approximately $500 million in assets under management.

Manager

James A. Hillary, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer, and Portfolio Manager at ICAP.  Mr. Hillary founded Independence Capital Asset Partners (ICAP) in 2004. From 1997-2004, Mr. Hillary was a founding partner and portfolio manager at Marsico Capital Management.  While there he managed the 21st Century Fund (MXXIX) and co-managed several other products. Morningstar noted that during Mr. Hillary’s tenure “the fund [MXXIX] has sailed past the peer-group norm by a huge margin.” Bank of America bought Marsico in 2000, at which time Mr. Hillary received a substantial payout.  Before Marsico, he managed a long/short equity fund for W.H. Reaves. Effective June 1, 2013, Mr. Chris Hillary was added as a co-portfolio manager of the Fund. Messrs Hillary are supported by seven other investment professionals.

Strategy capacity and closure

The strategy, which is manifested in the mutual fund, a hedge fund (ICAP QP Absolute Return Fund), a European investment vehicle (Prosper Stars and Stripes, no less) and separate accounts, might accommodate as much as $2 billion in assets but the advisor will begin at about $1 billion to look at the prospect of soft closing the strategy.

Management’s Stake in the Fund

The senior Mr. Hillary has between $100,000 and 500,000 in the fund.  Most of his investable net wealth is invested here and in other vehicles using this strategy.  The firm’s principals and employees account for about 14% of ICAP’s AUM, though the fund’s trustees have no investment in the fund.

Opening date

September 9, 2010, though the hedge fund which runs side-by-side with it was launched in 2004.

Minimum investment

$5,000

Expense ratio

1.95% on fund assets of $40 million.  The limit was reduced in early 2013 from 2.50%.

Comments

In 2004, Jim Hillary had a serious though delightful problem.  As one of the co-founders of MCM, he had received a rich payout from the Bank of America when they purchased the firm.  The problem was what to do with that payout.

He had, of course, several options.  He might have allowed someone else to manage the money, though I suspect he would have found that option to be laughable.  In managing it himself, he might reasonably have chosen a long-only equity portfolio, a long-short equity portfolio or a long equity portfolio supplemented by some sort of fixed-income position.  He had success in managing both of the first two approaches and might easily have pursued the third.

The decision that Mr. Hillary made was to pursue a long-short equity strategy as the most prudent and sustainable way to manage his own and his family’s wealth.  That strategy achieved substantial success, measured both by its ability to achieve sustainable long-term returns (about 9% annually from 2004) and to manage volatility (a standard deviation of about 12, both better than the Total Stock Market’s performance). 

Mr. Hillary’s success became better known and he chose, bit by bit, to make the strategy available to others.  One manifestation of the strategy is that ICAP QP Absolute Return L.P. hedge fund, a second is the European SICAV Prosper Star & Stripes, and a third are separately managed accounts.  The fourth and newest manifestation, and the only one available to retail investors, is LS Opportunity Fund.  Regardless of which vehicle you invest in, you are relying on the same strategy and the portfolio in which Mr. Hillary’s own fortune resides.

Mr. Hillary’s approach combines intensive fundamental research in individual equities, both long and short. 

There are two questions for potential investors:

  • Does a long-short position make sense for me?
  • Does this particular long-short vehicle make the most sense for me?

The argument for long-short investing is complicated by the fact that there are multiple types of long-short funds which, despite having similar names or the same peer group assigned by a rating agency, have strikingly different portfolios and risk/return profiles.  A fund which combines an ETF-based long portfolio and covered calls might, for example, offer far more income but far fewer opportunities for gain than a “pure” long/short strategy such as this one.

The argument for pure long/short is straightforward: investors cannot stomach the volatility generated by unhedged exposure to the stock market.  That volatility has traditionally been high (the standard deviation for large cap stocks this century has been over 16 while the mean return has been 4; the translation is that you’ve been averaging a measly 4% per year while routinely encountering returns in the range of minus-12 to plus-20 with the occasional quarterly loss of 17% and annual loss of 40% thrown in) and there’s no reason to expect it to decline.   The traditional hedge has been to hold a large bond position, which worked well during the 30-year bond bull market just ended.  Going forward, asset allocation specialists expect the bond market to post negative real returns for years.  Cash, which is also posting negative real returns, is hardly an attractive option.

The alternative is a portfolio which offsets exposure to the market’s most attractive stocks with bets against its least attractive ones.  Research provided by Long Short Advisors makes two important points:

  • since 1998, an index of long/short equity hedge funds has outperformed a simple 60/40 allocation with no material change in risk and
  • when the market moves out of its panic mode, which are periods in which all stocks move in abnormal unison, both the upside and downside advantages of a hedged strategy rises in comparison to a long-only portfolio.

In short, a skilled long-short manager can offer more upside and less downside than either a pure stock portfolio or a stock/bond hybrid one.

The argument for LS Opportunity is simpler.  Most long/short managers have limited experience either with shorting stocks or with mutual funds as an investment vehicle.  More and more long/short funds are entering the market with managers whose ability is undocumented and whose prospects are speculative.  Given the complexity and cost of the strategy, I’d avoid managers-with-training-wheels.

Mr. Hillary, in contrast, has a record worth noticing.  He’s managed separate accounts and hedge funds, but also has a fine record as a mutual fund manager.  He’s been working with long/short portfolios since his days at W.H. Reaves in the early 1990s.  The hedge fund on which LS Opportunity is based has survived two jarring periods, including the most traumatic market since the Great Depression.  The mutual fund itself has outperformed its peers since launch and has functioned with about half of the market’s volatility.

Bottom Line

This is not a risk-free strategy.  The fund has posted losses in 15 of its first 34 months of operation.  Eight of those losses have come in months when the S&P500 rose.  The fund’s annualized return from inception through the end of June 2013 is 6.32% while the S&P moved relentlessly and, many fear, irrationally higher.  In the longer term, the strategy has worked to both boost returns and mute volatility.  And, with his personal fortune and professional reputation invested in the strategy, you’d be working with an experienced team which has committed “our lives, our fortunes, and our sacred honor” to making it work.  It’s worth further investigation.

Fund website

LS Opportunity Fund

3Q 2013 Fact Sheet

© Mutual Fund Observer, 2013. All rights reserved. The information here reflects publicly available information current at the time of publication. For reprint/e-rights contact us.

Sextant Global High Income (SGHIX), August 2013

By David Snowball

Objective and Strategy

The fund seeks high income, with a secondary objective of capital preservation.  They invest in a global, diversified portfolio of income-producing debt and equity securities.  They manage risk at the level of individual security selection, but also through their ability to allocate between stocks and bonds, sectors, countries and currencies.  Their portfolio may invest in up to 50% in equities, 50% in the U.S., 50% in investment grade bonds, and 33% in emerging markets.  They won’t engage in hedging, leverage or credit default swaps. 

Adviser

Saturna Capital Corporation, which was founded in 1989.  Saturna has about $3.9 billion in assets under management and advises the Sextant, Idaho and Amana funds.  Their funds are universally and continually solid, sensible and risk-conscious.

Manager

Bryce Fegley and John Scott. Mr. Fegley joined Saturna 2001, served as an analyst and then as director of research at their Malaysian subsidiary, Saturna Sdn Bhd.  Mr. Scott joined Saturna 2009.  He has worked with Morgan Stanley Smith Barney in  California and Hyundai Securities in Seoul, S. Korea.

Strategy capacity and closure

They haven’t really discussed the matter formally.  Mr. Fegley’s general sense is that the fund’s stake in preferred shares (currently 8% of the portfolio) would represent the largest constraint because the preferred market is small ($200 billion) compared to the common stock market ($14 trillion) and might well shrink by half over the next few years as new banking regulations kick in.

Management’s Stake in the Fund

As of November 30, 2012, Mr. Fegley had invested between $100,000 and 500,000 in the fund while Mr. Scott had between $50,000 and 100,000.  As of the most recent SAI, their boss, Nick Kaiser, owned 30% of all of the fund’s shares which would be rather more than a million in the fund.

Opening date

March 30, 2012.

Minimum investment

$1,000 for regular accounts, $100 for IRAs.

Expense ratio

0.75% on assets of $9.4 million.

Comments

SGHIX, positioned as “a retirees’ fund,” responds to two undeniable realities: (1) investors need income and (2) the old stand-by – toss money into an aggregate bond index full of Treasuries – will, for a generation or more, no longer work.  Grantham, Mayo, van Otterloo (a/k/a GMO) forecast “The Purgatory of Low Returns” (July 2013) for investors over the next seven years with a tradition 60/40 hybrid earning a real return under 1% per year and most classes of U.S. bonds posting negative real returns.  Their recommendations for possible paths forward: concentrate on the highest return asset classes and rebalance frequently, seek alternatives, use leverage, and be patient.

With the exception of “use leverage,” Sextant does.  SGHIX explicitly targets “high current income” and has broad flexibility to seek income almost anywhere, though they do so with a prudent concern for risk.  John Scott describes himself as “the offensive manager,” the guy charged with finding the broadest possible array of reasonably-priced, income-producing securities.  Bryce Fegley is “the defensive manager,” a self-described “asset allocation nerd” who aims to balance the effects of many sources of risk – country, valuation, interest rate, currency – while still pursuing a high-income mandate.  Their strategy is to buy and hold for as long as possible: they hope to hold bonds to redemption and stocks as long as their dividends seem secure.  With hard work, luck and skill, their ability to move between dividend-paying common stock, preferred shares (currently 8% of the portfolio) and relatively high-quality high yield bonds might allow them to achieve their goal of high income.

How high?  The managers estimate that they might earn 300-400 bps more than a 10-year Treasury.  In a “normal” world, a 10-year might earn 4.5%; this fund might earn 7.5 – 8.5%.  In addition, the managers believe they might be able to add 2% per year in capital appreciation.

What concerns should prospective investors have?  Three come immediately to mind:

  1. To date, execution of the strategy has been imperfect. From inception through mid-July 2013, a period of about 15 months, the fund posted a total return of 5.2%.  Much of their portfolio was, for about six months, in cash which certainly depressed returns.  The managers are very aware of the fact that many investments are not paying investors for the risk they’re taking and have, as a result, positioned the portfolio conservatively.  In addition, it’s almost impossible to construct a true peer group for this fund since its combination of a high income mandate, equities and tactical asset allocation changes is unique.  There are four other funds with “global high income” in their names (Aberdeen, DWS, Fidelity, and MainStay plus one closed-end fund), but all are essentially high-yield bond funds with 0-3% in equities.

    That having been said, a 4% annual return – roughly equivalent to the fund’s yield – is pretty modest.  Investors interested in high income derived from a globally diversified portfolio might consider Sextant in the company with any of a number of funds or ETFs that advertise themselves as providing “multi-asset income.”  An incomplete roster of such options and their total return from the date of Sextant’s launch through 7/29/13 includes:

     

    10K at SGHIX inception became

    30-day SEC yield

    Stock/bond allocation

    Guggenheim Multi-Asset Income (CVY)

    11,800

    5.9

    91 / 6

    Arrow Dow Jones Global Yield ETF (GYLD)

    11,300

    5.8

    60 / 40

    BlackRock Multi-Asset Income (BAICX)

    11,200

    4.5

    23 / 53

    iShares Morningstar Multi-Asset Income (IYLD)

    10,700

    6.1

    35 / 58

    T. Rowe Price Spectrum Income (RPSIX)

    10,700

    2.9

    13 / 77

    SPDR SSgA Income Allocation (INKM)

    10,600

    4.2

    50 / 40

    Sextant

    10,500

    4.0

    45 / 34

    The portfolio composition stats illustrate the fact that none of these funds are pure peers.  They are, however, plausible competitors: that is, they represent alternatives that potential SGHIX investors might consider. The other consideration, though, is that many of these funds are substantially more volatile than Sextant is.  Below are the funds with launch dates near Sextant’s, along with their maximum draw down (that is, it measures the magnitude of a fund’s worst decline) and Ulcer Index (which factors-in both magnitude and duration of a decline).  In both cases, “smaller” is “better.”

     

    Maximum drawdown

    Date

    Ulcer Index

    iShares Morningstar Multi-Asset Income (IYLD)

    7.9

    06/13

    2.7

    SPDR SSgA Income Allocation (INKM)

    6.9

    06/13

    2.3

    Arrow Dow Jones Global Yield ETF (GYLD)

    6.8

    06/13

    2.3

    Sextant

    4.7

    06/13

    1.6

  2. The decision to provide a payout only once a year may not meet retirees’ needs for steady income.  For investors who choose to receive their income in a check, rather than reinvesting it in fund shares, Sextant’s policy of paying out dividends and interest only once each year may be sub-optimal.  The likeliest work-around would be to establish a systematic withdrawal plan, whereby an investor automatically redeems shares of the fund at regular intervals.
  3. The fund’s risk calculus is not clearly articulated.  This is a relative, rather than absolute, value portfolio.  The managers feel compelled to remain fully invested in something. They’re currently moving around, looking to find income-producing assets where the income is relatively high and steady and the risk of loss of principal is manageable.  That’s led them to a relatively low-yielding portfolio.  When we talked about what level of risk they targeted or were willing to accept, the answer was pretty close to “it depends on what’s available.”  While some funds have target volatility levels or drawdowns, the Sextant team seems mostly to be feeling their way along, taking the best deals they can find.  That strategy would be a bit more palatable if the managers had a longer record, here or elsewhere, of navigating markets with the strategy.

Bottom Line

Sextant Global High Income has a lot to recommend it.  The fund’s price (0.90%) is low, especially for such a tiny fund, as is its minimum investment.  Saturna has an excellent reputation for patient, profitable, risk-conscious investing.  The ability to travel globally and to tap into multiple asset classes is distinctive and exceedingly attractive. The question is whether the two young managers will pull it off.  They’re both bright and dedicated guys, we’re pulling for them and we’ll watch the fund closely to see how it matures.

Fund website

Sextant Global High Income

© Mutual Fund Observer, 2013. All rights reserved. The information here reflects publicly available information current at the time of publication. For reprint/e-rights contact us.

Grandeur Peak Global Reach (GPROX), August 2013

By David Snowball

Objective and Strategy

Global Reach pursues long-term capital growth primarily by investing globally in a small and micro-cap portfolio.  Up to 90% of the fund might normally be invested in microcaps (stocks with market cap under $1 billion at the time of purchase), but they’re also allowed to invest up to 35% in stocks over $5 billion.  The managers seek high quality companies that they place in one of three classifications:

Best-In-Class Growth Companies: fast earnings growth, good management, strong financials.  The strategy is to “find them small and undiscovered; buy and hold” until the market catches on.  In the interim, capture the compounded earnings growth.

Fallen Angels: good growth companies that hit “a bump in the road” and are priced as value stocks.  The strategy is to buy them low and hold through the recovery.

Stalwarts: basically, blue chip mid-cap stocks.  Decent but not great growth, great financials, and the prospect of dividends or stock buy-backs.  The strategy is to buy them at a fair price, but be careful of overpaying since their growth may be decelerating.

Grandeur Peak considers this “our flagship … strategy.”  It is their most broadly diversified and team-based strategy.  Global Reach will typically own 300-500 stocks, somewhere around 1-2% of their investible universe.

Adviser

Grandeur Peak Global Advisors is a small- and micro-cap focused global equities investment firm, founded in mid-2011, and comprised of a very experienced and collaborative investment team that worked together for years managing some of the Wasatch funds.  They advise three Grandeur Peak funds and one “pooled investment vehicle.”  The adviser passed $1 billion in assets under management in July, 2013.

Managers

Robert Gardiner and Blake Walker, assisted by three associate managers.   Robert Gardiner is co-founder, CEO and Director of Research for Grandeur Peak Global.  Prior to founding Grandeur Peak, he managed or co-managed Wasatch Microcap (WMICX), Small Cap Value (WMCVX) and Microcap Value (WAMVX, in which I own shares).  In 2007, he took a sort of sabbatical from active management, but continued as Director of Research.  During that sabbatical, he reached a couple conclusions: (1) global small/micro-cap investing was the world’s most interesting sector, and (2) he wanted to get back to managing a fund.  He returned to active management with the launch of Wasatch Global Opportunities (WAGOX), a global small/micro-cap fund.  From inception in late 2008 to July 2011 (the point of his departure), WAGOX turned a $10,000 investment into $23,500, while an investment in its average peer would have led to a $17,000 portfolio.  Put another way, WAGOX earned $13,500 or 92% more than its average peer managed.

Blake Walker is co-founder of and Chief Investment Officer for Grandeur Peak. Mr. Walker was a portfolio manager for two funds at Wasatch Advisors. Mr. Walker joined the research team at Wasatch Advisors in 2001 and launched his first fund, the Wasatch International Opportunities Fund (WAIOX) in 2005. He teamed up with Mr. Gardiner in 2008 to launch the Wasatch Global Opportunities (WAGOX).

The associate managers, all Wasatch alumni, are Amy Hu Sunderland, Randy Pearce, and Spencer Stewart.

Strategy capacity and closure

$400-500 million.  Grandeur Peak specializes in global small and micro-cap investing.  Their estimate, given current conditions, is that they could effectively manage about $3 billion in assets.  They could imagine running seven distinct small- to micro-cap funds and tend to close all of them (likely a soft close) when the firm’s assets under management reach about $2 billion.  The adviser has target closure levels for each current and planned fund.

Management’s stake in the fund

None yet disclosed, but the Grandeur Peak folks tend to invest heavily in their funds.

Opening date

June 19, 2013.

Minimum investment

$2,000, reduced to $1,000 for an account established with an automatic investment plan.

Expense ratio

1.25% on assets of $252.3 (as of July 2023). 

Comments

When Grandeur Peak opened shop in 2011, passion declared that this should be their first fund.  Prudence dictated otherwise.

Prudence prevailed.

I approached this prevail with some combination of curiosity bordering on skepticism.  The fact that Grandeur Peak closed two funds – presumably a signal that they had reached the limit of their ability to productively invest in this style – and then immediately launched a third, near-identical fund, raised questions about whether this was some variety of a marketing ploy.  Some reflection and a long conversation with Eric Huefner, Grandeur Peak’s president, convinced me otherwise. 

To understand my revised conclusion, and the conflict between passion and prudence, it’s important to understand the universe within which Grandeur Peak operates. 

Their investable universe is about 30,000 publicly-traded stocks, most particularly small and microcap, from around the globe, many with little external analyst coverage.  At the moment of launch, Grandeur Peak had six full-time investment professionals on staff.  Fully covering all 30,000 would have been a Herculean task.  Quite beyond that, Grandeur Peak faced the question: “How do we make our business model work?”  Unlike many fund companies, Grandeur Peak chose to focus solely on its mutual funds and not on separately-managed accounts or private partnerships.  Making that model work, especially with a fair amount of overhead, required that they be able to gather attention and assets.  The conclusion that the Grandeur Peak executives reached was that it was more prudent to launch two more-focused, potentially more newsworthy funds as their opening gambit.  Those two funds, Global Opportunities and International Opportunities, performed spectacularly in their two years of operations, having gathered a billion in assets and considerable press attention.

The success of Grandeur Peak’s first two funds allowed them to substantially increase their investment staff to fourteen, including seven senior investment professionals and seven junior ones.  With the greater staff available, they felt now that prudence called them to launch the fund that Mr. Gardiner hoped would be the firm’s flagship and crown jewel.

The structure of the Grandeur Peak funds is intriguing and distinctive.  The plan is for Global Reach to function as a sort of master portfolio, holding all of the stocks that the firm finds, at any given point, to be compelling.  They estimate that that will be somewhere between 300 and 500 names.  Those stocks will be selected based on the same criteria that drove portfolio construction at GPGOX and GPIOX and at the Wasatch funds before them.   Those selection criteria drive Grandeur Peak to seek out high quality small companies with a strong bias toward microcap stocks.  This has traditionally been a distinctive niche and a highly rewarding one.   Of all of the global stock funds in existence, Grandeur Peak has the smallest market cap by far and, in its two years of existence, it has posted some of its category’s strongest returns.

The plan is to offer Global Reach as the flagship portfolio and, for many investors, the most logical place for them to invest with Grandeur Peak.  It will offer the broadest and most diversified take on Gardiner and Walker’s investing skills.  It will be part of an eventual constellation of seven funds.  Global Reach will offer the most complete portfolio.  Each of the remaining funds will offer a way for investors to “tilt” their portfolios.  An investor who has a particular desire for exposure to frontier and emerging markets might choose to invest in Global Reach (which currently has 16% in emerging markets), but then to supplement it with a position in the eventual Emerging Markets Opportunities fund.  But for the vast majority of investors who have no particular justification for tilting their portfolio toward any set of attributes (domestic, value, emerging), the logical core holding is Global Reach. 

Are there reasons for concern?  Two come to mind.

Managing seven funds could, eventually, stretch the managers’ resources.  Cutting against this is the unique relationship of Global Reach to its sister portfolios.  The great bulk of the research effort will manifest itself in the Global Reach portfolio; the remaining funds will remain subsidiary to it.  That is, they will represent slices of the larger portfolio, not distinct burdens in addition to it.

The fund’s expense ratios are structurally, persistently high.  The fund will charge 1.60%, below the 1.88% at GPGOX, but substantially above the 1.20% charged by the average no-load global fund.  The management fee alone is 1.10%.  Cutting against that, of course, is the fact that Mr. Gardiner has for nearly three decades now, more than earned the fees assessed to his investors. It appears that you’re getting more than what you are paying for; while the fee is substantial, it seems to be well-earned.

Bottom Line

This is a very young, but very promising fund.  It is the fund that Grandeur Peak has wanted to launch from Day One, and it is understandably attracting considerable attention, drawing nearly $20 million in its first 30 days of operation.  For investors interested in a portfolio of high-quality, growth-oriented stocks from around the globe, there are few more-attractive opportunities available to them.

Website

Grandeur Peak Global Reach

© Mutual Fund Observer, 2013. All rights reserved. The information here reflects publicly available information current at the time of publication. For reprint/e-rights contact us.

Grandeur Peak Global Opportunities (GPGOX), August 2013 update

By David Snowball

THIS IS AN UPDATE OF THE FUND PROFILE ORIGINALLY PUBLISHED IN February 2012. YOU CAN FIND THAT PROFILE HERE.

Objective and Strategy

Global Opportunities pursues long-term capital growth by investing in a portfolio of global equities with a strong bias towards small- and micro-cap companies. Investments may include companies based in the U.S., developed foreign countries, and emerging/frontier markets. The portfolio has flexibility to adjust its investment mix by market cap, country, and sector in order to invest where the best global opportunities exist.  The managers expect to move towards 100-150 holdings (currently just over 200).

Adviser

Grandeur Peak Global Advisors is a small- and micro-cap focused global equities investment firm, founded in mid-2011, and comprised of a very experienced and collaborative investment team that worked together for years managing some of the Wasatch funds.  They advise three Grandeur Peak funds and one “pooled investment vehicle.”  The adviser passed $1 billion in assets under management in July, 2013.

Managers

Robert Gardiner and Blake Walker.   Robert Gardiner is co-founder, CEO and Director of Research for Grandeur Peak Global.  Prior to founding Grandeur Peak, he managed or co-managed Wasatch Microcap (WMICX), Small Cap Value (WMCVX) and Microcap Value (WAMVX, in which I own shares).  In 2007, he took a sort of sabbatical from active management, but continued as Director of Research.  During that sabbatical, he reached a couple conclusions: (1) global microcap investing was the world’s most interesting sector, and (2) he wanted to get back to managing a fund.  He returned to active management with the launch of Wasatch Global Opportunities (WAGOX), a global small/micro-cap fund.  From inception in late 2008 to July 2011 (the point of his departure), WAGOX turned a $10,000 investment into $23,500, while an investment in its average peer would have led to a $17,000 portfolio.  Put another way, WAGOX earned $13,500 or 92% more than its average peer managed.

Blake Walker is co-founder of and Chief Investment Officer for Grandeur Peak. Mr. Walker was a portfolio manager for two funds at Wasatch Advisors. Mr. Walker joined the research team at Wasatch Advisors in 2001 and launched his first fund, the Wasatch International Opportunities Fund (WAIOX) in 2005. He teamed up with Mr. Gardiner in 2008 to launch the Wasatch Global Opportunities (WAGOX).

Strategy capacity and closure

Grandeur Peak specializes in global small and micro-cap investing.  Their estimate, given current conditions, is that they could profitably manage about $3 billion in assets.  They could imagine running seven distinct small- to micro-cap funds and tend to close all of them (likely a soft close) when the firm’s assets under management reach about $2 billion.  The adviser has target closure levels for each current and planned fund.

Management’s stake in the fund

As of 4/30/2012, Mr. Gardiner had invested over $1 million in each of his funds, Mr. Walker had between $100,000 and 500,000 in each.  President Eric Huefner makes an argument that I find persuasive: “We are all highly vested in the success of the funds and the firm. Every person took a significant pay cut (or passed up a significantly higher paying opportunity) to be here.”   The fund’s trustees are shared with 24 other funds; none of those trustees are invested with the fund.

Opening date

October 17, 2011.

Minimum investment

The fund closed to new investors on May 1, 2013.  It remains open for additional investments by existing shareholders.

Expense ratio

1.34% on $674.2 million in assets (as of July 2023). 

Comments

As part of a long-established plan, Global Opportunities closed to new investors in May, 2013.  That’s great news for the fund’s investors and, with the near-simultaneous launch of Grandeur Peak Global Reach (GPROX/GPRIX), not terrible news for the rest of us.

There are three matters of particular note:

  1. This is a choice, not an echo.  Grandeur Peak Global Opportunities goes where virtually no one else does: tiny companies across the globe.  Most “global” funds invest in huge, global corporations.  Of roughly 280 global stock funds, 90% have average market caps over $10 billion with the average being $27 billion.  Only eight, or just 3%, are small cap funds.  GPGOX has the lowest average market capitalization of any global fund (as of July, 2013). While their peers’ large cap emphasis dampens risk, it also tends to dampen rewards and produces rather less diversification value for a portfolio.
  2. This has been a tremendously rewarding choice. While these are intrinsically risky investments, they also offer the potential for huge rewards.  The managers invest exclusively in what they deem to be high-quality companies, measured by factors such as the strength of the management team, the firm’s return on capital and debt burden, and the presence of a sustainable competitive advantage.  Together the managers have 35 years of experience in small cap investing and have done consistently excellent work.  From inception through June 30, 2013, GPGOX returned 23.5% per year while its peers have returned about 14.5%.  In dollar terms, a $10,000 investment at inception would have grown to $14,300 here, but only $12,500 in their average peer.
  3. The portfolio is evolving.  While Global Opportunities is described in the prospectus as being non-diversified, the managers have never chosen to construct such a portfolio.  The fund typically holds more than 200 names spread over a couple dozen countries.  With the launch of its sibling Global Reach, the managers will begin slimming down the Global Opportunities portfolio.  They imagine holding closer to 100-150 names in the future here versus 300 or more in Global Reach. 

Eric Huefner, Grandeur Peak’s president, isn’t exactly sure how the evolution will change Global Opportunities long-term risk/return profile.  “There will be a higher bar” for getting into the portfolio going forward, which means fewer but larger individual positions, in the stocks where the managers have the greatest confidence.  A hundred or so 10-25 bps positions will be eliminated; after the transition period, the absolute minimum position size will be 35 bps and the targeted minimum will be 50 bps.  That will eliminate a number of intriguing but higher risk stocks, the fund’s so-called “long tail.”  While more-concentrated portfolios are generally perceived to be more volatile, here the concentration is achieved by eliminating a bunch of the portfolio’s most-volatile stocks.

Bottom Line

If you’re a shareholder here, you have reason to be smug and to stay put.  If you’re not a shareholder here and you regret that fact, consider Global Reach as a more diversified application of the same strategy.

Website

Grandeur Peak Global Opportunities

Grandeur Peak Funds Investment Process

Grandeur Peak Funds Annual Report

3/31/2023 Quarterly Fact Sheet

© Mutual Fund Observer, 2013. All rights reserved. The information here reflects publicly available information current at the time of publication. For reprint/e-rights contact us.

August 2013, Funds in Registration

By David Snowball

AQR Style Premia Alternative Fund

AQR Style Premia Alternative Fund will seek to provide absolute returns by magically combining four investing styles (value, momentum, carry and defensive), five asset classes (equities, bonds, interest rates – how did interest rates get to be an asset class? – commodities and cash), both long and short, in an ever-changing mix which targets an as-yet unspecified volatility target and volatility band.  AQR famously manages such complex strategies which work except when they don’t (their Risk Parity fund, for example, dropped nearly 10% in the second quarter of 2013 while its Morningstar benchmark dropped a half percent).  It will be managed by Ronen Israel, Jacques A. Friedman, Lars Nielsen, and Andrea Frazzini, all of whom advertise their academic degrees after their names.  Expenses not yet disclosed.  The minimum initial purchase is $1 – 5 million, though places like Schwab tend to offer AQR funds at $2500.

AT Mid Cap Equity Fund

AT Mid Cap Equity Fund will pursue long-term growth by investing in midcap stocks (those in the $2 – 18 billion range).  Up to 25% might be invested overseas. The managers will look for companies that can deliver consistently strong earnings growth, free cash flow growth and above average return on equity, and which has a history of growth. They aspire to buy and hold for the long-term. The fund will be managed by Frederick L. Weiss and Jay Pearlstein. The minimum initial investment is $3,000. The expense ratio will be 1.39%

AT Income Opportunities Fund

AT Income Opportunities Fund seeks current income and long-term capital appreciation through a portfolio of common and preferred stocks and bonds.  Up to 25% might be investing in foreign securities and another 25% might be in the sale of call or put options.  They’ll start by trying to find attractive, well-positioned companies and then they look across the capital structure to find the most attractive way to invest in it. The fund will be managed by Gary Pzegeo and Brant Houston. The minimum initial investment is $3,000. The expense ratio will be 1.25%.

Baron Discovery Fund

Baron Discovery Fund will seek capital appreciation through investments in small growth companies with market capitalizations of less than $1.5 billion whose stock could increase in value 100% within four to five years.  This market cap is below the upper limit set for BMO Micro Cap, below. In a singular, and singularly-bizarre development two analysts, Laird Bieger and Randolph Gwirtzman, has been given the title of “co-managers” but Baron seems unsure that they’re ready for the responsibility so they’ve appointed a “Portfolio Manager Adviser.”   Here’s the text: “Cliff Greenberg has been the portfolio manager adviser of Baron Discovery Fund since its inception on [            ], 2013. In this role, he advises the co-managers of the Fund on stock selection and buy and sell decisions and is responsible for ensuring the execution of the Fund’s investment strategy. Mr. Greenberg has been the portfolio manager of Baron Small Cap Fund since its inception on September 30, 1997.”  $2000 minimum initial investment, reduced to $500 for accounts set up with an AIP.  Expenses not yet announced.

BFS Equity Fund

BFS Equity Fund (BFSAX) will pursue long-term appreciation through growth of principal and income.  The plan is to buy quality companies which have experienced an “opportunistic event” which might increase their value or temporarily decrease their price.  The managers can invest directly in stocks or in ETFs, which is hard to square with the desire to exploit opportunities which, presumably, affect individual firms.  The managers will be Keith G. LaRose, Timothy H. Foster, and Thomas D. Sargent, all of whom have some combination of substantial management experience with private and institutional accounts or hedge funds.  The firm has been managing private accounts in this style since the mid-1990s.  Their returns minutely trail the S&P500 throughout, though they did substantially outperform the market in 2008. $1000 investment minimum.  Expenses not yet set.

BMO Micro-Cap Fund

BMO Micro-Cap Fund  will seek long-term capital appreciation by investing in a diversified portfolio of micro-cap (under $2.3B) stocks.  No detail on stock selection processes, other to invoke normal “good companies at good prices” sorts of language.  Thomas Lettenberger and Ernesto Ramos, Ph.D. will co-manage the Fund.   The minimum initial investment will be $1000.  Expenses are not yet set.

BMO Global Low Volatility Equity Fund

BMO Global Low Volatility Equity Fund will pursue capital appreciation by investing in a globally diversified portfolio of “low volatility, undervalued stocks [selected] using a unique, quantitative approach based on the Adviser’s multi-factor risk/return models. This approach seeks to provide the Fund with lower downside risk and meaningful upside protection relative to the MSCI All Country World Index.” David Corris, Jason Hans, and Ernesto Ramos, Ph.D. will co-manage the Fund.  They also manage separate accounts using this strategy but (1) their composite dates back only 15 months and (2) they haven’t yet disclosed the composite’s performance. They’ve also run a domestic low volatility fund (BMO Low Volatility Equity, MLVYX) for rather less than a year and it’s not immediately apparent that the fund is less volatile than the market. The minimum initial investment will be $1000.  Expenses are not yet set.

DFA Short-Duration Inflation Protected Securities Portfolio

DFA Short-Duration Inflation Protected Securities Portfolio will seek to provide inflation protection and maximize total returns by investing directly or through other DFA funds in a combination of debt securities, including inflation-protected securities.  “At inception, the Portfolio will invest a substantial portion of its assets in the DFA Short-Term Extended Quality Portfolio, DFA Intermediate-Term Extended Quality Portfolio and DFA One-Year Fixed Income Portfolio, but it is contemplated that the Portfolio will also purchase securities, including inflation-protected securities and derivative instruments directly.” David A. Plecha and Joseph F. Kolerich will manage the fund. No minimum is specified. The expense ratio is 0.24%.  You can’t have the fund, but it’s always good to know what the “A”-level teams are thinking and doing.

FlexShares Global Infrastructure Index Fund

FlexShares Global Infrastructure Index Fund will try to match the returns of an as-yet unnamed Global Infrastructure Index.  They’ll invest in both developed and emerging markets.  Infrastructure assets, the fund’s target, includes “physical structures and networks upon which the operation, growth and development of a community depends, and include water, sewer, and energy utilities; transportation, data and communication networks or facilities; health care facilities, government accommodations, and other public-service facilities; and shipping.” Also unnamed is the expense ratio. 

Horizon Tactical Income Fund

Horizon Tactical Income Fund will seek “income” (they modestly avoid adjectives like “maximum” or “high”) by investing in ETFs, sovereign and corporate debt, preferred and convertible securities, REITs, MLPs and mortgage-backed securities.  They propose to make tactical shifts into whatever segment offers “the highest expected return for a given amount of risk” (though it’s not clear whether there’s a risk or volatility target for the fund).  It will be managed by Robbie Cannon, President and CEO of Horizon, Ronald Saba, Director of Equity Research, Kevin Blocker and Scott Ladner, Director of Alternative Strategies.  The minimum initial investment is $2500.  The expense ratio will be 1.44%.

Innealta Risk Based Opportunity Moderate Fund

Innealta Risk Based Opportunity Moderate Fund, “N” shares, will seek long-term capital appreciation and income by investing in a wide variety of ETFs.  Which ETFs?  The process appears to start by confusing tactics with strategies: “In the first stage, the Adviser defines its Secular Tactical Asset Allocation (STAA), which is a longer-term-oriented strategic decision that is steeped in classic portfolio construction approaches to asset allocation.”  From there they add a Cyclical Tactical Asset Allocation (stage two) and top it off with “a third stage of tactical management in which the Adviser augments the portfolio with those exposures it believes can further enhance risk-relative returns.”  That third stage might add “long/inverse and leveraged long/inverse equity, fixed income, commodity, currency, real estate and volatility asset classes.” The fund will be managed by Gerald W. Buetow, JR., Ph.D., CFA, CIO of AFAM (formerly Al Frank Asset Management).  $5000 investment minimum.  Expenses not yet disclosed.

Wavelength Interest Rate Neutral Fund

Wavelength Interest Rate Neutral Fund will seek total return through a global, fixed-income portfolio including “developed-market nominal government bonds, developed-market inflation-linked government bonds, emerging market local-currency fixed-income securities, emerging market USD-denominated fixed-income securities, sovereign debt, corporate debt, and convertible bonds.”  The manager plans to invest in “securities that are fundamentally related to growth and inflation, and in doing so, seeks to systematically balance investment exposures across potential interest rate changes.” Andrew Dassori, Wavelenght’s CIO, will be the portfolio manager.  The minimum initial investment is $100,000.  Expenses have not yet been announced.

July 1, 2013

By David Snowball

Dear friends,

Welcome to summer, a time of year when heat records are rather more common than market records.  

temp_map

What’s in your long/short fund?

vikingEverybody’s talking about long/short funds.  Google chronicles 273,000 pages that use the phrase.  Bloomberg promises “a comprehensive list of long/short funds worldwide.”  Morningstar, Lipper and U.S. News plunk nearly a hundred funds into a box with that label.  (Not the same hundred funds, by the way.  Not nearly.)  Seeking Alpha offers up the “best and less long/short funds 2013.”

Here’s the Observer’s position: Talking about “long/short funds” is dangerous and delusional because it leads you to believe that there are such things.  Using the phrase validates the existence of a category, that is, a group of things where we perceive shared characteristics.  As soon as we announce a category, we start judging things in the category based on how well they conform to our expectations of the category.  If we assign a piece of fruit (or a hard-boiled egg) to the category “upscale dessert,” we start judging it based on how upscale-dessert-y it seems.  The fact that the assignment is random, silly and unfair doesn’t stop us from making judgments anyway.  The renowned linguist George Lakoff writes, “there is nothing more basic than categorization to our thought, perception, action and speech.”

Do categories automatically make sense?  Try this one out: Dyirbal, an Australian aboriginal language, has a category balan which contains women, fire, dangerous things, non-threatening birds and platypuses.

When Morningstar groups 83 funds together in the category “long/short equity,” they’re telling us “hey, all of these things have essential similarities.  Feel free to judge them against each other.”  We sympathize with the analysts’ need to organize funds.  Nonetheless, this particular category is seriously misleading.   It contains funds that have only superficial – not essential – similarities with each other.  In extended conversations with managers and executives representing a half dozen long/short funds, it’s become clear that investors need to give up entirely on this simple category if they want to make meaningful comparisons and choices.

Each of the folks we spoke to have their own preferred way of organizing these sorts of “alternative investment” funds.   After two weeks of conversation, though, useful commonalities began to emerge.  Here’s a manager-inspired schema:

  1. Start with the role of the short portfolio.  What are the managers attempting to do with their short book and how are they doing it? The RiverNorth folks, and most of the others, agree that this should be “the first and perhaps most important” criterion. Alan Salzbank of the Gargoyle Group warns that “the character of the short positions varies from fund to fund, and is not necessarily designed to hedge market exposure as the category title would suggest.”  Based on our discussions, we think there are three distinct roles that short books play and three ways those strategies get reflected in the fund.

    Role

    Portfolio tool

    Translation

    Add alpha

    Individual stock shorts

    These funds want to increase returns by identifying the market’s least attractive stocks and betting against them

    Reduce beta

    Shorting indexes or sectors, generally by using ETFs

    These funds want to tamp market volatility by placing larger or smaller bets against the entire market, or large subsets of it, with no concern for the value of individual issues

    Structural

    Various option strategies such as selling calls

    These funds believe they can generate considerable income – as much as 1.5-2% per month – by selling options.  Those options become more valuable as the market becomes more volatile, so they serve as a cushion for the portfolio; they are “by their very nature negatively correlated to the market” (AS).

  2. Determine the degree of market exposure.   Net exposure (% long minus % short) varies dramatically, from 100% (from what ARLSX manager Matt Moran laments as “the faddish 130/30 funds from a few years ago”) to under 25%.  An analysis by the Gargoyle Group showed three-year betas for funds in Morningstar’s long/short category ranging from 1.40 to (-0.43), which gives you an idea of how dramatically market exposure varies.  For some funds the net market exposure is held in a tight band (40-60% with a target of 50% is pretty common).   Some of the more aggressive funds will shift exposure dramatically, based on their market experience and projections.  It doesn’t make sense to compare a fund that’s consistently 60% exposure to the market with one that swings from 25% – 100%.

    Ideally, that information should be prominently displayed on a fund’s fact sheet, especially if the manager has the freedom to move by more than a few percent.  A nice example comes from Aberdeen Equity Long/Short Fund’s (GLSRX) factsheet:

    aberdeen

    Greg Parcella of Long/Short Advisors  maintains an internal database of all of long/short funds and expressed some considerable frustration in discovering that many don’t make that information available or require investors to do their own portfolio analyses to discover it.  Even with the help of Morningstar, such self-generated calculations can be a bit daunting.  Here, for example, is how Morningstar reports the portfolio of Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Equity BPLEX in comparison to its (entirely-irrelevant) long-short benchmark and (wildly incomparable) long/short equity peers:

    robeco

    So, look for managers who offer this information in a clear way and who keep it current. Morty Schaja, president of RiverPark Advisors which offers two very distinctive long/short funds (RiverPark Long/Short Opportunity RLSFX and RiverPark/Gargoyle Hedged Value RGHVX) suggest that such a lack of transparency would immediately raise concerns for him as an investor; he did not offer a flat “avoid them” but was surely leaning in that direction.

  3. Look at the risk/return metrics for the fund over time.  Once you’ve completed the first two steps, you’ve stopped comparing apples to rutabagas and mopeds (step one) or even cooking apples to snacking apples (step two).  Now that you’ve got a stack of closely comparable funds, many of the managers call for you to look at specific risk measures.  Matt Moran suggests that “the best measure to employ are … the Sharpe, the Sortino and the Ulcer Index [which help you determine] how much return an investor is getting for the risk that they are taking.”

As part of the Observer’s new risk profiles of 7600 funds, we’ve pulled all of the funds that Morningstar categorizes as “long/short equity” into a single table for you.  It will measure both returns and seven different flavors of risk.  If you’re unfamiliar with the varied risk metrics, check our definitions page.  Remember that each bit of data must be read carefully since the fund’s longevity can dramatically affect their profile.  Funds that were around in the 2008 will have much greater maximum drawdowns than funds launched since then.  Those numbers do not immediately make a fund “bad,” it means that something happened that you want to understand before trusting these folks with your money.

As a preview, we’d like to share the profiles for five of the six funds whose advisors have been helping us understand these issues.  The sixth, RiverNorth Dynamic Buy-Write (RNBWX), is too new to appear.  These are all funds that we’ve profiled as among their categories’ best and that we’ll be profiling in August.

long-short-table

Long/short managers aren’t the only folks concerned with managing risk.  For the sake of perspective, we calculated the returns on a bunch of the risk-conscious funds that we’ve profiled.  We looked, in particular, at the recent turmoil since it affected both global and domestic, equity and bond markets.

Downside protection in one ugly stretch, 05/28/2013 – 06/24/2013

Strategy

Represented by

Returned

Traditional balanced

Vanguard Balanced Index Fund (VBINX)

(3.97)

Global equity

Vanguard Total World Stock Index (VTWSX)

(6.99)

Absolute value equity a/k/a cash-heavy funds

ASTON/River Road Independent Value (ARIVX)

Bretton (BRTNX)

Cook and Bynum (COBYX)

FPA International Value (FPIVX)

Pinnacle Value (PVFIX)

(1.71)

(2.51)

(3.20)

(3.30)

(1.75)

Pure long-short

ASTON/River Road Long-Short (ARLSX)

Long/Short Opportunity (LSOFX)

RiverPark Long Short Opportunity (RLSFX)

Wasatch Long/Short (FMLSX)

(3.34)

(4.93)

(5.08)

(3.84)

Long with covered calls

Bridgeway Managed Volatility (BRBPX)

RiverNorth Dynamic Buy-Write (RNBWX)

RiverPark Gargoyle Hedged Value (RGHVX)

(1.18)

(2.64)

(4.39)

Market neutral

Whitebox Long/Short Equity (WBLSX)

(1.75)

Multi-alternative

MainStay Marketfield (MFLDX)

(1.11)

Charles, widely-read and occasionally whimsical, thought it useful to share two stories and a bit of data that lead him to suspect that successful long/short investments are, like Babe Ruth’s “called home run,” more legend than history.

Notes from the Morningstar Conference

If you ever wonder what we do with contributions to the Observer or with income from our Amazon partnership, the short answer is, we try to get better.  Three ongoing projects reflect those efforts.  One is our ongoing visual upgrade, the results of which will be evident online during July.  More than window-dressing, we think of a more graphically sophisticated image as a tool for getting more folks to notice and benefit from our content.  A second our own risk profiles for more than 7500 funds.  We’ll discuss those more below.  The third was our recent presence at the Morningstar Investment Conference.  None of them would be possible without your support, and so thanks!

I spent about 48 hours at Morningstar and was listening to folks for about 30 hours.  I posted my impressions to our discussion board and several stirred vigorous discussions.  For your benefit, here’s a sort of Top Ten list of things I learned at Morningstar and links to the ensuing debates on our discussion board.

Day One: Northern Trust on emerging and frontier investing

Attended a small lunch with Northern managers.  Northern primarily caters to the rich but has retail share class funds, FlexShare ETFs and multi-manager funds for the rest of us. They are the world’s 5th largest investor in frontier markets. Frontier markets are currently 1% of global market cap, emerging markets are 12% and both have GDP growth 350% greater than the developed world’s. EM/F stocks sell at a 20% discount to developed stocks. Northern’s research shows that the same factors that increase equity returns in the developed world (small, value, wide moat, dividend paying) also predict excess returns in emerging and frontier markets. In September 2012 they launched the FlexShares Emerging Markets Factor Tilt Index Fund (TLTE) that tilts toward Fama-French factors, which is to say it holds more small and more value than a standard e.m. index.

Day One: Smead Value (SMVLX)

Interviewed Bill Smead, an interesting guy, who positions himself against the “brilliant pessimists” like Grantham and Hussman.  Smead argues their clients have now missed four years of phenomenal gains. Their thesis is correct (as were most of the tech investor theses in 1999) but optimism has been in such short supply that it became valuable.  He launched Smead Value in 2007 with a simple strategy: buy and hold (for 10 to, say, 100 years) excellent companies.  Pretty radical, eh?  He argues that the fund universe is 35% passive, 5% active and 60% overly active. Turns out that he’s managed it to top 1-2% returns over most trailing periods.  Much the top performing LCB fund around.  There’s a complete profile of the fund below.

Day One: Morningstar’s expert recommendations on emerging managers

Consuelo Mack ran a panel discussion with Russ Kinnel, Laura Lallos, Scott Burns and John Rekenthaler. One question: “What are your recommendations for boutique firms that investors should know about, but don’t? Who are the smaller, emerging managers who are really standing out?”

Dead silence. Glances back and forth. After a long silence: FPA, Primecap and TFS.

There are two possible explanations: (1) Morningstar really has lost touch with anyone other than the top 20 (or 40 or whatever) fund complexes or (2) Morningstar charged dozens of smaller fund companies to be exhibitors at their conference and was afraid to offend any of them by naming someone else.

Since we notice small funds and fund boutiques, we’d like to offer the following answers that folks could have given:

Well, Consuelo, a number of advisors are searching for management teams that have outstanding records with private accounts and/or hedge funds, and are making those teams and their strategies available to the retail fund world. First rate examples include ASTON, RiverNorth and RiverPark.

Or

That’s a great question, Consuelo.  Individual investors aren’t the only folks tired of dealing with oversized, underperforming funds.  A number of first-tier investors have walked away from large fund complexes to launch their own boutiques and to pursue a focused investing vision. Some great places to start would be with the funds from Grandeur Peak, Oakseed, and Seafarer.

Mr. Mansueto did mention, in his opening remarks, an upcoming Morningstar initiative to identify and track “emerging managers.”  If so, that’s a really good sign for all involved.

Day One: Michael Mauboussin on luck and skill in investing

Mauboussin works for Credit Suisse, Legg Mason before that and has written The Success Equation: Untangling Skill and Luck in Business, Sports, and Investing (2012). Here’s his Paradox of Skill: as the aggregate level of skill rises, luck becomes a more important factor in separating average from way above average. Since you can’t count on luck, it becomes harder for anyone to remain way above average. Ted Williams hit .406 in 1941. No one has been over .400 since. Why? Because everyone has gotten better: pitchers, fielders and hitters. In 1941, Williams’ average was four standard deviations above the norm. In 2012, a hitter up by four s.d. would be hitting “just” .380. The same thing in investing: the dispersion of returns (the gap between 50th percentile funds and 90th percentile funds) has been falling for 50 years. Any outsized performance is now likely luck and unlikely to persist.

This spurred a particularly rich discussion on the board.

Day Two: Matt Eagan on where to run now

Day Two started with a 7:00 a.m. breakfast sponsored by Litman Gregory. (I’ll spare you the culinary commentary.) Litman runs the Masters series funds and bills itself as “a manager of managers.” The presenters were two of the guys who subadvise for them, Matt Eagan of Loomis Sayles and David Herro of Oakmark. Eagan helps manage the strategic income, strategic alpha, multi-sector bond, corporate bond and high-yield funds for LS. He’s part of a team named as Morningstar’s Fixed-Income Managers of the Year in 2009.

Eagan argues that fixed income is influenced by multiple cyclical risks, including market, interest rate and reinvestment risk. He’s concerned with a rising need to protect principal, which leads him to a neutral duration, selective shorting and some currency hedges (about 8% of his portfolios).

He’s concerned that the Fed has underwritten a hot-money move into the emerging markets. The fundamentals there “are very, very good and we see their currencies strengthening” but he’s made a tactical withdrawal because of some technical reasons (I have “because of a fund-out window” but have no idea of what that means) which might foretell a drop “which might be violent; when those come, you’ve just got to get out of the way.”

He finds Mexico to be “compelling long-term story.” It’s near the US, it’s capturing market share from China because of the “inshoring” phenomenon and, if they manage to break up Pemex, “you’re going to see a lot of growth there.”

Europe, contrarily, “is moribund at best. Our big hope is that it’s less bad than most people expect.” He suspects that the Europeans have more reason to stay together than to disappear, so they likely will, and an investor’s challenge is “to find good corporations in bad Zip codes.”

In the end:

  • avoid indexing – almost all of the fixed income indexes are configured to produce “negative real yields for the foreseeable future” and most passive products are useful mostly as “just liquidity vehicles.”
  • you can make money in the face of rising rates, something like a 3-4% yield with no correlation to the markets.
  • avoid Treasuries and agencies
  • build a yield advantage by broadening your opportunity set
  • look at convertible securities and be willing to move within a firm’s capital structure
  • invest overseas, in particular try to get away from the three reserve currencies.

Eagan manages a sleeve of Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies (MASNX), which we’ve profiled and which has had pretty solid performance.

Day Two: David Herro on emerging markets and systemic risk

The other breakfast speaker was David Herro of Oakmark International.  He was celebrated in our May 2013 essay, “Of Oaks and Acorns,” that looked at the success of Oakmark international analysts as fund managers.

Herro was asked about frothy markets and high valuations. He argues that “the #1 risk to protect against is the inability of companies to generate profits – macro-level events impact price but rarely impact long-term value. These macro-disturbances allow long-term investors to take advantage of the market’s short-termism.” The ’08-early ’09 events were “dismal but temporary.”

Herro notes that he had 20% of his flagship in the emerging markets in the late 90s, then backed down to zero as those markets were hit by “a wave of indiscriminate inflows.” He agrees that emerging markets will “be the propellant of global economic growth for the next 20 years” but, being a bright guy, warns that you still need to find “good businesses at good prices.” He hasn’t seen any in several years but, at this rate, “maybe in a year we’ll be back in.”

His current stance is that a stock needs to have 40-50% upside to get into his portfolio today and “some of the better quality e.m. firms are within 10-15% of getting in.”  (Since then the e.m. indexes briefly dropped 7% but had regained most of that decline by June 30.) He seemed impressed, in particular, with the quality of management teams in Latin America (“those guys are really experienced with handling adversity”) but skeptical of the Chinese newbies (“they’re still a little dodgy”).

He also announced a bias “against reserve currencies.” That is, he thinks you’re better off buying earnings which are not denominated in dollars, Euros or … perhaps, yen. His co-presenter, Matt Eagan of Loomis Sayles, has the same bias. He’s been short the yen but long the Nikkei.

In terms of asset allocation, he thinks that global stocks, especially blue chips “are pretty attractively priced” since values have been rising faster than prices have. Global equities, he says, “haven’t come out of their funk.” There’s not much of a valuation difference between the US and the rest of the developed world (the US “is a little richer” but might deserve it), so he doesn’t see overweighting one over the other.

Day Two: Jack Bogle ‘s inconvenient truths

Don Phillips had a conversation with Bogle in a huge auditorium that, frankly, should dang well have had more people in it.  I think the general excuse is, “we know what Bogle’s going to say, so why listen?”  Uhhh … because Bogle’s still thinking clearly, which distinguishes him from a fair number of his industry brethren?  He weighed in on why money market funds cost more than indexed stock funds (the cost of check cashing) and argued that our retirement system is facing three train wrecks: (1) underfunding of the Social Security system – which is manageable if politicians chose to manage it, (2) “grotesquely underfunded” defined benefit plans (a/k/a pension plans) whose managers still plan to earn 8% with a balanced portfolio – Bogle thinks they’ll be lucky to get 5% before expenses – and who are planning “to bring in some hedge fund guys” to magically solve their problem, and (3) defined contribution plans (401k’s and such) which allow folks to wreck their long-term prospects by cashing out for very little cause.

Bogle thinks that most target-date funds are ill-designed because they ignore Social Security, described by Bogle as “the best fixed-income position you’ll ever have.”  The average lifetime SS benefit is something like $300,000.  If your 401(k) contains $300,000 in stocks, you’ll have a 50/50 hybrid at retirement.  If your 401(k) target-date fund is 40% in bonds, you’ll retire with a portfolio that’s 70% bonds (SS + target date fund) and 30% stocks.  He’s skeptical of the bond market to begin with (he recommends that you look for a serious part of your income stream from dividend growth) and more skeptical of a product that buries you in bonds.

Finally, he has a strained relationship with his successors at Vanguard.  On the one hand he exults that Vanguard’s structural advantage on expenses is so great “that nobody can match us – too bad for them, good for us.”  And the other, he disagrees with most industry executives, including Vanguard’s, on regulations of the money market industry and the fund industry’s unwillingness – as owners of 35% of all stock – to stand up to cultures in which corporations have become “the private fiefdom of their chief executives.”  (An issue addressed by The New York Times on June 29, “The Unstoppable Climb in CEO Pay.”)  At base, “I don’t disagree with Vanguard.  They disagree with me.”

Day Three: Sextant Global High Income

This is an interesting one and we’ll have a full profile of the fund in August. The managers target a portfolio yield of 8% (currently they manage 6.5% – the lower reported trailing 12 month yield reflects the fact that the fund launched 12 months ago and took six months to become fully invested). There are six other “global high income” funds – Aberdeen, DWS, Fidelity, JohnHancock, Mainstay, Western Asset. Here’s the key distinction: Sextant pursues high income through a combination of high dividend stocks (European utilities among them), preferred shares and high yield bonds. Right now about 50% of the portfolio is in stocks, 30% bonds, 10% preferreds and 10% cash. No other “high income” fund seems to hold more than 3% equities. That gives them both the potential for capital appreciation and interest rate insulation. They could imagine 8% from income and 2% from cap app. They made about 9.5% over the trailing twelve months through 5/31. 

Day Three: Off-the-record worries

I’ve had the pleasure of speaking with some managers frequently over months or years, and occasionally we have conversations where I’m unsure that statements were made for attribution.  Here are four sets of comments attributable to “managers” who I think are bright enough to be worth listening to.

More than one manager is worried about “a credit event” in China this year. That is, the central government might precipitate a crisis in the financial system (a bond default or a bank run) in order to begin cleansing a nearly insolvent banking system. (Umm … I think we’ve been having it and I’m not sure whether to be impressed or spooked that folks know this stuff.) The central government is concerned about disarray in the provinces and a propensity for banks and industries to accept unsecured IOUs. They are acting to pursue gradual institutional reforms (e.g., stricter capital requirements) but might conclude that a sharp correction now would be useful. One manager thought such an event might be 30% likely. Another was closer to “near inevitable.”

More than one manager suspects that there might be a commodity price implosion, gold included. A 200 year chart of commodity prices shows four spikes – each followed by a retracement of more than 100% – and a fifth spike that we’ve been in recently.

More than one manager offered some version of the following statement: “there’s hardly a bond out there worth buying. They’re essentially all priced for a negative real return.”

More than one manager suggested that the term “emerging markets” was essentially a linguistic fiction. About 25% of the emerging markets index (Korea and Taiwan) could be declared “developed markets” (though, on June 11, they were not) while Saudi Arabia could become an emerging market by virtue of a decision to make shares available to non-Middle Eastern investors. “It’s not meaningful except to the marketers,” quoth one.

Day Three: Reflecting on tchotchkes

Dozens of fund companies paid for exhibits at Morningstar – little booths inside the McCormick Convention Center where fund reps could chat with passing advisors (and the occasional Observer guy).  One time honored conversation starter is the tchotchke: the neat little giveaway with your name on it.  Firms embraced a stunning array of stuff: barbeque sauce (Scout Funds, from Kansas City), church-cooked peanuts (Queens Road), golf tees, hand sanitizers (inexplicably popular), InvestMints (Wasatch), micro-fiber cloths (Payden), flashlights, pens, multi-color pens, pens with styluses, pens that signal Bernanke to resume tossing money from a circling helicopter . . .

Ideally, you still need to think of any giveaway as an expression of your corporate identity.  You want the properties of the object to reflect your sense of self and to remind folks of you.  From that standard, the best tchotchke by a mile were Vanguard’s totebags.  You wish you had one.  Made of soft, heavy-weight canvas with a bottom that could be flattened for maximum capacity, they were unadorned except for the word “Vanguard.”  No gimmicks, no flash, utter functionality in a product that your grandkids will fondly remember you carrying for years.  That really says Vanguard.  Good job, guys!

vangard bag 2

The second-best tchotchke (an exceedingly comfortable navy baseball cap with a sailboat logo) and single best location (directly across from the open bar and beside Vanguard) was Seafarer’s.  

It’s Charles in Charge! 

My colleague Charles Boccadoro has spearheaded one of our recent initiatives: extended risk profiles of over 7500 funds.  Some of his work is reflected in the tables in our long/short fund story.  Last month we promised to roll out his data in a searchable form for this month.  As it turns out, the programmer we’re working with is still a few days away from a “search by ticker” engine.  Once that’s been tested, chip will be able to quickly add other search fields. 

As an interim move, we’re making all of Charles’ risk analyses available to you as a .pdf.  (It might be paranoia, but I’m a bit concerned about the prospect of misappropriation of the file if we post it as a spreadsheet.)  It runs well over 100 pages, so I’d be a bit cautious about hitting the “print” button. 

Charles’ contributions have been so thoughtful and extensive that, in August, we’ll set aside a portion of the Observer that will hold an archive of all of his data-driven pieces.  Our current plan is to introduce each of the longer pieces in this cover essay then take readers to Charles’ Balcony where complete story and all of his essays dwell.  We’re following that model in …

Timing method performance over ten decades

literate monkeyThe Healthy DebateIn Professor David Aronson’s 2006 book, entitled “Evidence-Based Technical Analysis,” he argues that subjective technical analysis, which is any analysis that cannot be reduced to a computer algorithm and back tested, is “not a legitimate body of knowledge but a collection of folklore resting on a flimsy foundation of anecdote and intuition.”

He further warns that falsehoods accumulate even with objective analysis and rules developed after-the-fact can lead to overblown extrapolations – fool’s gold biased by data-mining, more luck than legitimate prediction, in same category as “literate monkeys, Bible Codes, and lottery players.”

Read the full story here.

Announcing Mutual Fund Contacts, our new sister-site

I mentioned some months ago a plan to launch an affiliate site, Mutual Fund Contacts.  June 28 marked the “soft launch” of MFC.  MFC’s mission is to serve as a guide and resource for folks who are new at all this and feeling a bit unsteady about how to proceed.  We imagine a young couple in their late 20s planning an eventual home purchase, a single mom in her 30s who’s trying to organize stuff that she’s not had to pay attention to, or a young college graduate trying to lay a good foundation.

Most sites dedicated to small investors are raucous places with poor focus, too many features and a desperate need to grab attention.  Feh.  MFC will try to provide content and resources that don’t quite fit here but that we think are still valuable.  Each month we’ll provide a 1000-word story on the theme “the one-fund portfolio.”  If you were looking for one fund that might yield a bit more than a savings account without a lot of downside, what should you consider?  Each “one fund” article will recommend three options: two low-minimum mutual funds and one commission-free ETF.  We’ll also have a monthly recommendation on three resources you should be familiar with (this month, the three books that any financially savvy person needs to start with) and ongoing resources (this month: the updated “List of Funds for Small Investors” that highlights all of the no-load funds available for $100 or less – plus a couple that are close enough to consider).

The nature of a soft launch is that we’re still working on the site’s visuals and some functionality.  That said, it does offer a series of resources that, oh, say, your kids really should be looking at.  Feel free to drop by Mutual Fund Contacts and then let us know how we can make it better.

Everyone loves a crisis

Larry Swedroe wrote a widely quoted, widely redistributed essay for CBS MoneyWatch warning that bond funds were covertly transforming themselves into stock funds in pursuit of additional yield.  His essay opens with:

It may surprise you that, as of its last reporting date, there were 352 mutual funds that are classified by Morningstar as bond funds that actually held stocks in their portfolio. (I know I was surprised, and given my 40 years of experience in the investment banking and financial advisory business, it takes quite a bit to surprise me.) At the end of 2012, it was 312, up from 283 nine months earlier.

The chase for higher yields has led many actively managed bond funds to load up on riskier investments, such as preferred stocks. (Emphasis added)

Many actively managed bond funds have loaded up?

Let’s look at the data.  There are 1177 bond funds, excluding munis.  Only 104 hold more than 1% in stocks, and most of those hold barely more than a percent.  The most striking aspect of those funds is that they don’t call themselves “bond” funds.  Precisely 11 funds with the word “Bond” in their name have stocks in excess of 1%.  The others advertise themselves as “income” funds and, quite often, “strategic income,” “high income” or “income opportunities” funds.  Such funds have, traditionally, used other income sources to supplement their bond-heavy core portfolios.

How about Larry’s claim that they’ve been “bulking up”?  I looked at the 25 stockiest funds to see whether their equity stake should be news to their investors.  I did that by comparing their current exposure to the bond market with the range of exposures they’ve experienced over the past five years.  Here’s the picture, ranked based on US stock exposure, starting with the stockiest fund:

 

 

Bond category

Current bond exposure

Range of bond exposure, 2009-2013

Ave Maria Bond

AVEFX

Intermediate

61

61-71

Pacific Advisors Government Securities

PADGX

Short Gov’t

82

82-87

Advisory Research Strategic Income

ADVNX

Long-Term

16

n/a – new

Northeast Investors

NTHEX

High Yield

54

54-88

Loomis Sayles Strategic Income

NEFZX

Multisector

65

60-80

JHFunds2 Spectrum Income

JHSTX

Multisector

77

75-79

T. Rowe Price Spectrum Income

RPSIX

Multisector

76

76-78

Azzad Wise Capital

WISEX

Short-Term

42

20-42 *

Franklin Real Return

FRRAX

Inflation-Prot’d

47

47-69

Huntington Mortgage Securities

HUMSX

Intermediate

85

83-91

Eaton Vance Bond

EVBAX

Multisector

63

n/a – new

Federated High Yield Trust

FHYTX

High Yield

81

81-87

Pioneer High Yield

TAHYX

High Yield

57

55-60

Chou Income

CHOIX

World

33

16-48

Forward Income Builder

AIAAX

Multisector

35

35-97

ING Pioneer High Yield Portfolio

IPHIX

High Yield

60

50-60

Loomis Sayles High Income

LSHIX

High Yield

61

61-70

Highland Floating Rate Opportunities

HFRAX

Bank Loan

81

73-88

Epiphany FFV Strategic Income

EPINX

Intermediate

61

61-69

RiverNorth/Oaktree High Income

RNHIX

Multisector

56

n/a – new

Astor Active Income ETF

AXAIX

Intermediate

74

68-88

Fidelity Capital & Income

FAGIX

High Yield

84

75-84

Transamerica Asset Allc Short Horizon

DVCSX

Intermediate

85

79-87

Spirit of America Income

SOAIX

Long-term

74

74-90

*WISEX invests within the constraints of Islamic principles.  As a result, most traditional interest-paying, fixed-income vehicles are forbidden to it.

From this most stock-heavy group, 10 funds now hold fewer bonds than at any other point in the past five years.  In many cases (see T Rowe Price Spectrum Income), their bond exposure varies by only a few percentage points from year to year so being light on bonds is, for them, not much different than being heavy on bonds.

The SEC’s naming rule says that if you have an investment class in your name (e.g. “Bond”) then at least 80% of your portfolio must reside in that class. Ave Maria Bond runs right up to the line: 19.88% US stocks, but warns you of that: “The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in equity securities, which include preferred stocks, common stocks paying dividends and securities convertible into common stock.”  Eaton Vance Bond is 12% and makes the same declaration: “The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in common stocks and other equity securities, including real estate investment trusts.”

Bottom line: the “loading up” has been pretty durn minimal.  The funds which have a substantial equity stake now have had a substantial equity stake for years, they market that fact and they name themselves to permit it.

Fidelity cries out: Run away!

Several sites have noted the fact that Fidelity Europe Cap App Fund (FECAX) has closed to new investors.  Most skip the fact that it looks like the $400 million FECAX is about to get eaten, presumably by Fidelity Europe (FIEUX): “The Board has approved closing Fidelity Europe Capital Appreciation Fund effective after the close of business on July 19, 2013, as the Board and FMR are considering merging the fund.” (emphasis added)

Fascinating.  Fidelity’s signaling the fact that they can no longer afford two Euro-centered funds.  Why would that be the case? 

I can only imagine three possibilities:

  1. Fidelity no longer finds with a mere $400 million in AUM viable, so the Cap App fund has to go.
  2. Fidelity doesn’t think there’s room for (or need for) more than one European stock strategy.  There are 83 distinct U.S.-focused strategies in the Fidelity family, but who’d need more than one for Europe?
  3. Fidelity can no longer find managers capable of performing well enough to be worth the effort.

     

    Expenses

    Returns TTM

    Returns 5 yr

    Compared to peers – 5 yr

    Fidelity European funds for British investors

    Fidelity European Fund A-Accumulation

    1.72% on $4.1B

    22%

    1.86

    3.31

    Fidelity Europe Long-Term Growth Fund

    1.73 on $732M

    29

    n/a

    n/a

    Fidelity European Opportunities

    1.73 on $723M

    21

    1.48

    3.31

    Fidelity European funds for American investors

    Fidelity European Capital Appreciation

    0.92% on $331M

    24

    (1.57)

    (.81)

    Fidelity Europe

    0.80 on $724M

    23

    (1.21)

    (0.40)

    Fidelity Nordic

    1.04% on $340M

    32

    (0.40)

    The Morningstar peer group is “miscellaneous regions” – ignore it

    Converted at ₤1 = $1.54, 25 June 2013.

In April of 2007, Fidelity tried to merge Nordic into Europe, but its shareholders refused to allow it.  At the time Nordic was one of Fidelity’s best-performing international funds and had $600 million in assets.  The announced rationale:  “The Nordic region is more volatile than developed Europe as a whole, and Fidelity believes the region’s characteristics have changed sufficiently to no longer warrant a separate fund focused on the region.”  The nature of those “changes” was not clear and shareholders were unimpressed.

It is clear that Fidelity has a personnel problem.  When, for example, they wanted to bolster their asset allocation funds-of-funds, they added two new Fidelity Series funds for them to choose from.  One is run by Will Danoff, whose Contrafund already has $95 billion in assets, and the other by Joel Tillinghast, whose Low-Priced Stock Fund lugs $40 billion.  Presumably they would have turned to a young star with less on their plate … if they had a young star with less on their plate.  Likewise, Fidelity Strategic Adviser Multi-Manager funds advertise themselves as being run by the best of the best; these funds have the option of using Fidelity talent or going outside when the options elsewhere are better.  What conclusions might we draw from the fact that Strategic Advisers Core Multi-Manager (FLAUX) draws one of its 11 managers from Fido or that Strategic Advisers International Multi-Manager (FMJDX) has one Fido manager in 17?  Both of the managers for Strategic Advisers Core Income Multi-Manager (FWHBX) are Fidelity employees, so it’s not simply that the SAMM funds are designed to showcase non-Fido talent.

I’ve had trouble finding attractive new funds from Fidelity for years now.  It might well be that the contemplated retrenchment in their Europe line-up reflects the fact that Fido’s been having the same trouble.

Observer Fund Profiles:

Each month the Observer provides in-depth profiles of between two and four funds.  Our “Most Intriguing New Funds” are funds launched within the past couple years that most frequently feature experienced managers leading innovative newer funds.  “Stars in the Shadows” are older funds that have attracted far less attention than they deserve. 

Forward Income Builder (IAIAX): “income,” not “bonds.”  This is another instance of a fund that has been reshaped in recent years into an interesting offering.  Perception just hasn’t yet caught up with the reality.

Smead Value (SMVLX): call it “Triumph of the Optimists.”  Mr. Smead dismisses most of what his peers are doing as poorly conceived or disastrously poorly-conceived.  He thinks that pessimism is overbought, optimism in short supply and a portfolio of top-tier U.S. stocks held forever as your best friend.

Elevator Talk #5: Casey Frazier of Versus Capital Multi-Manager Real Estate Income Fund

Since the number of funds we can cover in-depth is smaller than the number of funds worthy of in-depth coverage, we’ve decided to offer one or two managers each month the opportunity to make a 200 word pitch to you. That’s about the number of words a slightly-manic elevator companion could share in a minute and a half. In each case, I’ve promised to offer a quick capsule of the fund and a link back to the fund’s site. Other than that, they’ve got 200 words and precisely as much of your time and attention as you’re willing to share. These aren’t endorsements; they’re opportunities to learn more.

versusVersus Capital Multi-Manager Real Estate Income Fund is a closed-end interval fund.  That means that you can buy Versus shares any day that the market is open, but you only have the opportunity to sell those shares once each quarter.  The advisor has the option of meeting some, all or none of a particular quarter’s redemption requests, based on cash available and the start of the market. 

The argument for such a restrictive structure is that it allows managers to invest in illiquid asset classes; that is, to buy and profit from things that cannot be reasonably bought or sold on a moment’s notice.  Those sorts of investments have been traditionally available only to exceedingly high net-worth investors either through limited partnerships or direct ownership (e.g., buying a forest).  Several mutual funds have lately begun creating into this space, mostly structured as interval funds.  Vertical Capital Income Fund (VCAPX), the subject of our April Elevator Talk, was one such.  KKR Alternative Corporate Opportunities Fund, from private equity specialist Kohlberg Kravis Roberts, is another.

Casey Frazieris Chief Investment Officer for Versus, a position he’s held since 2011.  From 2005-2010, he was the Chief Investment Officer for Welton Street Investments, LLC and Welton Street Advisors LLC.  Here’s Mr. Frazier’s 200 (and 16!) words making the Versus case:

We think the best way to maximize the investment attributes of real estate – income, diversification, and inflation hedge – is through a blended portfolio of private and public real estate investments.  Private real estate investments, and in particular the “core” and “core plus” segments of private real estate, have historically offered steady income, low volatility, low correlation, good diversification, and a hedge against inflation.  Unfortunately institutional private real estate has been out of reach of many investors due to the large size of the real estate assets themselves and the high minimums on the private funds institutional investors use to gain exposure to these areas.  With the help of institutional consultant Callan Associates, we’ve built a multi-manager portfolio in a 40 Act interval structure we feel covers the spectrum of a core real estate allocation.  The allocation includes real estate private equity and debt, public equity and debt, and broad exposure across asset types and geographies.  We target a mix of 70% private real estate with 30% public real estate to enhance liquidity, and our objective is to produce total returns in the 7% – 9% range net of fees with 5% – 6% of that coming from income.  Operationally, the fund has daily pricing, quarterly liquidity at NAV, quarterly income, 1099 reporting and no subscription paperwork.

Versus offers a lot of information about private real estate investing on their website.  Check the “fund documents” page. The fund’s retail, F-class shares carry an annual expense of 3.30% and a 2.00% redemption fee on shares held less than one year.  The minimum initial investment is $10,000.  

Conference Call Upcoming: RiverNorth/Oaktree High Income, July 11, 3:15 CT

confcall

While the Observer’s conference call series is on hiatus for the summer (the challenge of coordinating schedules went from “hard” to “ridiculous”), we’re pleased to highlight similar opportunities offered by folks we’ve interviewed and whose work we respect.

In that vein, we’d like to invite you to join in on a conference call hosted by RiverNorth to highlight the early experience of RiverNorth/Oaktree High Income Fund.  The fund is looking for high total return, rather than income per se.  As of May 31, 25% of the portfolio was allocated to RiverNorth’s tactical closed-end fund strategy and 75% to Oaktree.  Oaktree has two strategies (high yield bond and senior loan) and it allocates more or less to each depending on the available opportunity set.

Why might you want to listen in?  At base, both RiverNorth and Oaktree are exceedingly successful at what they do.  Oaktree’s services are generally not available to retail investors.  RiverNorth’s other strategic alliances have ranged from solid (with Manning & Napier) to splendid (with DoubleLine).  On the surface the Oaktree alliance is producing solid results, relative to their Morningstar peer group, but the fund’s strategies are so distinctive that I’m dubious of the peer comparison.

If you’re interested, the RiverNorth call will be Thursday, July 11, from 3:15 – 4:15 Central.  The call is web-based, so you’ll be able to read supporting visuals while the guys talk.  Callers will have the opportunity to ask questions of Mr. Marks and Mr. Galley.  Because RiverNorth anticipates a large crowd, you’ll submit your questions by typing them rather than speaking directly to the managers. 

How can you join in?  Just click

register

You can also get there by visiting RiverNorthFunds.com and clicking on the Events tab.

Launch Alert

Artisan Global Small Cap (ARTWX) launched on June 25, after several delays.  It’s managed by Mark Yockey and his new co-managers/former analysts, Charles-Henri Hamker and Dave Geisler.  They’ll apply the same investment discipline used in Artisan Global Equity (ARTHX) with a few additional constraints.  Global Small will only invest in firms with a market cap of under $4 billion at the time of purchase and might invest up to 50% of the portfolio in emerging markets.  Global Equity has only 7% of its money in small caps and can invest no more than 30% in emerging markets (right now it’s about 14%). Just to be clear: this team runs one five-star fund (Global), two four-star ones (International ARTIX and International Small Cap ARTJX), Mr. Yockey was Morningstar’s International Fund Manager of the Year in 1998 and he and his team were finalists again in 2012.  It really doesn’t get much more promising than that. The expenses are capped at 1.50%.  The minimum initial investment is $1000.

RiverPark Structural Alpha (RSAFX and RSAIX) launched on Friday, June 28.  The fund will employ a variety of options investment strategies, including short-selling index options that the managers believe are overpriced.  A half dozen managers and two fund presidents have tried to explain options-based strategies to me.  I mostly glaze over and nod knowingly.  I have become convinced that these represent fairly low-volatility tools for capturing most of the stock market’s upside. The fund will be comanaged by Justin Frankel and Jeremy Berman. This portfolio was run as a private partnership for five years (September 2008 – June 2013) by the same managers, with the same strategy.  Over that time they managed to return 10.7% per year while the S&P 500 made 6.2%.  The fund launched at the end of September, 2008, and gained 3.55% through year’s end.  The S&P500 dropped 17.7% in that same quarter.  While the huge victory over those three months explains some of the fund’s long-term outperformance, its absolute returns from 2009 – 2012 are still over 10% a year.  You might choose to sneeze at a low-volatility, uncorrelated strategy that makes 10% annually.  I wouldn’t.  The fund’s expenses are hefty (retail shares retain the 2% part of the “2 and 20” world while institutional shares come in at 1.75%).  The minimum initial investment will be $1000.

Funds in Registration

New mutual funds must be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission before they can be offered for sale to the public. The SEC has a 75-day window during which to call for revisions of a prospectus; fund companies sometimes use that same time to tweak a fund’s fee structure or operating details. Every day we scour new SEC filings to see what opportunities might be about to present themselves. Many of the proposed funds offer nothing new, distinctive or interesting.

Funds in registration this month won’t be available for sale until, typically, the end of August 2013. There were 13 funds in registration with the SEC this month, through June 25th.  The most interesting, by far, is:

RiverPark Strategic Income Fund.  David Sherman of Cohanzick Management, who also manages the splendid but closed RiverPark Short Term High Yield Fund (RPHYX, see below) will be the manager.  This represents one step out on the risk/return spectrum for Mr. Sherman and his investors.  He’s giving himself the freedom to invest across the income-producing universe (foreign and domestic, short- to long-term, investment and non-investment grade debt, preferred stock, convertible bonds, bank loans, high yield bonds and up to 35% income producing equities) while maintaining a very conservative discipline.  In repeated conversations, it’s been very clear that Mr. Sherman has an intense dislike of losing his investors’ money.  His plan is to pursue an intentionally conservative strategy by investing only in those bonds that he deems “Money Good” and stocks whose dividends are secure.  He also can hedge the portfolio and, as with RPHYX, he intends to hold securities until maturity which will make much of the fund’s volatility more apparent than real.   The expense ratio is 1.25% for retail shares, 1.00% for institutional. The minimum initial investments will be $1000 for retail and $1M for institutional.

Details and the list of all of the funds in registration are available at the Observer’s Funds in Registration page or by clicking “Funds” on the menu atop each page.

Manager Changes

On a related note, we also tracked down a near-record 64 fund manager changes

Briefly Noted . . .

If you own a Russell equity fund, there’s a good chance that your management team just changed.  Phillip Hoffman took over the lead for a couple funds but also began swapping out managers on some of their multi-manager funds.  Matthew Beardsley was been removed from management of the funds and relocated into client service. 

SMALL WINS FOR INVESTORS

Seventeen BMO Funds dropped their 2.00% redemption fees this month.

BRC Large Cap Focus Equity Fund (BRCIX)has dropped its management fee from 0.75% to 0.47% and capped its total expenses at 0.55%.  It’s an institutional fund that launched at the end of 2012 and has been doing okay.

LK Balanced Fund (LKBLX) reduced its minimum initial investment for its Institutional Class Shares from $50,000 to $5,000 for IRA accounts.  Tiny fund, very fine long-term record but a new management team as of June 2012.

Schwab Fundamental International Small Company Index Fund (SFILX) and Schwab Fundamental Emerging Markets Large Company Index Fund (SFENX) have capped their expenses at 0.49%.  That’s a drop of 6 and 11 basis points, respectively.

CLOSINGS (and related inconveniences)

Good news for RPHYX investors, bad news for the rest of you.  RiverPark Short Term High Yield (RPHYX) has closed to new investors.  The manager has been clear that this really distinctive cash-management fund had a limited capacity, somewhere between $600 million and $1 billion.  I’ve mentioned several times that the closure was nigh.  Below is the chart of RPHYX (blue) against Vanguard’s short-term bond index (orange) and prime money market (green).

rphyx

OLD WINE, NEW BOTTLES

For all of the excitement over China as an investment opportunity, China-centered funds have returned a whoppin’ 1.40% over the past five years.  BlackRock seems to have noticed and they’ve hit the Reset button on BlackRock China Fund (BACHX).  As of August 16, it will become BlackRock Emerging Markets Dividend Fund.  One wonders if the term “chasing last year’s hot idea” is new to them?

On or about August 5, 2013, Columbia Energy and Natural Resources Fund (EENAX, with other tickers for its seven other share classes) will be renamed Columbia Global Energy and Natural Resources Fund.  There’s no change to the strategy and the fund is already 35% non-U.S., so it’s just marketing fluff.

“Beginning on or about July 1, 2013, all references to ING International Growth Fund (IIGIX) are hereby deleted and replaced with ING Multi-Manager International Equity Fund.”  Note to ING: the multi-manager mish-mash doesn’t appear to be a winning strategy.

Effective May 22, ING International Small Cap Fund (NTKLX) may invest up to 25% of its portfolio in REITs.

Effective June 28, PNC Mid Cap Value Fund became PNC Mid Cap Fund (PMCAX).

Effective June 1, Payden Value Leaders Fund became Payden Equity Income Fund (PYVLX).  With only two good years in the past 11, you’d imagine that more than the name ought to be rethought.

OFF TO THE DUSTBIN OF HISTORY

Geez, the dustbin is filling quickly.

The Alternative Strategies Mutual Fund (AASFX) closed to new investors in June and will liquidate by July 26, 2013.  It’s a microscopic fund-of-funds that, in its best year, trailed 75% of its peers.  A 2.5% expense ratio didn’t help.

Hansberger International Value Fund (HINTX) will be liquidated on or about July 19, 2013.   It’s moved to cash pending dissolution.

ING International Value Fund (IIVWX) is merging into ING International Value Equity (IGVWX ), formerly ING Global Value Choice.   This would be a really opportune moment for ING investors to consider their options.   ING is merging the larger fund into the smaller, a sign that the marketers are anxious to bury the worst of the ineptitude.  Both funds have been run by the same team since December 2012.  This is the sixth management team to run the fund in 10 years and the new team’s record is no better than mediocre.    

In case you hadn’t noticed, Litman Gregory Masters Value Fund (MSVFX) was absorbed by Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund (MSENX) in late June, 2013.  Litman Gregory’s struggles should give us all pause.  You have a firm whose only business is picking winning fund managers and assembling them into a coherent portfolio.  Nonetheless, Value managed consistently disappointing returns and high volatility.  How disappointing?  Uhh … they thought it was better to keep a two-star fund that’s consistently had higher volatility and lower returns than its peers for the past decade.  We’re going to look at the question, “what’s the chance that professionals can assemble a team of consistently winning mutual fund managers?” when we examine the record (generally parlous) of multi-manager funds in an upcoming issue.

Driehaus Large Cap Growth Fund (DRLGX) was closed on June 11 and, as of July 19, the Fund will begin the process of liquidating its portfolio securities. 

The Board of Fairfax Gold and Precious Metals Fund (GOLMX and GOLLX) “has concluded that it is in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders that the Fund cease operations,” which they did on June 29, 2013

Forward Global Credit Long/Short Fund (FGCRX) will be liquidated on or around July 26, 2013.  I’m sure this fund seemed like a good idea at the time.  Forward’s domestic version of the fund (Forward Credit Analysis Long/Short, FLSRX) has drawn $800 million into a high risk/high expense/high return portfolio.  The global fund, open less than two years, managed the “high expense” part (2.39%) but pretty much flubbed on the “attract investors and reward them” piece.   The light green line is the original and dark blue is Global, since launch.

flsrx

Henderson World Select Fund (HFPAX) will be liquidated on or about August 30, 2013.

The $13 million ING DFA Global Allocation Portfolio (IDFAX) is slated for liquidation, pending shareholder approval, likely in September.

ING has such a way with words.  They announced that ING Pioneer Mid Cap Value Portfolio (IPMVX, a/k/a “Disappearing Portfolio”) will be reorganized “with and into the following ‘Surviving Portfolio’ (the ‘Reorganization’):

 Disappearing Portfolio

Surviving Portfolio

ING Pioneer Mid Cap Value Portfolio

ING Large Cap Value Portfolio

So, in the best case, a shareholder is The Survivor?  What sort of goal is that?  “Hi, gramma!  I just invested in a mutual fund that I hope will survive?” Suddenly the Bee Gees erupt in the background with “stayin’ alive, stayin’ alive, ah, ah, ah … “  Guys, guys, guys.  The disappearance is scheduled to occur just after Labor Day.

Stephen Leeb wrote The Coming Economic Collapse (2008).  The economy didn’t, his fund did.  Leeb Focus Fund (LCMFX) closed at the end of June, having parlayed Mr. Leeb’s insights into returns that trailed 98% of its peers since launch. 

On June 20, 2013, the board of directors of the Frontegra Funds approved the liquidation of the Lockwell Small Cap Value Fund (LOCSX).  Lockwell had a talented manager who was a sort of refugee from a series of fund mergers, acquisitions and liquidations in the industry.  We profiled LOCSX and were reasonably positive about its prospects.  The fund performed well but never managed to attract assets, partly because small cap investing has been out of favor and partly because of an advertised $100,000 minimum.  In addition to liquidating the fund, the advisor is closing his firm. 

Tributary Core Equity Fund (FOEQX) will liquidate around July 26, 2013.  Tributary Balanced (FOBAX), which we’ve profiled, remains small, open and quite attractive. 

I’ve mentioned before that I believe Morningstar misleads investors with their descriptions of a fund’s fee level (“high,” “above average” and so on) because they often use a comparison group that investors would never imagine.  Both Tributary Balanced and Oakmark Equity & Income (OAKBX) have $1000 minimum investments.  In each case, Morningstar insists on comparing them to their Moderate Allocation Institutional group.  Why?

In Closing . . .

We have a lot going on in the month ahead: Charles is working to create a master listing of all the funds we’ve profiled, organized by strategy and risk.  Andrew and Chip are working to bring our risk data to you in an easily searchable form.  Anya and Barb continue playing with graphics.  I’ve got four profiles underway, based on conversations I had at Morningstar.

And … I get to have a vacation!  When you next hear from me, I’ll be lounging on the patio of LeRoy’s Water Street Coffee Shop in lovely Ephraim, Wisconsin, on the Door County peninsula.  I’ll send pictures, but I promise I won’t be gloating when I’m doing it.